Contents

Nissan Leaf v10 Owner's Manual PDF

1 of 424
1 of 424

Summary of Content for Nissan Leaf v10 Owner's Manual PDF

2017 LEAF OWNERS MANUAL

For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle.

2 0 1 7 N

IS S

A N

L E

A F

Z E

O -D

ZEO-D'17

Printing : October 2016 (15) Publication No.:

Printed in U.S.A. OM17EA 0ZE0U0

Welcome to the growing family of new NISSAN owners. This vehicle is delivered to you with confidence. It was produced using the latest techniques and strict quality control.

This manual was prepared to help you under- stand the operation and maintenance of your vehicle so that you may enjoy many miles of driving pleasure. Please read through this manual before operating your vehicle.

A separate Warranty Information Booklet explains details about the warranties cov- ering your vehicle. The NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide explains details about maintaining and servicing your vehicle. Ad- ditionally, a separate Customer Care/ Lemon Law Booklet (U.S. only) will explain how to resolve any concerns you may have with your vehicle, as well as clarify your rights under your states lemon law.

In addition to factory installed options, your ve- hicle may also be equipped with additional ac- cessories installed prior to delivery. It is recom- mended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for details concerning the particular ac- cessories with which your vehicle is equipped. It is important that you familiarize yourself with all disclosures, warnings, cautions and instructions concerning proper use of such accessories prior to operating the vehicle and/or accessory. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for details concerning the particular accessories with which your vehicle is equipped.

A NISSAN certified LEAF dealer knows your vehicle best. When you require any service or have any questions, we will be glad to assist you with the extensive resources available to us.

Before driving your vehicle, read your Owners Manual carefully. This will ensure familiarity with controls and maintenance requirements, assist- ing you in the safe operation of your vehicle.

WARNING

IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION RE- MINDERS! Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a safe and comfortable trip for you and your passengers! NEVER drive under the influence of

alcohol or drugs. ALWAYS observe posted speed limits

and never drive too fast for conditions. ALWAYS give your full attention to

driving and avoid using vehicle fea- tures or taking other actions that could distract you.

ALWAYS use your seat belts and ap- propriate child restraint systems. Pre- teen children should be seated in the rear seat.

ALWAYS provide information about the proper use of vehicle safety fea- tures to all occupants of the vehicle.

ALWAYS review this Owners Manual for important safety information.

FOREWORD READ FIRST THEN DRIVE SAFELY

MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE

This vehicle should not be modified. Modification could affect its perfor- mance, safety or durability, and may even violate governmental regulations. In addition, damage or performance problems resulting from modification may not be covered under NISSAN war- ranties.

WARNING

Installing an aftermarket On-Board Diag- nostic (OBD) plug-in device that uses the port during normal driving, for example remote insurance company monitoring, remote vehicle diagnostics, telematics or engine reprogramming, may cause inter- ference or damage to vehicle systems. We do not recommend or endorse the use of any aftermarket OBD plug-in de- vices, unless specifically approved by NISSAN. The vehicle warranty may not cover damage caused by any aftermarket plug-in device.

This manual includes information for all features and equipment available on this model. Features and equipment in your vehicle may vary depend- ing on model, trim level, options selected, order, date of production, region or availability. There- fore, you may find information about features or equipment that are not included or installed on your vehicle.

All information, specifications and illustrations in this manual are those in effect at the time of printing. NISSAN reserves the right to change specifications, performance, design or compo- nent suppliers without notice and without obliga- tion. From time to time, NISSAN may update or revise this manual to provide Owners with the most accurate information currently available. Please carefully read and retain with this manual all revision updates sent to you by NISSAN to ensure you have access to accurate and up-to- date information regarding your vehicle. Current versions of vehicle Owners Manuals and any updates can also be found in the Owner section of the NISSAN website at https://owners.nissanusa.com/nowners/ navigation/manualsGuide. If you have ques- tions concerning any information in your Owners Manual, contact NISSAN Consumer Affairs. For contact information, refer to the NISSAN CUS-

TOMER CARE PROGRAM page in this Owners Manual.

IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL You will see various symbols in this manual. They are used in the following ways:

WARNING

This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause death or serious personal injury. To avoid or reduce the risk, the procedures must be followed precisely.

CAUTION

This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or moder- ate personal injury or damage to your vehicle. To avoid or reduce the risk, the procedures must be followed carefully.

WHEN READING THE MANUAL

If you see the symbol above, it means Do not do this or Do not let this happen.

If you see a symbol similar to those above in an illustration, it means the arrow points to the front of the vehicle.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar to those above indicate movement or action.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar to those above call attention to an item in the illustration.

[ ]: Indicates a key/item displayed on the screen.

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING

WARNING

Certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth de- fects or other reproductive harm. In addi- tion, certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm.

CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVISORY Some vehicle parts, such as lithium batter- ies, may contain perchlorate material. The following advisory is provided: Perchlo- rate Material - special handling may apply. For additional information, refer to www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

Bluetooth is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and licensed to Visteon. SiriusXM services require a subscription after trial period and are sold separately or as a package. The satellite ser- vice is available only in the 48 contiguous USA and DC. SiriusXM satellite service is also available in Canada; see www.siriusxm.ca.

2016 NISSAN NORTH AMERICA, INC.

All rights reserved. No part of this Owners Manual may be reproduced or stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without the prior written permission of Nissan North America, Inc.

NISSAN CARES ...

Both NISSAN and your NISSAN certified LEAF dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN certified LEAF dealer are our primary concerns. Your NISSAN certified LEAF dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs. However, if there is something that your NISSAN certified LEAF dealer cannot assist you with or you would like to provide NISSAN directly with comments or questions, please contact the NISSAN Consumer Affairs Department using our toll-free number:

For U.S. customers 1-877-NOGASEV (1-877-664-2738)

For Canadian customers 1-800-387-0122

The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for the following information:

Your name, address, and telephone number

Vehicle identification number (attached to the top of the instrument panel on the drivers side)

Date of purchase

Current odometer reading

Your NISSAN certified LEAF dealers name

Your comments or questions

OR

You can write to NISSAN with the information at:

For U.S. customers Nissan North America, Inc. Consumer Affairs Department P.O. Box 685003 Franklin, TN 37068-5003 or via e-mail at: nnaconsumeraffairs@nissan-usa.com

For Canadian customers Nissan Canada Inc. 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 or via e-mail at: information.centre@nissancanada. com

If you prefer, visit us at:

www.nissanusa.com (for U.S. customer) or

www.nissan.ca (for Canadian customers)

We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle.

NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM

Table of contents

Illustrated table of contents

EV Overview

Charging

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Instruments and controls

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

Starting and driving

In case of emergency

Appearance and care

Maintenance and do-it yourself

Technical and consumer information

Index

0

EV

CH

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

0 Illustrated table of contents

Seats, seat belts and Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0-2 Exterior front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0-3 Exterior rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0-4 Passenger compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0-5 Cockpit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0-6

Instrument panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0-8 Meters and gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0-9 Motor compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0-10 Warning and indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0-11

1. Rear head restraints/headrests (P. 1-5) 2. Child restraint anchor points (for top tether

strap child restraint) (P. 1-18) 3. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and roll-

over (if so equipped) air bags (P. 1-39) 4. Front seat belt with pretensioner(s) and

shoulder height adjuster (P. 1-8, 1-39) 5. Front head restraints/headrests (P. 1-5) 6. Front seats (P. 1-2) 7. Supplemental front-impact air bags

(P. 1-39) 8. Front passenger air bag status light

(P. 1-39) 9. Occupant classification sensor (weight sen-

sor) (P. 1-39) 10. Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-

mental air bags (P. 1-39) 11. Rear seats (P. 1-2) 12. LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for

CHildren) system (P. 1-18)

SEATS, SEAT BELTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)

0-2 Illustrated table of contents

1. Charge port lid Charging lid switch (P. 3-19) Front camera (if so equipped) (P. 4-11)

2. Hood (P. 3-17)

3. Headlight and turn signal lights Switch operation (P. 2-43) Bulb replacement (P. 8-22) Daytime running light system (if so equipped) (P. 2-45)

4. Wiper and washer switch Switch operation (P. 2-39) Blade replacement (P. 8-13) Windshield-washer fluid (P. 8-11)

5. Outside mirrors Switch operation (P. 3-23) Side camera (if so equipped) (P. 4-11)

6. Power windows (P. 2-56) 7. Child safety rear door lock (P. 3-4) 8. Doors

Keys (P. 3-2) Door locks (P. 3-4) NISSAN Intelligent Key system (P. 3-6) Security system (P. 2-36)

9. Tires Wheels and tires (P. 8-26, 9-5) Flat tire (P. 6-3) Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) (P. 2-17, 5-2)

10. Fog lights (if so equipped) Switch operation (P. 2-46) Bulb replacement (P. 8-22)

11. License plate installation (P. 9-8)

EXTERIOR FRONT

Illustrated table of contents 0-3

1. Rear view camera (P. 4-3, 4-11) 2. Rear wiper and washer switch

Switch operation (P. 2-39) Windshield-washer fluid (P. 8-11)

3. High-mounted stop light Bulb replacement (P. 8-22)

4. Rear window defroster (P. 2-42) 5. Solar cell module (if so equipped)

(P. EV-25) 6. Antenna

Satellite radio antenna (P. 4-61)

7. Rear combination lights Bulb replacement (P. 8-22)

8. Rear hatch (P. 3-18)

EXTERIOR REAR

0-4 Illustrated table of contents

1. Room light (P. 2-59) 2. Sun visors (P. 3-22) 3. Map lights

Switch operation (P. 2-59) Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone System (without Navigation) microphone (P. 4-62)

Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone System (with Navigation) microphone (Refer to LEAF Navigation System Owners Manual)

4. Sunglasses holder (P. 2-52) 5. Mirror

Inside rearview mirror (P. 3-23) HomeLink (if so equipped) (P. 2-60)

6. Front heated seat switch (P. 2-48) 7. Front cup holders (P. 2-52) 8. Door armrest

Power window switch (P. 2-57) Power door lock switch (P. 3-4) Outside mirror remote control switch (P. 3-23)

9. Console box (P. 2-52) 10. Emergency tire puncture repair kit (P. 6-3) 11. Cargo area

Tonneau cover (if so equipped) (P. 2-52) EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) (P. CH-27)

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

Illustrated table of contents 0-5

1. TRIP switch for twin trip odometer (P. 2-5) 2. Trip computer switch (P. 2-23) 3. Instrument brightness control switch

(P. 2-42) 4. Headlight, fog light and turn signal switch

Headlight (P. 2-43) Turn signal light (P. 2-43) Fog light (if so equipped) (P. 2-46)

5. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side) Audio control (P. 4-60) Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone System control (P. 4-62)

6. Steering wheel Power steering system (P. 5-20) Horn (P. 2-47) Drivers supplemental air bag (P. 1-39)

7. Wiper and washer switch (P. 2-39) 8. Steering-wheel-mounted controls

(right side) Cruise control switches (P. 5-16) ECO switch (P. 2-48)

9. Console box (P. 2-52) 10. Shift lever (P. 5-12) 11. Front heated seat switch (P. 2-48) 12. Tilting steering wheel lever (P. 3-21) 13. Charge port lid switch (P. 3-19) 14. Charge connector lock switch (P. CH-5) 15. Charge timer OFF switch (P. 2-51)

COCKPIT

0-6 Illustrated table of contents

16. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch (P. 2-49)

17. Heated steering wheel switch (if so equipped) (P. 2-46)

18. Fuse box cover (P. 8-17)

Illustrated table of contents 0-7

1. Side vents (P. 4-22) 2. Meters and gauges (P. 2-5) 3. Center multi-function control panel

Navigation system (Refer to LEAF Naviga- tion System Owners Manual) Without navigation system (P. 4-42)

4. Hazard warning flasher switch (P. 6-2) 5. Center vents (P. 4-21) 6. Rear window defroster switch (P. 2-42) 7. Front passenger supplemental air bag

(P. 1-39) 8. Glove box (P. 2-52) 9. Heater and air conditioner control (P. 4-22)

10. Front passenger air bag status light, Approaching Vehicle Sound for Pedestri- ans (VSP) system warning light (P. 1-39, 2-14)

11. Auxiliary input jack (P. 4-60) 12. Power outlet (P. 2-51) 13. iPod connector/USB connector

(P. 4-42) 14. Push-button power switch (P. 5-7) 15. Hood release handle (P. 3-17)

INSTRUMENT PANEL

0-8 Illustrated table of contents

This vehicle is equipped with an upper display and a lower display.

1. Master warning lights (P. 2-18) 2. ECO indicator (P. 2-10) 3. Speedometer (P. 2-6) 4. Clock (P. 2-11)

5. Outside air temperature (P. 2-10) 6. Turn signal/Hazard indicator light (P. 2-22) 7. Li-ion battery capacity level gauge (P. 2-10) 8. Li-ion battery available charge gauge

(P. 2-9) 9. Driving range (P. 2-8) 10. Vehicle information display (P. 2-23)

11. READY to drive indicator light (P. 2-21) 12. ECO mode indicator light

ECO switch (P. 2-48) Odometer/twin trip odometer (P. 2-6) Trip computer (P. 2-28) Shift P warning (P. 2-27) Indicator for timer (P. 2-36)

13. Power meter (P. 2-7) 14. Warning and indicator lights (P. 2-12) 15. Li-ion battery temperature gauge (P. 2-7)

METERS AND GAUGES

Illustrated table of contents 0-9

1. Brake fluid reservoir (P. 8-10) 2. 12-volt battery (P. 8-12) 3. Fuse holder (P. 8-17) 4. Fuse/Fusible link holder (P. 8-17) 5. Coolant reservoir cap (P. 8-8) 6. Windshield-washer fluid reservoir (P. 8-11) 7. Fuse/Fusible link holder (P. 8-17)

MOTOR COMPARTMENT

0-10 Illustrated table of contents

Warn- ing

light Name Page

12-volt battery charge warning light 2-13

Anti-lock Braking Sys- tem (ABS) warning light 2-14

Approaching Vehicle Sound for Pedestrians (VSP) system warning light

2-14

BRAKE system warning light (yellow) 2-15

BRAKE warning light (red) 2-15

Electric shift control sys- tem warning light 2-16

Warn- ing

light Name Page

Electric Vehicle (EV) system warning light 2-16

Headlight warning light 2-16

Low battery charge warning light 2-16

Low tire pressure warn- ing light 2-17

Master warning light (red/yellow) 2-18

Power steering warning light 2-18

Seat belt warning light 2-19

Warn- ing

light Name Page

Supplemental air bag warning light 2-19

Indica- tor

light Name Page

ECO mode switch indi- cator light 2-20

Exterior light indicator light 2-20

Front fog light indicator light (if so equipped) 2-20

Front passenger air bag status light 2-20

High beam indicator light (blue) 2-20

WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS

Illustrated table of contents 0-11

Indica- tor

light Name Page

Plug-in indicator light 2-20

Power limitation indica- tor light 2-20

READY to drive indica- tor light 2-21

Security indicator light 2-21

Slip indicator light 2-21

Turn signal/hazard indi- cator lights 2-22

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF indicator light

2-22

0-12 Illustrated table of contents

EV Overview

The EV (Electric Vehicle) system . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-2 Li-ion battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-2

Driving with a discharged Li-ion battery . . . . . . .EV-3 Charging the 12-volt battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-5 Li-ion battery warmer (if so equipped) . . . . . . . .EV-5

High voltage precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-7 High-voltage components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-7

Road accident precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-8 Emergency shut-off system . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-9

EV characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-9 Noise and vibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-10

Life with an EV (scene guide) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-10 Charging the Li-ion battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-10 Before driving your vehicle (models with navigation system). . . . . . . . . . .EV-13 Starting your vehicle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-17 Driving the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-18

Charging after driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-22 Efficient use of your vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-23

Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-23 Improve driving range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-23 Li-ion battery life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-24 Li-ion battery maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-25

EV unique information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-25 Meters and indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-25 Approaching Vehicle Sound for Pedestrians (VSP) system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-28 Electric shift control system . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-29 LED headlight (low beam) (if so equipped) . . . .EV-29 Solar cell module (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . .EV-30 Driving range (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-30

The LEAF is an electric vehicle. Some of the vehicles systems operate differently and have different operating characteristics than vehicles equipped with an internal combustion engine. It is important to carefully review the entire Owners Manual for this reason. The main difference is the LEAF is powered by electricity. The LEAF does not require and it is not capable of using gasoline like a vehicle powered by a traditional internal combustion engine. The LEAF uses electricity stored in the lithium ion (Li-ion) battery. The vehi- cles Li-ion battery must be charged with electric- ity before the vehicle can be driven. As the vehicle operates, the Li-ion battery gradually discharges. If the Li-ion battery becomes completely dis- charged, the vehicle will not operate until it is re-charged.

This vehicle uses two types of batteries. One is the 12-volt battery that is the same as the battery in vehicles powered by gasoline engines, the other is the Li-ion battery (high voltage).

The 12-volt battery provides power to the vehicle systems and features such as the audio system, supplemental restraint systems, headlights and windshield wipers.

The Li-ion battery provides power to the electric motor (traction motor) that moves the vehicle.

The Li-ion battery also charges the 12-volt bat- tery.

The vehicle must be plugged in for the Li-ion battery to be charged. Additionally, the vehicle system can extend the vehicle range by convert- ing driving force into electricity that is stored in the Li-ion battery while the vehicle is decelerating or being driven downhill. This is called regenera- tive braking. This vehicle is considered to be an environmentally friendly vehicle because it does not emit exhaust gases, such as carbon dioxide and nitrogen oxide.

WARNING

Your vehicle contains a sealed Li-ion high voltage battery. If the Li-ion battery is disposed of improperly, there is a risk of severe burns and electrical shock that may result in serious injury or death and there is also a risk of environmental dam- age.

CAUTION

To prevent damage to the Li-ion battery: Do not expose the vehicle to extreme

ambient temperatures for extended periods.

Do not store the vehicle in tempera- tures below 13F (25C) for more than seven days.

Do not leave the vehicle for more than 14 days where the Li-ion battery avail- able charge gauge reaches a zero or near zero (state of charge).

Do not use the Li-ion battery for any other purpose.

THE EV (ELECTRIC VEHICLE) SYSTEM LI-ION BATTERY

EV-2 EV Overview

NOTE: If the outside temperature is 13F (25C) or less, the Li-ion battery may freeze and it cannot be charged or provide power to run the vehicle. Move the vehicle to a warm location.

The capacity of the Li-ion battery in your vehicle to hold a charge will, like all such batteries, decrease with time and usage. As the battery ages and capacity de- creases, this will result in a decrease from the vehicles initial mileage range. This is normal, expected, and not indicative of any defect in your Li-ion battery. NISSAN estimates that battery capacity will be ap- proximately 80% of original capacity after five years, although this is only an esti- mate, and this percentage may vary (and could be significantly lower) depending on individual vehicle and Li-ion battery usage.

The Li-ion battery has limited service life, and when its charging capacity falls below a specific level, the EV system warning light will illuminate. Owners should bring their vehicle in for inspection and possible battery replacement.

It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for information about recycling or disposal of the Li-ion battery. Do not attempt to recycle or dis- pose of the Li-ion battery yourself.

DRIVING WITH A DISCHARGED LI-ION BATTERY When a destination is set in the navigation sys- tem (if so equipped) that exceeds the available vehicle range, the navigation system automati- cally searches the location of nearby charging stations. When the nearby charging station loca- tions are displayed, charge the Li-ion battery as soon as possible.

Warning lights illuminate on the instrument panel and messages are displayed on the vehicle infor- mation display to inform you that the Li-ion bat- tery charge is low. Instructions are also displayed on the navigation system screen (if so equipped) to direct you to nearby charging stations.

The vehicles range is very limited when these warning lights illuminate and messages are dis- played. Follow the instructions on the navigation system screen (if so equipped) and immediately charge the vehicle at the nearest charging sta- tion.

EV Overview EV-3

There are three levels of information that will be displayed as the Li-ion battery becomes dis- charged:

1. The following warning lights illuminate on the instrument panel and messages are displayed

on the vehicle information display at the same time to indicate low Li-ion battery charge:

The low battery charge warning light

The master warning light

Li-ion battery low charge warning warning message is displayed on the vehicle informa- tion display.

For additional information, refer to Low bat- tery warning in the Instruments and con- trols section of this manual.

Messages are displayed on the center dis- play (if so equipped).

For additional information, refer to Low bat- tery warning in the Instruments and con- trols section of this manual.

Messages are displayed on the navigation system screen (if so equipped).

The driving range flashes 1 .

NOTE: Due to traffic conditions, it may be diffi- cult to get to the charging station sug- gested by the navigation system (if so equipped). If the Li-ion battery is almost completely discharged, drive directly to the nearest charging station.

EV-4 EV Overview

2. If the vehicle is driven and the Li-ion battery continues to discharge, the driving range on the instrument panel changes to 2 .

Messages are displayed on the navigation sys- tem screen (if so equipped). For additional infor- mation, refer to Low battery warning in the Instruments and controlssection of this manual.

3. When the power limitation indicator light illuminates, traction motor output is lim-

ited resulting in reduced vehicle speed. Stop the vehicle in a safe location before the Li-ion battery becomes completely discharged and there is no power available to drive the ve-

hicle. Contact Roadside Assistance Service shown in your NISSAN Warranty Information Booklet. For additional information, refer to If the Li-ion battery becomes completely dis- charged in the In case of emergency sec- tion of this manual.

CHARGING THE 12-VOLT BATTERY The 12-volt battery is charged automatically us- ing electricity stored in the Li-ion battery.

When the 12-volt battery is being charged, the charge status indicator light on the instrument panel flashes (except when charging the Li-ion battery or the power switch is in the READY to drive position). For additional information, refer to Charging status indicator lights in the Charg- ing section of this manual.

While vehicle is driven The Li-ion battery charges the 12-volt battery as necessary when the power switch is in the READY to drive position or ON position.

The 12-volt battery is not charged in the following conditions.

When the power switch is in the ACC position.

When the power switch is in the ON position and the shift position is in the N (Neutral) position.

While the vehicle is not in use When the EV system is off for an extended time, the 12-volt battery may be automatically charged for a short period of time on a regular basis.

LI-ION BATTERY WARMER (IF SO EQUIPPED)

CAUTION

The Li-ion battery warmer does not oper- ate if the available Li-ion battery charge is less than approximately 30% and the charger is not connected to the vehicle. To help prevent the Li-ion battery from freezing, do not leave the vehicle in an environment if temperatures may go be- low -1F (-17C) unless the vehicle is con- nected to a charger.

The Li-ion battery warmer helps to prevent the Li-ion battery from freezing and helps to prevent significant reductions in the Li-ion battery output when the temperature is cold. The Li-ion battery warmer automatically turns on when the Li-ion battery temperature is approximately -1F (-17C) or colder. The Li-ion battery warmer au- tomatically turns off when the Li-ion battery tem- perature is approximately 14F (-10C) or higher.

EV Overview EV-5

The Li-ion battery warmer uses electrical power from an external source when a charger is con- nected to the vehicle. The Li-ion battery warmer uses electrical power from the Li-ion battery when the charger is not connected to the vehicle.

NOTE: Connect the charger to the vehicle and place the power switch in the OFF posi- tion when parking the vehicle if tempera- tures may go below -1F (-17C). This pro- vides external power to the Li-ion battery warmer when it operates and does not discharge the Li-ion battery.

The charging status indicator lights illumi- nate in a specific pattern when the Li-ion battery warmer operates. The charging status indicator lights use the same pat- tern to indicate 12-volt battery charging, Climate Ctrl. Timer operation or Remote Climate Control operation (models with navigation system). The charging status indicator lights do not change if the Li-ion battery warmer operates at the same time as the above features. For additional in- formation, refer to Charging status indi- cator lights in the Charging section of this manual.

The Li-ion battery warmer uses Li-ion bat- tery power to operate, even if the vehicle is connected to a charger when:

the vehicles power switch is in the ON position.

there is no electrical power being sup- plied to the charging equipment.

When the Li-ion battery warmer is already in operation using an external power source, it will continue to use the external power even if the power switch is placed in the ON position.

Vehicle driving range is reduced if the Li-ion battery warmer operates (Li-ion battery temperature approximately -1F (-17C) or colder) while driving the vehicle. You may need to charge the Li-ion battery sooner than in warmer temperatures.

The Li-ion battery requires more time to charge when the Li-ion battery warmer operates.

The predicted charging time displayed on the meter and navigation system (if so equipped) increases when the Li-ion bat- tery warmer operates.

Climate control performance is reduced when using the Climate Ctrl. Timer or Re- mote Climate Control (models with navi- gation system) while the Li-ion battery warmer operates.

The Li-ion battery may not charge to the expected level using the charging timer when [Start Time] (models with navigation system) and [End Time] are set while the Li-ion battery warmer operates.

Set the Charging Timer [End Time] when charging in cold weather. The vehicle au- tomatically determines when to start charging to fully charge the Li-ion battery, even if the Li-ion battery warmer operates. Charging ends before the set end time if the Li-ion battery is fully charged.

EV-6 EV Overview

HIGH-VOLTAGE COMPONENTS

WARNING

The EV system uses high voltage up to approximately DC 400 volt. The system can be hot during and after starting and when the vehicle is shut off. Be careful of both the high voltage and the high temperature. Follow the warning labels that are attached to the vehicle.

Never disassemble, remove or replace high-voltage parts and cables as well as their connectors because they can cause severe burns or electric shock that may result in serious injury or death. High-voltage cables are colored orange. The vehicle high voltage sys- tem has no user serviceable parts. It is recommended that you take your ve- hicle to a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for any necessary maintenance.

1. Traction motor and reduction gear

2. Traction motor inverter

3. Power delivery module (PDM) (Charger, DC/DC converter, junction box)

4. High-voltage wire harnesses (colored orange)

5. Li-ion battery

6. Service plug

HIGH VOLTAGE PRECAUTIONS

EV Overview EV-7

WARNING

In case of a collision: If your vehicle is drivable, pull your

vehicle off the road, push the P (Park) position switch on the shift lever, apply the parking brake and turn the EV sys- tem off.

Check your vehicle to see if there are exposed high-voltage parts or cables. For their locations, refer to High volt- age components in this section. To avoid personal injury, never touch high-voltage wiring, connectors, and other high-voltage parts, such as in- verter unit and Li-ion battery. An elec- tric shock may occur if exposed electric wires are visible when viewed from inside or outside of your vehicle. Therefore, never touch exposed elec- tric wires.

If the vehicle receives a strong impact to the floor while driving, stop the ve- hicle in a safe location and check the floor.

Leaks or damage to the Li-ion battery may result in a fire. If you discover them, contact emergency services im- mediately. Since the fluid leak may be lithium manganate from the Li-ion bat- tery, never touch the fluid leak inside or outside the vehicle. If the fluid con- tacts your skin or eyes, wash it off immediately with a large amount of water and receive immediate medical attention to help avoid serious injury.

If a fire occurs in the EV, leave the vehicle as soon as possible. Only use a type ABC, BC or C fire extinguisher that is meant for use on electrical fires. Using a small amount of water or the incorrect fire extinguisher can result in serious injury or death from electrical shock.

If your vehicle needs to be towed, do it with the front wheels raised. If the front wheels are on the ground when towing, the traction motor may gener- ate electricity. This may damage the components of the EV system and cause a fire.

If you are not able to safely assess the vehicle due to vehicle damage, do not touch the vehicle. Leave the vehicle and contact emergency services. Ad- vise first responders that this is an electric vehicle.

In the event of an accident that re- quires body repair and painting, the Li-ion battery pack and high voltage parts such as the inverter, including the wire harness, should be removed prior to painting. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service. Li-ion battery packs exposed to heat in the paint booth will experience capacity loss. Damaged Li-ion battery packs may also pose safety risks to untrained me- chanics and repair personnel.

ROAD ACCIDENT PRECAUTIONS

EV-8 EV Overview

EMERGENCY SHUT-OFF SYSTEM The emergency shut-off system is activated and the high-voltage system automatically turns off in the following conditions:

- Front and side collisions in which the air bags are deployed.

- Certain rear collisions.

- Certain EV system malfunctions.

For the above collisions and certain other EV system malfunctions, the READY to drive indica- tor light will turn off. For additional information, refer to Warning lights, indicator lights and au- dible reminders in the Instruments and con- trols section of this manual.

The emergency shut-off activates for the above collisions to minimize risk of an event that could cause injury or an accident. If the emergency shut-off system activates, the EV system may not be switched to the READY to drive position; it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. Even if the power switch is switched to the READY to drive position, the system may shut-off suddenly. Therefore, drive cautiously to the nearest certified repair facility; it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for service.

WARNING

Pay special attention to pedestrians. Because there is no engine noise, pe- destrians may not know the vehicle is approaching, moving or about to move, and may step into the path of vehicle travel.

When leaving the vehicle, be sure to turn off the EV system.

Be sure to push the P (Park) position switch on the shift lever and apply the parking brake when parking because the vehicle can move when the READY to drive indicator light is ON. When the READY to drive indicator light is ON, do not leave your vehicle in a shift position other than the P (Park) posi- tion.

Keep the brake pedal depressed until you are ready to drive. When the ve- hicle is in the D (Drive) position, B or R (Reverse) position, if you release the brake pedal and do not depress the accelerator, the vehicle will creep and may start abruptly. This may cause se- rious injury or death.

NOTE: The vehicle cannot run with a discharged Li-ion battery. Repeated acceleration con- sumes more power from the Li-ion battery than driving at a steady speed.

This vehicle is equipped with a regenera- tive brake system. The primary purpose of the regenerative brake system is to pro- vide some power to recharge the Li-ion battery and extend driving range. A sec- ondary benefit is engine braking that operates based on Li-ion battery condi- tions.

In the D (Drive) position, when the accel- erator pedal is released, the regenerative brake system provides some decelera- tion.

When you put the shift lever in the B position and take your foot off the accel- erator pedal, more regenerative brake is applied than in the D (Drive) position.

EV CHARACTERISTICS

EV Overview EV-9

Less deceleration is provided by the re- generative brake system when the Li-ion battery is fully charged. The regenerative brake is automatically reduced when the Li-ion battery is fully charged to prevent the Li-ion battery from becoming over- charged. The regenerative brake is also automatically reduced when the battery temperature is high/low (indicated by the red/blue zones on the Li-ion battery tem- perature gauge) to prevent Li-ion battery damage.

The brake pedal should be used to slow or stop the vehicle depending on traffic or road conditions. The vehicle brakes are not affected by the regenerative brake system operation.

NOISE AND VIBRATION You might experience the following noise or vi- bration as a normal characteristic of this vehicle:

Traction motor noise from the motor compartment.

Water pump and radiator fan noise while charging.

Compressor and radiator fan noise when the Climate Ctrl. Timer or remote climate control (models with navigation system) is used.

Relay operation noise and vibration at start-up and shut-down of the EV system (power switch placed in the ON and OFF position).

Approaching Vehicle Sound for Pedestrians (VSP).

This section provides a brief explanation for the most important LEAF functions. For additional information, refer to the specific sections of this manual for detailed explanations of the vehicle features and operation.

CHARGING THE LI-ION BATTERY

WARNING

The EV system uses a high voltage cur- rent. Failure to follow the proper han- dling instructions may cause serious in- jury or death. Be sure to read the Charging section and follow the proce- dures and guidelines described.

LIFE WITH AN EV (SCENE GUIDE)

EV-10 EV Overview

EV Overview EV-11

EV-12 EV Overview

BEFORE DRIVING YOUR VEHICLE (MODELS WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM)

The Li-ion battery charging status and the Li-ion battery warmer (if so equipped) operation can be checked using an internet enabled smart phone or personal computer at home. You may also choose to have SMS messages (text messages) sent to a cellular phone. Additionally, the vehicles heater and air conditioner can be set to operate using the Climate Ctrl. Timer function or A/C- heater remote function, if necessary. For addi-

tional information, refer to Remote climate con- trol in the Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systemssection of this manual.

NOTE: To check the Li-ion battery charging status or to use the remote heater and air condi- tioner using an internet enabled smart phone or personal computer, the follow- ing conditions must be met:

The vehicle must be located in a cellu- lar phone or smart phone coverage area.

The internet enabled cellular phone or smart phone must be located in a cel- lular phone or smart phone coverage area.

The computer must be connected to the internet.

A cellular phone must be used to com- municate with the vehicle.

A cellular phone capable of text mes- saging must be used to receive text message regarding vehicle charge sta- tus.

The remote heater and cooler can adjust the in-cabin temperature.

When the charge connector is discon- nected from the vehicle, the heater and air conditioner operates using vehicle Li-ion battery electric power.

If the remote heater and air conditioner function and Li-ion battery charging are performed at the same time, Li-ion battery charging will take longer than usual due to the power used to heat or cool the vehicle.

EV Overview EV-13

Checking Li-ion battery charging status The Li-ion battery charge status can be checked on the NISSAN Data Center website via an inter- net enabled smart phone or personal computer.

If the Li-ion battery is not sufficiently charged, you can start charging the Li-ion battery via the re- mote charge function. For additional information, refer to Charging related remote function in the Charging section of this manual.

EV-14 EV Overview

Operating the climate control system before driving The vehicles heating and air conditioning system can be turned on via remote control with an internet enabled smart phone or personal com- puter.

This allows the interior of the vehicle to be heated or cooled while the vehicle is charging. This re- duces the load on the Li-ion battery while the vehicle is being driven and can help increase the vehicle driving range. For additional information, refer to Remote climate control in the Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems section of this manual.

EV Overview EV-15

Notification of the Li-ion battery warmer operation (if so equipped) You can be notified with the status of the Li-ion battery warmer operation on the NISSAN Data Center website via an internet enabled smart phone or personal computer.

When the power switch is in the OFF position and the charge connector is not connected, if the Li-ion battery warmer starts or stops, it notifies you to connect the charger to the vehicle.

For additional information, refer to the LEAF Navi- gation System Owners Manual.

EV-16 EV Overview

STARTING YOUR VEHICLE 1. Depress the brake pedal.

2. Push the power switch.

3. Check that the READY to drive indicator light illuminates and the start up sound is audible. For additional information, refer to Ready to drive indicator light in the Instruments and controls section of this manual.

4. For models with navigation system: If route guidance is necessary, enter the destination in the navigation system. For additional infor- mation, refer to the LEAF Navigation System Owners Manual.

5. Check the Li-ion battery level and the esti- mated driving range shown on the meter. For additional information, refer to Driving range in the Instruments and controls section of this manual.

NOTE: Before driving, compare the driving dis- tance to the destination displayed on the navigation system screen (if so equipped) with the estimated driving range shown on the meter. Determine if it will be nec- essary to charge the Li-ion battery before or while driving to your planned destina- tion.

If it is necessary to charge the Li-ion bat- tery, use the navigation system (if so equipped) to search for available charging stations on your planned driving route.

EV Overview EV-17

DRIVING THE VEHICLE 1. Depress the brake pedal.

2. Release the parking brake.

3. Move the shift lever into the D (Drive) position. When released, the shift lever returns to its original center position.

4. Confirm that the vehicle is in the D (Drive) position. The indicator next to the D by the shift lever illuminates and D is displayed on the meter.

5. Release the brake pedal.

6. Depress the accelerator pedal and start driving.

These are the following gear positions for driving the vehicle forward:

Use the D (Drive) position for optimum driving performance.

Use the B position for downhill driving. When the B position is used, more regenerative brake is applied when the accelerator pedal is re- leased in comparison to the D (Drive) position.

For additional information, refer to Driving the vehicle in the Starting and driving section of this manual.

EV-18 EV Overview

NOTE: The regenerative brake converts the vehi- cles forward motion to electric power to help slow the vehicle.

Use the ECO mode for maximum vehicle range and for city driving. The ECO mode helps reduce power consumption by reducing acceleration when compared to the same accelerator pedal position in the D (Drive) position.

While the vehicle is being driven you can check your own ECO drive level on the ECO indicator. For additional information, refer to ECO indica- tor in the Instruments and controls section of this manual.

EV Overview EV-19

If the low battery charge warning light illuminates, the Li-ion battery charge is too low for travel. For additional information, refer to Low battery charge warning light in the Instruments and controls section of this manual. Charge the Li-ion battery as soon as possible.

EV-20 EV Overview

Parking the vehicle 1. When stopping the vehicle, push the P (Park)

position switch on the shift lever while de- pressing the brake pedal. Confirm that the vehicle is in the P (Park) position by checking the shift indicator located near the shift lever or the vehicle information display.

2. Apply the parking brake.

3. Push the power switch to the OFF position.

4. If a parking lot is equipped with charging facilities, charge the Li-ion battery as neces- sary. For additional information, refer to the Charging section of this manual.

EV Overview EV-21

CHARGING AFTER DRIVING

Charging the Li-ion battery When you return home, connect the vehicle to the charging station installed at your home using the normal charge connector.

Charge the vehicle or set the charging timer function to have the vehicle charge at a specific time. For additional information, refer to Charg- ing timer in the Charging section of this manual.

1. When the power switch is turned off, the settings of the charging timer, and the Climate Ctrl. Timer and the charge connector lock

functions are displayed on the vehicle infor- mation display. For additional information, re- fer to Vehicle information display in the In- struments and controls section of this manual.

2. Open the charge port lid and charge port cap. For additional information, refer to Charge port lid in the Pre-driving checks and adjust- ments section of this manual.

3. Connect the charge connector to the vehicle.

4. When the charging timer is turned on, charg- ing starts at the set time. When the charging timer is not turned on, charging starts immediately.

NOTE: Charging can be started remotely, even if the charging timer is set up.

When you have forgotten to connect the charge connector at home, there is a func- tion that can notify you via a text message capable cellular phone, internet enabled smart phone or personal computer. For additional information, refer to Charging related remote function in the Charg- ing section of this manual (models with navigation system).

NISSAN recommends that you connect the normal charge cable when getting out of the vehicle, even if it is not going to be used. By doing this, you can get the most out of the remote climate control (models with navigation system) and Climate Ctrl. Timer functions the next time you use the vehicle.

EV-22 EV Overview

RANGE The distance you can drive the vehicle (range) varies considerably depending upon available charge, weather, temperature, usage, battery age, topography, and driving style.

Refer to the Monroney label (window sticker) for the official EPA range. Your actual range can vary, either initially or as the battery ages and with use over time. For additional information, refer to Im- prove driving range in this section for information on the factors that affect vehicle range and how to use the vehicle to maximize vehicle range.

IMPROVE DRIVING RANGE Vehicle range depends on a number of factors.

Actual vehicle range will vary depending upon:

Speed,

Vehicle load,

Electrical load from vehicle accessories,

Traffic and road conditions.

NISSAN recommends the following driving habits to help maximize vehicle range:

Before driving:

Follow recommended periodic maintenance.

Keep tires inflated to correct pressure.

Keep wheels in correct alignment.

Pre-heat or pre-cool the interior cabin while the vehicle is charging.

Remove unnecessary cargo from the vehicle.

While driving:

Drive in ECO mode The ECO mode helps reduce power con-

sumption by reducing acceleration when compared to the same accelerator pedal position in the D (Drive) position.

Drive at a constant speed. Maintain cruising speeds with constant accelerator positions or by using cruise control when appropriate.

Accelerate slowly and smoothly. Gently press and release the accelerator pedal for accelera- tion and deceleration.

Drive at moderate speeds on the highway.

Avoid frequent stopping and braking. Maintain a safe distance behind other vehicles.

Turn off the air conditioner/heater when it is not necessary.

Select a moderate temperature setting for heat- ing or cooling to help reduce power consumption.

Use the air conditioner/heater and close win- dows to reduce drag when cruising at highway speed.

Vehicle range may be substantially reduced in extremely cold conditions (for example, -4F (-20C)).

Using the climate control system to heat the cabin when the outside temperature is below 32F (0C) uses more electricity and affects vehicle range more than when using the heater when the temperature is above 32F (0C).

EFFICIENT USE OF YOUR VEHICLE

EV Overview EV-23

Release the accelerator pedal to slow down and do not apply the brakes when traffic and road conditions allow.

This vehicle is equipped with a regenerative brake system. The primary purpose of the regenerative brake system is to provide some power to recharge the Li-ion battery and extend driving range. A secondary ben- efit is engine braking that operates based on Li-ion battery conditions. In the D (Drive) position, when the accelerator is released, the regenerative brake system provides some deceleration and some power to the Li-ion battery.

LI-ION BATTERY LIFE The Li-ion batterys ability to hold a charge, like all batteries, decreases with battery age and usage which results in decreased vehicle range when compared to the vehicle range when the vehicle was new. This is normal and expected, and does not indicate a malfunction of the vehicle or Li-ion battery.

The Li-ion batterys ability to hold a charge can be affected by how you drive the vehicle, store the vehicle, how you charge the Li-ion battery and Li-ion battery temperature during vehicle opera- tion and charging.

To maximize the batterys useful life, use the fol- lowing driving and charging habits where pos- sible:

Avoid exposing a vehicle to extreme ambient temperatures for extended periods.

Avoid storing a vehicle in temperatures below 13F (25C) for more than 7 days.

Avoid leaving your vehicle for more than 14 days where the Li-ion battery available charge gauge reaches a zero or near zero (state of charge).

Allow the vehicle and Li-ion battery to cool down after use before charging.

Park/store your vehicle in cool locations out of direct sunlight and away from heat sources.

Avoid sustained high battery temperatures (caused, for example, by exposure to very high ambient temperatures or extending highway driving with multiple quick charges (if so equipped)) .

Use the normal charging or trickle charging methods to charge the Li-ion battery and mini- mize the use of public Fast Charge or Quick Charger.

Avoid repetitive charging of the Li-ion battery with high battery state of charge.

Moderate driving.

Use of ECO mode.

Do not operate the charging timer repeatedly while the charge connector is connected to the vehicle after the Li-ion battery charging is com- pleted. Doing so may discharge the 12-volt battery.

The power of the Li-ion battery can be checked on the Li-ion battery available charge gauge. For additional information, refer to Li-ion battery available charge gauge in the Instruments and controls section of this manual.

EV-24 EV Overview

LI-ION BATTERY MAINTENANCE In addition to the regular maintenance recom- mended by NISSAN, the LEAF requires some special Li-ion battery inspections.

For additional information, refer to the NISSAN Warranty Information Booklet for significant limitations, exclusions and possible voiding of your warranty resulting from failure to have these necessary inspections, repairs and/or ad- justments performed.

For additional information, refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for a detailed explanation of the Li-ion battery inspection and intervals.

METERS AND INDICATORS The vehicle has two displays to provide informa- tion regarding vehicle operation:

Upper display

Lower display

Upper display Master warning lights:

The master warning lights are located in the upper display.

The master warning lights illuminate when any warning lights or indicators illuminate in the lower display or when messages are displayed on the vehicle information display.

For additional information, refer to Master warn- ing light (red/yellow) in the Instruments and controls section of this manual.

EV UNIQUE INFORMATION

EV Overview EV-25

ECO indicator:

This indicator provides instant information about how efficiently the vehicle is being operated. You can see how changing your driving style or op- eration of vehicle accessories affects power con- sumption.

For additional information, refer to ECO indica- tor in the Instruments and controls section of this manual.

Lower display Li-ion battery temperature gauge:

This gauge displays the temperature of the Li-ion battery.

For additional information, refer to Li-ion battery temperature gauge in the Instruments and con- trols section of this manual.

Power meter:

This meter displays the actual traction motor power consumption and the regenerative brake power provided to the Li-ion battery.

For additional information, refer to Power meter in the Instruments and controls section of this manual.

EV-26 EV Overview

Driving range:

This indicator displays the estimated driving range (calculated based on a program that ac- counts for current driving style and operational conditions) that can be driven before recharging is necessary.

For additional information, refer to Driving range in the Instruments and controls section of this manual.

Li-ion battery available charge gauge:

This gauge displays the available Li-ion battery power remaining to drive the vehicle.

For additional information, refer to Li-ion battery available charge gauge in the Instruments and controls section of this manual.

Li-ion battery capacity level gauge:

This gauge displays the available capacity of the Li-ion battery remaining to store power.

For additional information, refer to Li-ion battery capacity level gauge in the Instruments and controls section of this manual.

EV Overview EV-27

Warning and indicator lights The EV system uses the following EV specific warning and indicator lights:

1. Master warning light (red)

2. Master warning light (yellow)

3. 12-volt battery charge warning light

4. Plug-in indicator light

5. READY to drive indicator light

6. Power limitation indicator light

7. EV system warning light

8. Electric shift control system warning light

9. Brake system warning light (yellow)

10. Low battery charge warning light

11. Headlight warning light (if so equipped)

12. Approaching Vehicle Sound for Pedestrians (VSP) system warning light

For additional information, refer to Warning lights, indicator lights and audible reminders in the Instruments and controls section of this manual.

APPROACHING VEHICLE SOUND FOR PEDESTRIANS (VSP) SYSTEM The Approaching Vehicle Sound for Pedestrians (VSP) system is a function that uses sound to alert pedestrians of the presence of the vehicle when it is being driven at a low speed.

When the vehicle starts to move, it produces a sound.

The sound stops when the vehicle speed is more than 30 km/h (19 mph) while accelerating.

The sound starts when the vehicle speed is less than 25 km/h (16 mph) while decelerating.

EV-28 EV Overview

The sound stops when the vehicle stops.

The sound does not stop with the vehicle in the R (Reverse) position even if the vehicle stops.

WARNING

If the sound cannot be heard, pedestri- ans may not notice the oncoming ve- hicle, which may cause an accident re- sulting in serious injury or death. It is recommended that you immediately visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for VSP system inspection.

If the VSP system warning light illumi- nates while the power switch is in the ON position, or in the READY to drive position, it may indicate the VSP sys- tem is not functioning properly. Have the VSP system checked. It is recom- mended that you visit a NISSAN certi- fied LEAF dealer for this service. For additional information, refer to Ap- proaching Vehicle Sound for Pedestri- ans (VSP) system warning light in the Instruments and controls section of this manual.

ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM This vehicle is equipped with an electric shift control system. This control system has three features:

Smooth and easy shift lever operation.

To place the vehicle in the P (Park) position, push the P (Park) position switch on the shift lever.

The vehicle automatically applies the P (Park) position when the power switch is placed in the OFF position.

For additional information, refer to Driving the vehicle in the Starting and driving section of this manual.

LED HEADLIGHT (LOW BEAM) (IF SO EQUIPPED) This vehicle uses an LED headlight for the head- light low beam. The LED headlight has the follow- ing features:

Low power consumption

The shape is very compact.

It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certi- fied LEAF dealer to replace the headlight.

EV Overview EV-29

SOLAR CELL MODULE (IF SO EQUIPPED) This vehicle uses a solar cell module to provide power to the 12-volt battery. The solar cell mod- ule only provides power to help maintain the charge of the 12-volt battery; it will not recharge a discharged 12-volt battery.

The solar cell module does not provide power to the Li-ion battery.

For additional information, refer to Cleaning ex- terior in the Appearance and care section of this manual.

NOTE: The solar cell may not provide full charging power in the following situations:

When the intensity of sunlight is weak.

When the solar cell module is in the shade.

When the solar cell module is covered by leaves or dirt.

DRIVING RANGE (IF SO EQUIPPED) On the navigation system screen, you can check the estimated distance the vehicle may be driven with the available Li-ion battery charge. For addi- tional information, refer to the LEAF Navigation System Owners Manual.

Solar cell module on the rear spoiler

EV-30 EV Overview

Charging

Precautions on charging. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-2 Types of charge and how to charge the Li-ion battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-5

How to normal charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-9 How to trickle charge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-11 How to quick charge (if so equipped) . . . . . . .CH-15 Charge connector lock switch . . . . . . . . . . .CH-18

Charging methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-21 Charging timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-21 Immediate charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-25

Charging related remote function (models with navigation system) . . . . . . . . . .CH-26

Charging related indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-27 Charging status indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . .CH-27 EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) control box indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-30

Charging troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-32

WARNING

If you use any medical electric devices, such as an implantable cardiac pace- maker or an implantable cardiovascu- lar defibrillator, check with the electric medical device manufacturer concern- ing the effects that charging may have on implanted devices before starting the charge operation. Charging may affect the operation.

Make sure there is no water or foreign materials in the charge port, charge connector or electrical plug, and that they are not damaged or affected by rust or corrosion. If any of these condi- tions are noticeable, do not charge the Li-ion battery. This may result in a short circuit or electric shock and could cause a fire which may result in serious personal injury or death.

To avoid serious personal injury or death when the Li-ion battery is charg- ing, be aware of the following precau- tions. Do not touch the metal contacts of

the charge port, charge connector or electrical plug.

Do not touch the vehicle and charger when there is lightning. A lightning strike may back feed into the char- ger causing damage and possible personal injury or death.

Make sure the charge connector is re- moved from the charge port before starting your vehicle. If the charge con- nector is only partially engaged and the connector latch is unlocked, it is possible to place the EV in the READY to drive position.

Do not plug in or unplug the plug with wet hands and do not stand in water, liquid or snow. This may cause an elec- tric shock which may result in serious personal injury or death.

Do not disassemble or modify the charge port or the EVSE (Electric Ve- hicle Supply Equipment). This may cause a fire.

If you notice an unusual odor or smoke coming from the vehicle, stop charging immediately.

Be careful not to allow your hands, hair, jewelry or clothing to come into contact with, or get caught in, the trac- tion motor cooling fan. The cooling fan can start at any time during charging.

CAUTION

To prevent damage to the charging equipment: Do not close the charge port lid

without closing the cap. Do not subject the charging equip-

ment to impact. Do not pull or twist the charge cable. Do not drag the charge cable. Do not store and use charging

equipment in locations where the temperature is over 185F (85C).

PRECAUTIONS ON CHARGING

CH-2 Charging

Do not place the charging equip- ment close to a heater or other heat source.

Make sure the cap is closed on the charge port when charging is finished. If the charge port lid is closed when the cap is open, water or foreign materials may enter the charge port.

Do not charge when a vehicle body cover is in use. This may cause damage to the charge connector.

Do not attempt to perform a jump start on the 12-volt battery at the same time that the Li-ion battery is being charged. Doing so may damage the vehicle or charging equipment and could cause an injury. For additional information, refer to Jump starting in the In case of emergency section of this manual.

Trickle charging is performed using the EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equip- ment) provided with the vehicle. NISSAN recommends using an AC 110 - 120 volt, 15A, dedicated electrical cir- cuit and outlet. The dedicated circuit is used to help prevent circuit damage or the circuit breaker from tripping due to the high draw of charging the Li-ion battery. If the dedicated circuit is not used, the circuit may cause adverse interference on MCB (Moulded Circuit Board) and household electrical appli- ances such as televisions and audio systems. If the circuit is shared, and another electrical device is being used at the same time the vehicle is charg- ing, the breaker may trip. A licensed professional electrician should install a dedicated circuit if one is not already available.

NOTE: When charging the Li-ion battery, place the power switch in the OFF position. When the power switch is in the ON posi- tion, the Li-ion battery will not start charg- ing.

If the charger is connected to the vehicle when it is in the READY to drive position, the power switch automatically changes to the ON position. Place the power switch in the OFF position to begin charging.

For your safety, if the charger is connected to the vehicle while the power switch is in the READY to drive position, the vehicle will automatically switch to the ON posi- tion. Because charging will not be started while the power switch is in this position, be sure to place the power switch in the OFF position.

When the ambient temperature is 32F (0C) or less, charging time may be longer than normal and the level to which the Li-ion battery can be charged may be less than at higher temperatures.

Do not operate the charging timer repeat- edly while the charge connector is con- nected to the vehicle after the Li-ion bat- tery charging is completed. Doing so may discharge the 12-volt battery. For addi- tional information, refer to Charging timer in this section. If the Li-ion battery becomes discharged, charge it immedi- ately.

Charging CH-3

The power switch can be set to the ON position and the climate control and navi- gation system (if so equipped) can be used while the Li-ion battery is charging. However, because these operations con- sume Li-ion battery power, it will take longer for the Li-ion battery to become fully charged. Place the power switch in the OFF position to help reduce Li-ion battery charge time.

If electrical power is interrupted while charging, charging restarts automatically when the electrical power is restored.

It is recommended to keep the charge cable connected to save Li-ion battery power, when the heater and air condi- tioner are operating with remote opera- tion (models with navigation system).

If the charge port is frozen, melt the ice using a hair dryer. After the ice has melted, charge the Li-ion battery. Forcing the charge connector to connect may cause a malfunction.

If foreign materials have entered the charge connector and charge port and it is not possible to connect it, do not attempt to force the connection. It is recom- mended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. Forcing the charge connec- tor to connect may cause damage to the charging equipment and vehicle.

There is a hole on the charge port for water drainage. If the water drainage hole becomes blocked, or if water gets trapped inside the charge port, do not charge. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.

CH-4 Charging

TYPES OF CHARGE AND HOW TO CHARGE THE LI-ION BATTERY

Charging CH-5

CH-6 Charging

This vehicle is an electric vehicle and it requires electricity to operate. The Li-ion battery is the only source of power to operate the vehicle. It is important to conserve power and plan your charging needs when you drive to avoid com- pletely discharging the Li-ion battery and being unable to drive.

There are three methods available to charge the Li-ion battery:

Normal charge

Trickle charge

Quick charge (if so equipped)

The time to completely charge the vehicle Li-ion battery varies based on the state of charge of the Li-ion battery, condition and age of the Li-ion battery, ambient temperature and condition of the power source connected to the vehicle. The charging times provided in this manual are esti- mates only and may vary.

Normal charge

NISSAN recommends using normal charging for usual charging of the vehicle. Use of quick charge should be minimized in order to help prolong Li-ion battery life.

Normal charging uses an SAE J1772 compliant charging device that can be installed on a dedi- cated 220V/240V circuit in your home. NISSAN recommends the installation of a home charging dock by a licensed professional electrician. NISSAN has contracted with a company to assist you in purchasing and installing a charger. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for additional information.

It takes approximately 5.5 to 9.5 hours (depend- ing on the charger) in order to charge the Li-ion battery from discharged (low battery charge warning light illuminated) to 100% charged.

For additional information, refer to How to nor- mal charge in this section.

Trickle Charge

Trickle charging is not recommended for regular use. Trickle charge can be used when it is nec- essary to perform an emergency charge at a destination such as a friends house.

Trickle charge uses the EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) or an SAE J1772 compliant cord set to connect the vehicle to an AC 110 120 volt, 15A dedicated outlet. The outlet should be protected by a circuit breaker or fuse to avoid overloading the circuit or other electrical hazard.

It takes approximately 26 hours to charge the Li-ion battery from discharged (low battery charge warning light illuminated) to 100% charged.

For additional information, refer to How to trickle charge in this section.

Quick charge (if so equipped)

Quick charge capability is only available on ve- hicles manufactured with the quick charge op- tion, which includes the quick charge port. If your vehicle does not have such a port, quick charging cannot be used.

Charging CH-7

A vehicle equipped with a quick charge port is compatible with most CHAdeMO (Japanese in- dustry standard) connectors on charging sta- tions. Charging stations using this standard are UL certified and safe to use in the US. While supported by NISSAN, this connector may not become the US SAE standard.

Quick charging is possible (even several times a day) if the battery temperature is not near the red zone. If the battery temperature reaches the red zone, in order to protect the battery, quick charg- ing is not allowed and the power limitation mode will be triggered.

Public charging:

This vehicle is compatible with any public charg- ing station that is SAE J1772 compliant. If you attempt to charge from a non-compliant charging station, you may not receive a complete charge, or you may not be able to charge at all due to hardware and software differences. NISSAN is working with states, municipalities, utility compa- nies and others to assist in the preparation of markets and infrastructure. However, NISSAN makes no representations that public charging stations will be available in locations where you wish to operate the vehicle, nor can NISSAN predict the period of time it may take for public

charging infrastructure to be developed in your area. Depending on where you live or drive, there may not be sufficient public charging stations available to meet your particular needs for driving range and charging away from your home. Trip planning is therefore important, and you should plan trips with these facts in mind.

Quick charge uses public charging stations (up to 50 kW of power).

The time needed to charge the Li-ion battery from discharged (low battery charge warning light illu- minated) to 80% charged using the quick char- ger depends on many factors including the Li-ion battery temperature and the type of quick charger used.

It may take more time to charge the Li-ion battery using the quick charger if the vehicle is parked in a cold location (for example, below 32F (0C)) for a long time.

The Li-ion battery temperature gauge can be used to estimate the approximate time needed to charge the Li-ion battery to 80%.

Li-ion battery temperature gauge

Estimated charge time

A 3 or fewer seg- ments illuminated

More than approxi- mately 90 minutes

B 4-5 segments illu- minated

Approximately 30- 90 minutes

C 6-7 segments illu- minated

Approximately 30 minutes

D 8-9 segments illu- minated

Approximately 30- 60 minutes

E 10 or more seg- ments illuminated

More than approxi- mately 60 minutes

CH-8 Charging

NOTE: Charging time is typically limited to 60 min- utes when using a quick charger. Push the start switch on the quick charger after it stops if additional charge time is necessary to reach an 80% charge.

For additional information, refer to How to quick charge in this section.

Power Limitation Mode

This mode protects the health and operation of the vehicles Li-ion battery. This mode operates in certain extreme conditions (heat, cold, low state of charge). Power available to vehicle systems, including its traction motor, is limited resulting in limited performance, acceleration and top speed. Charging may be automatically terminated, espe- cially with repeated quick charging in extreme hot weather.

Checking Li-ion battery charge

The three methods for checking the amount of charge are as follows:

Check by using the Li-ion battery available charge gauge on the meter when the power switch is placed in the ON position. For addi- tional information, refer to Li-ion battery avail- able charge gauge and Li-ion battery low

charge warning in the Instruments and con- trols section of this manual.

Check by using an internet enabled smart phone or personal computer. For additional information, refer to the LEAF Navigation System Owners Manual (models with navigation system).

Check by using the charging status indicator light. For additional information, refer to Charg- ing status indicator lights in this section.

NOTE: During the charge operation, charge con- tinues when the power switch is placed in the ON position.

The Li-ion battery cannot be charged if the quick charge connector and the normal charge connector are connected at the same time. If another charge connector is connected mid-charge, charging will stop.

For safety reasons, it is not possible to switch to the READY to drive position while a charge connector is connected.

During charging, it is possible that the radio may be inaudible due to noise by the electromagnetic wave.

HOW TO NORMAL CHARGE

WARNING

If you use any medical electric devices, such as an implantable cardiac pace- maker or an implantable cardiovascu- lar defibrillator, check with the electric medical device manufacturer concern- ing the effects that charging may have on implanted devices before starting the charge operation. Charging may affect the operation.

Be sure to follow the precautions for using the charger that can be installed in your home. Failing to do so could result in serious injury or death.

CAUTION

Do not use any charging equipment that is not compatible with the LEAF. Doing so could prevent the Li-ion bat- tery from charging properly or could result in damage to the vehicle or Li- ion battery.

Normal charge uses the charging device (AC 220 - 240 volt, 16A or 32A) that can be in- stalled in your home to charge the Li-ion battery.

Charging CH-9

Immediate charge, charging timer and remote charge (models with navigation system) can be performed in the normal charge mode. For ad- ditional information, refer to Charging meth- ods in this section.

The Genuine NISSAN charging equipment communicates with the vehicle before Li-ion battery charging starts. If this communication does not occur because other equipment is used, the Li-ion battery will not charge.

NISSAN recommends that you connect the normal charge cable when getting out of the vehicle, even if it is not going to be used. By doing this, you can get the most out of the remote climate control (models with navigation system) and Climate Ctrl. Timer functions the next time you use the vehicle.

To start normal charge:

1. Push the P (Park) position switch to place the vehicle in the P (Park) position and apply the parking brake.

2. When charging the Li-ion battery, place the power switch in the OFF position. When the power switch is in the ON position, the Li-ion battery will not start charging.

3. Open the charge port lid and charge port cap. For additional information, refer to Charge port lid and Charge port cap in the Pre- driving checks and adjustments section of this manual.

4. Connect the charge connector to the charge port. If it is connected normally, a beep will sound once.

5. If charging has started or if the battery is waiting for the charging timer, a beep will sound twice and the charging status indicator light display will change. For additional infor- mation, refer to Charging status indicator lights in this section.

CH-10 Charging

To stop normal charge:

1. Ensure that the charge connector lock is not engaged. For additional information, refer to Charge connector lock switch in this section.

2. Press the button on the charge connector, release the lock and remove the charge con- nector from the charge port and properly store it.

3. After closing the charge port cap on the charge port, close the charge port lid.

NOTE: To stop charging mid-charge, remove the charge connector. Charging automatically stops.

HOW TO TRICKLE CHARGE

WARNING

If you use any medical electric devices, such as an implantable cardiac pace- maker or an implantable cardiovascu- lar defibrillator, check with the electric medical device manufacturer concern- ing the effects that charging may have on implanted devices before starting the charge operation. Charging may affect the operation.

In order to avoid an electric shock or fire due to a short circuit, connect to a GFI (Ground Fault Interrupter) circuit breaker and use a waterproof electri- cal ground socket.

The NISSAN Genuine EVSE charging device provided with your vehicle draws 12 amps continuously while charging the Li-ion battery. Do not plug in to any electrical circuit unless it is inspected by a licensed electrician to confirm that the electrical circuit can accept a 12 amp draw. Any electrical circuit has a much higher likelihood of being compromised in the following conditions listed below.

Improper use of the charger may result in a fire and serious injury or death.

Do not use this charger in structures more than 40 years old.

Do not use this charger in structures using fuse-based circuit protection. Use only with electrical circuits pro- tected by circuit breakers.

Do not use this charger on electrical circuits with two-prong outlets.

Do not use charger if outlet appears damaged or will not hold plug firmly.

Discontinue charger use immedi- ately if plug or outlet becomes hot to the touch or if you notice any unusual odors.

Do not use charger if other devices are plugged into the same circuit.

Never use extension cords or plug adapters with charger.

Do not operate with a damaged cord.

Always unplug the charger when not in use.

When unplugging, be sure to pull by the plug and not the cord.

Charging CH-11

The device has parts that may spark inside. Do not use it where gasoline, paint, or flammable liquids are used or stored.

Do not use if a malfunction occurs or if the charger has been damaged in any manner. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for replacement.

The charger contains no user ser- viceable parts. Do not attempt to repair the charger, doing so will void your warranty.

Pass the lower side belt of the EVSE case securely through the fastener on the bottom of the luggage board. If the case suddenly becomes loose, it may cause serious injury or death.

CAUTION

Only charge using a standard 110 - 120 volt, 15A dedicated electrical out- let (for example, do not use an electric generator). Failure to do so may cause charging to fail and could cause dam- age to the Li-ion battery charging equipment due to power surges.

NISSAN recommends using Genuine NISSAN charging equipment to charge the vehicle. Using non-NISSAN equip- ment could cause the Li-ion battery to not charge correctly and may damage the Li-ion battery.

Trickle charging is performed using an AC 110 - 120 volt, 15A dedicated electrical outlet using the EVSE provided with the vehicle.

The Genuine NISSAN EVSE charging equip- ment or trickle charge cable performs a commu- nication function with the vehicle before Li-ion charging starts. If this communication does not occur because other equipment is used, the Li-ion battery will not charge.

Immediate charge, charging timer and remote charge (models with navigation system) can be performed in the trickle charge mode. For addi- tional information, refer to Charging methods in this section.

CH-12 Charging

To start trickle charging:

You can pass a rope through the hole A on the control box in order to hang it up while the Li-ion battery is charging.

1. Push the P (Park) position switch to place the vehicle in the P (Park) position and apply the parking brake.

2. When charging the Li-ion battery, place the power switch in the OFF position. When the power switch is in the ON position, the Li-ion battery will not start charging.

3. Open the charge port lid. For additional infor- mation, refer to Charge port lid in the Pre- driving checks and adjustments section of this manual.

4. Take out the EV or trickle charge cable from the rear hatch.

5. Connect the electrical plug to the 110 - 120 volt, 15A dedicated electrical outlet. If it is connected normally, the green light on the EV control box indicator light illuminates.

6. Open the charge port cap. For additional in- formation, refer to Charge port cap in the Pre-driving checks and adjustments section of this manual.

7. Remove the safety cap from the charge connector.

Charging CH-13

8. Connect the charge connector to the charge port. If it is connected normally, a beep will sound once.

9. If charging has started, or if the Li-ion battery is waiting for the charging timer, a beep will sound twice and the charging status indicator light display will change. For additional infor- mation, refer to Charging status indicator lights in this section.

10. When recharging outside, such as in your driveway, use a commercially available pad- lock attached in position A to prevent theft.

To stop trickle charge:

1. Ensure that the charge connector lock is not engaged. For additional information, refer to Charge connector lock switch in this section.

2. Press the button on the charge connector, release the lock and remove the charge con- nector from the charge port.

3. Attach the safety cap to the EVSE.

4. Remove the electrical plug from the AC 110 - 120 volt, 15A dedicated electrical outlet.

CH-14 Charging

5. Store in its case.

NOTE: Perform the following procedure to store the EVSE in the case.

a. Wind the charge cable into a size that will allow it to be stored in the case (approximately 9.8 in (250 mm) in diameter).

b. Place the EVSE control box into the back of the case.

c. Place the charge cable and charge connector into the case in front of the EVSE control box.

WARNING

Pass the lower side belt of the EVSE case securely through the fastener on the bot- tom of the luggage board. If the case suddenly becomes loose, it may cause serious injury or death.

6. After closing the cap on the charge port, close the charge port lid.

NOTE: To stop charging mid-charge, remove the charge connector. Charging automatically stops.

HOW TO QUICK CHARGE (IF SO EQUIPPED) Quick charge uses public charging stations (up to 50 kW of power) to charge the battery in a short period of time.

WARNING

Always use a quick charger that is compatible with the LEAF. Using an incompatible quick charger may cause a fire or malfunction resulting in seri- ous personal injury or death.

Before starting the quick charge, care- fully read the instructions provided on the quick charger and make sure the quick charge connector is properly connected and locked. Failure to con- nect or operate the quick charger cor- rectly could cause damage to the ve- hicle or the charging equipment.

Charging CH-15

NOTE: Quick charging is possible (even several times a day) if the battery temperature is not near the red zone. If the battery tem- perature reaches the red zone, in order to protect the battery, quick charging is not allowed and the power limitation mode will be triggered. When the Li-ion battery available charge and the Li-ion battery capacity are shown on the quick charger unit, the readings may differ from the Li-ion battery avail- able charge/capacity reading shown on the vehicles display. To start charging:

1. Push the P (Park) position switch to place the vehicle in the P (Park) position and apply the parking brake.

2. When charging the Li-ion battery, place the power switch in the OFF position. When the power switch is in the ON position, the Li-ion battery will not start charging.

3. Open the charge port lid and charge port cap. For additional information, refer to Charge port lid and Charge port cap in the Pre- driving checks and adjustments section of this manual.

4. Align 1 with the groove of the charge port and insert the charge connector.

CH-16 Charging

CAUTION

Be sure to insert the charge connector straight into the quick charge port right up to the base. Failure to do so may result in the Li-ion battery not charging or could cause damage to the charging equipment.

5. Grasp the lock lever and lock the charge connector.

6. Follow the instructions on the quick charge equipment to start charging. When the equip- ment is properly installed and ready to charge a beep sounds twice and the charging status indicator light will change. For additional infor- mation, refer to Charge status indicator lights in this section.

Charging ends in the following situations:

When charging is complete

When charging time has exceeded 60 minutes

When the possible charge time set for the quick charger is exceeded

NOTE: Charging may automatically stop even if it is not completed.

If charging stops mid-charge, you can re- start charging by pressing the start button on the quick charger again.

The charge connector is locked to the charge port during charging and cannot be disconnected. Follow the instructions on the quick charge equipment to stop charging. Confirm charging is stopped by looking at the indicators on the dash. The charge connector can be disconnected from the vehicle when charging is stopped.

When quick charging, the Li-ion battery charging rate is slower as the percentage of available battery charge increases.

Charging CH-17

To finish charging:

1. Confirm charging is stopped by looking at the indicators on the dash. The charge connector can be disconnected from the vehicle when charging is stopped.

2. Unlock the charge connector, remove from the vehicle and properly store it.

3. Close the quick charge port cap.

4. Shut the charge port lid.

CAUTION

As the quick charge connector is heavier in comparison to the other charge connectors, allowing it to drop could cause damage to the vehicle or charge connector or personal injury. When removing the connector, be sure to pull it out straight and as carefully as possible.

CHARGE CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH The normal or trickle charge connector can be locked to the normal charge port. The charge connector lock mode can be selected by using the charge connector lock switch, AUTO, LOCK and UNLOCK.

NOTE: The charge connector lock can be activated when the shift lever is in the P (Park) posi- tion and the charge connector is con- nected. The charge connector lock will not be activated if the charge connector is not properly connected.

CH-18 Charging

AUTO mode To select AUTO mode, push the AUTO side 1 of the charge connector lock switch. The indicator light on the switch 3 will illuminate.

When AUTO mode is selected, the charge con- nector is locked while charging is in process. The charge connector will be unlocked automatically when charging is complete.

LOCK mode To select the LOCK mode, push the LOCK side 2 of the charge connector lock switch. The indicator light on the switch 4 will illuminate.

When LOCK mode is selected, the charge con- nector will remain locked. The charge connector will be unlocked when UNLOCK mode is se- lected or temporary unlock operation is per- formed.

UNLOCK mode To select UNLOCK mode, return the charge con- nector lock switch to the level position. Make sure the indicator light on the switch turns off.

When UNLOCK mode is selected, the charge connector will remain unlocked.

Temporary unlock position:

When the charge connector lock switch is in the AUTO or LOCK position, the charge connector lock can be unlocked temporarily by using the NISSAN Intelligent Key or the charge port lid opener switch.

Unlock operation using Intelligent Key 1. Press the charge connector unlock button on

the Intelligent Key for more than 1 second. 2. The charging status indicator light flashes

three times and a beep sounds three times. The charge connector lock is unlocked for 30 seconds.

3. After 30 seconds, the charge connector lock is locked.

The charge connector lock can also be unlocked for 30 seconds when unlocking a door or the rear hatch (in this case, the charging status indicator light does not operate). If the lock is operated again within 30 seconds after unlocking the door/rear hatch, the charge connector lock is locked again.

Charging CH-19

Unlock operation using charge port lid opener switch 1. Push the charge port lid opener switch.

2. The charging status indicator light flashes three times and a beep sounds three times. The charge connector lock is unlocked for 30 seconds.

3. After 30 seconds, the charge connector lock is locked.

NOTE: Depending on the charging station, the lock mechanism established by local standards may not be compatible with your vehicle. It may not be possible for the charge connector to lock to your vehicle.

When the power source is cut off while charging in AUTO mode, the connector will be continuously locked for 5 minutes, then it will be released.

When timer charging is set with AUTO mode, the connector will not lock until charging is started.

In AUTO mode, the charge connector lock will only lock during normal charging.

When the following system(s) are oper- ated individually or the 12-volt battery is being charged, the charging connector lock will not lock:

Climate Ctrl. Timer Remote climate control (if so

equipped) Li-ion battery warmer (if so equipped)

If the charge connector cannot be unlocked 1. Place power switch in the OFF position.

2. Open the hood.

3. Insert a flat head screwdriver or suitable tool into the screw that is located on the front of the hood lock.

4. Turn it clockwise to release the charge con- nector lock.

5. Remove the charge connector.

CH-20 Charging

CHARGING TIMER Use charging timer to schedule when the Li-ion battery charges. The vehicle automatically begins charging at the scheduled times when the charge connector is connected to the vehicle. The timers do not need to be reset each time the Li-ion battery needs charging.

With navigation system (if so equipped) The charging timer can save two timer settings that include the charging start time and end time. The charging timer can be applied to one of the timer settings for each day of the week.

The vehicle automatically begins charging at the scheduled times when the charge connector is connected to the vehicle. The timers do not need to be reset each time the Li-ion battery needs to be charged.

1. Push and touch Charging Timer. Touch Estimated Time to view approximate time required to reach 100% charge.

2. Touch Edit Schedule. Timer charge setting screen is displayed.

3. Set preferred time and day of the week for vehicle charging.

4. After entering the information, touch Save.A confirmation screen is displayed.

5. Touch OK to confirm the setting, push the power switch to the OFF position, and then connect the charge connector to the vehicle.

NOTE: Always place the power switch in the OFF position after setting the charging timers. When the power switch in the ON position, the Li-ion battery will not start charging.

The Li-ion battery may not be charged to the expected level if the charging timer start time and end time are set so there is not enough time to charge the Li-ion bat- tery.

When either the charge start time or charge end time is set, the charging timer function is activated.

When only the charging timer end time is set, the system automatically determines when to begin charging. The Li-ion battery may not be charged to the expected level in the following conditions:

The Li-ion battery is charged in cold weather.

The charge connector is connected to the vehicle too close to the scheduled charging end time.

CHARGING METHODS

Charging CH-21

When only the charging timer end time is set, the system automatically stops charg- ing when the Li-ion battery charges to a full charge. Charging may stop before the scheduled end time.

If the charging timer and the Climate Ctrl. Timer are operating at the same time due to an overlap of the timer settings, you can prioritize which function receives electri- cal power first. For additional information, refer to the LEAF Navigation System Own- ers Manual.

When charging is set as the first priority, the Climate Ctrl. Timer does not start until 10 segments (80%) of the Li-ion battery available charge gauge are illuminated.

Even when the climate control is set as the first priority, the climate control system will be turned off when the electric de- mands of the climate control system are more than can be provided to the Li-ion battery for charging.

Some charging stations used to perform normal charge are equipped with timer functions. If the charger timer function and the vehicle timer are both set, and the two timers are not set to operate at the

same time, it is possible that the charger will not start or the battery will not be charged to the level expected.

If the Li-ion battery warmer (if so equipped) is operating while the Climate Ctrl. Timer or remote climate control is being used, performance of the climate control system will be reduced.

The Li-ion battery may not charge to the expected level using the Charging Timer when a [Start time] and [End time] are set while the Li-ion battery warmer (if so equipped) operates.

Set only the Charging Timer End time when charging in cold weather. The ve- hicle automatically determines when to start charging to fully charge the Li-ion battery, even if the Li-ion battery warmer (if so equipped) operates. Charging ends before the set End time if the Li-ion bat- tery is fully charged.

The 12volt battery can become dis- charged if the charging timer is operated repeatedly between the Li-ion battery charges when the vehicle is not used for an extended period of time.

Charging timer is performed according to the current time setting on the bottom left of the display. When setting the charging timer function, be sure to check that the current time displayed is correct.

To turn off the charging timer function, touch ON on the timer charge setting screen until the indicator lights are turned off. Touch SAVE to apply the change. If the settings shown on the screen are correct, touch OK. After this operation has been performed, the indicator disappears and the charging timer function is turned off. The start and end time settings are not deleted, even if the charging timer func- tion is turned off.

If the day of the week is not selected on the timer charge setting screen, the charg- ing timer will not operate on that day. The system will wait until the next set charging time to perform charging.

CH-22 Charging

Timer Charge setting screen:

Two different timer settings can be registered (one on the left side and another on the right side of the screen).

1. Touch to turn on/off the timer. The indicator light will turn on when the timer setting is turned on.

2. Indicates start/end time of the scheduled timer charge.

3. Touch corresponding keys to adjust the time setting.

-: Touch or touch and hold to decrease the time.

+: Touch or touch and hold to increase the time.

x: Touch to delete the numbers entered in the corresponding column.

4. Touch the keys to set the days of the week you wish to start charging.

5. Touch to save the settings.

Without navigation system

NOTE: For the charging timer of models without navigation system, it allows only the time that the charging is to STOP to be set and does not allow the charge START time to be set. Set the charging end time. The vehicle automatically calculates when to start charging based on the condition of the power source and the estimated time required for charging to a full level.

Charging CH-23

When the Charging Timer and the Climate Ctrl. Timer are set at the same time, the charging start time moves to an earlier time.

Depending on the Li-ion battery condition and the power source status, charging may end earlier than the charging end time. This is not a malfunction.

1. Push the switch A on the left side of the combination meter panel.

2. Push the switch B to highlight Charg- ing Timer on the vehicle information display and then push the switch.

3. The Charging Timer screen is displayed. To change the time or turn the timer on or off, push the switch.

CH-24 Charging

To turn the timer on or off, use the switch to highlight On or Off and then push the

switch. If On is selected, an additional screen is displayed that allows you to change the time of the charging timer.

4. The hour portion of the time is highlighted on the screen. Push the switch to change the hour field in increments of one hour. Push the switch to move to the minutes field.

5. Push the switch to change the minute field in increments of ten minutes. Push the

switch to finish setting the charging timer.

IMMEDIATE CHARGE When a charging timer is not turned on, charging automatically starts when a normal or trickle charge connector is connected to the vehicle.

Use the immediate charge mode anytime you want to start charging when a charging timer is turned on by performing the following:

1. Place the power switch in the OFF position.

Charging CH-25

2. Push the immediate charge switch.

3. Connect the normal or trickle charge cable when the charging status indicator light changes to display immediate charge mode. For additional information, refer to Charging status indicator lights in this section.

NOTE: You have 15 minutes to connect a normal or trickle charge connector to the vehicle after the immediate charge switch is pushed. If a charge connector is not con- nected to the vehicle within 15 minutes, the vehicle automatically returns to the previous setting.

Immediate charge will be available for 15 minutes before returning automatically to the previous setting.

To cancel immediate charge mode push the immediate charge switch again.

If the charge cable is disconnected, the Li-ion battery automatically switches to charging timer. To perform an immediate charge again, push the immediate charge switch and connect the charge cable.

If the charge cable is already connected, push the immediate charge switch to start performing an immediate charge.

CHARGING RELATED REMOTE FUNCTION (MODELS WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM) This vehicle incorporates a communication de- vice that is called a TCU (Telematics Communi- cation Unit). The communication connection be- tween this unit and NISSAN Data Center allows for various remote function services.

Li-ion battery status check:

The charging status of the Li-ion battery can be checked using your personal computer or internet enabled smart phone even if you are not in the vehicle.

Remote charge:

The function of starting the Li-ion battery charge or starting the heater and air condi- tioner is available using your personal com- puter or internet enabled smart phone.

Unplugged status:

A notification e-mail will be sent to your per- sonal computer or internet enabled smart phone if the plug is not connected at the specific time you selected, after turning off the power switch.

CH-26 Charging

NOTE: Establishing the NissanConnectSM EV service is necessary before using this ser- vice. For additional information, refer to the LEAF Navigation System Owners Manual.

To check the Li-ion battery charging status using an internet enabled smart phone or personal computer, the following condi- tions must be met:

The vehicle must be located in a cellu- lar phone coverage area.

The cellular phone must be located in an area with cellular phone coverage.

If using a computer, the computer must be connected to the internet.

Some cellular phones are not compat- ible and cannot be used to check the Li-ion battery charging status. Please confirm beforehand.

Certain remote functions require a com- patible smart phone, which is not included with the vehicle.

NissanConnectSM EV information system features are included through a subscrip- tion service which requires owner consent to activate. The subscription must be ac- tive to use these features.

NissanConnectSM EV communications may be received at a verified e-mail ad- dress or by SMS/text messaging-enabled mobile phone.

Standard text rates and/or data usage may apply depending on your carrier.

CHARGING STATUS INDICATOR LIGHTS The charging status indicator lights 1 to 3 display the charging status, and are visible from both inside and outside the vehicle.

CHARGING RELATED INDICATOR LIGHTS

Charging CH-27

When the normal charge connector lock is unlocked

All of the indicator lights, 1 to 3 , will flash and a beep will sound three times when the normal charge connector lock switch on the Intelligent Key or the charge port lid opener switch is pushed.

When the normal charge connector is con- nected incorrectly

All of the indicator lights, 1 to 3 , will flash and a beep will sound three times within 30 seconds when the charge connector is connected incor- rectly to the normal charge port.

Ready for charging timer

If the charging timer is set, the indicator lights illuminate in order from 1 to 3 . The indicator lights turn off after approximately 5 minutes.

Ready for immediate charge

When the power switch is off and if the immedi- ate charge switch is pushed while the charge cable is not connected, the indicator light 2 illuminates.

This indicator light 2 illuminates when the ve- hicle is ready for immediate charge. You have 15 minutes to connect the charge connector to the vehicle. If the charge connector is not con- nected within 15 minutes, the indicator light 2 turns off and you must start the immediate charge mode again to charge the Li-ion battery.

CH-28 Charging

When charging

When the Li-ion battery is being charged, the charging status indicator lights will change de- pending on the amount the Li-ion battery is charged.

*: This value is also displayed by the illumination of segments of the Li-ion battery available charge gauge on the instrument panel.

When fully charged

All of the indicator lights 1 to 3 illuminate when the Li-ion battery is fully charged to the selected charging mode level.

The indicator lights turn off after approximately 5 minutes or when the charge connector is re- moved.

When the indicator light 3 flashes

The indicator light 3 flashes when the 12-volt battery is being charged. For additional informa- tion, refer to Charging the 12-volt battery in the EV overview section of this manual.

Charging CH-29

The indicator will also flash for up to 5 minutes if the electrical power to the EVSE is interrupted during charging. Charging will restart automati- cally when the electrical power to the EVSE is restored if the charging connector is connected. The charge start beep will not sound when charging restarts.

The indicator will also flash when the following systems are operating:

Climate Ctrl. Timer

Remote climate control (if so equipped)

Li-ion battery warmer (if so equipped)

When not charging

None of the lights are illuminated when the Li-ion battery and 12-volt battery are not charging.

EVSE (ELECTRIC VEHICLE SUPPLY EQUIPMENT) CONTROL BOX INDICATOR LIGHT When a trickle charge is being performed, the charging status is shown by the indicator light that is on the EVSE control box.

An indicator light also indicates if there is an EVSE malfunction.

CH-30 Charging

READY CHARGE FAULT Status and action to be taken

Every time the EVSE plug is connected to an outlet, all indicator lights illuminate for 0.5 seconds.

After initial processing is completed, when the EVSE is not connected to the vehicle, or the EVSE is con- nected to the vehicle but charging is not being performed.

While the battery is being charged

When the ground cable is disconnected Check the grounding of the outlet being used. If the grounding is normal, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.

or

When the temperature of the electrical plug is too hot, or the EVSE is unable to detect the temperature of the electrical plug, check that the electrical plug is connected correctly. If it is connected normally, stop use im- mediately. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.

When an electric leakage occurs or the EVSE malfunctions Stop use immediately. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.

When the EVSE malfunctions Stop use immediately. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.

If the EVSE control box indicator light does not illuminate after connecting the plug to the outlet, check the GFCI and circuit breaker for the outlet. If either the GFCI or breaker has tripped, the circuit may not be suit- able for use with EVSE. You should have a licensed electrician inspect and repair the electrical circuit. If the GFCI breaker is not tripped, stop using the EVSE. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.

Meaning Light ON Flashing Light OFF Symbol

Charging CH-31

Symptom Possible cause Possible solution

Charging cannot be per- formed.

The vehicle power switch is in the ON position. Before charging, place the vehicle power switch in the OFF position.

Both the normal charge connector and the quick charge connector (if so equipped) are connected at the same time.

The normal charge connector and the quick charge connector cannot be connected at the same time.

The Li-ion battery is already fully charged. Charging cannot be performed if the Li-ion battery is already fully charged. Charging automatically turns off if the Li-ion battery is fully charged.

The temperature of the Li-ion battery is too hot or cold to charge.

Confirm the Li-ion battery temperature by checking the Li-ion battery temperature gauge. If the gauge indicates the Li-ion battery is too hot (red zone) or too cold (blue zone), charging is not possible. Allow the Li-ion battery to cool or warm up before charging. For additional information, refer to Li-ion battery temperature gauge in the Instruments and controls section of this manual.

The 12-volt battery is discharged. The Li-ion battery can be charged if the vehicle electrical systems cannot be turned on. If the 12-volt battery is discharged, charge or jump start the 12-volt battery. For additional information, refer to Jump starting in the In case of emergency section of this manual.

The vehicle has a malfunction. The vehicle or charger may have a malfunction. Confirm if the warning light on the meter is illumi- nated. Confirm if the indicator on the charger is indicating a malfunction. If a warning is displayed, stop charging. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.

Normal charge cannot be performed.

There is no electrical power coming from the outlet.

Confirm that there has not been a power failure. Make sure the breaker is on. If an outlet with a timer device installed is used, power will only be available at the time set by the timer.

The charge connector is not connected cor- rectly.

Confirm the charge connector is connected correctly.

Immediate charge cannot be performed.

Charging timer has been set. Turn off the charging timer. For additional information, refer to Charging timer in this section.

Charging does not start because the charge amount has been set to 80% and the Li-ion bat- tery is already charged to more than 80%.

Confirm the charge percentage and if you need to charge the Li-ion battery more, change to the desired charge setting.

CHARGING TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE

CH-32 Charging

Charging timer cannot be performed.

The charge cable is not connected. Connect the charge cable.

The time on the clock is wrong. The charging timer function does not start charging based on the clock located on the upper dis- play. Confirm that the date and time shown on the charging timer screen are the same as the GPS time and date. If the 12-volt battery is discharged or if the Li-ion battery is disconnected, the time setting must be updated. There must be a GPS signal to adjust the timer setting clock.

The immediate charge switch has been pushed. Charging timer does not operate when immediate charge is selected.

Charging timer has not been set. Set the charging timer schedule. For additional information, refer to Charging timer in this section.

Charging does not start because the charging timer start time and end time are set and the cur- rent time is before the set start time.

Confirm when the charging timer time is set to start charging. Change the charging timer setting to the desired charge time or push the immediate charge switch. For additional information, refer to Charging timer in this section.

Charging does not start because only the charg- ing timer start time is set and the current time is after the set start time.

Charging does not start because only the charg- ing timer end time is set and the current time is after the set end time.

The charge cable is not connected. Connect the charge cable beforehand.

Charging does not start because the charge amount has been set to 80% and the Li-ion bat- tery is already charged to more than 80%.

Confirm the charge percentage and if you need to charge the Li-ion battery more, change to the desired charge setting.

Charging CH-33

Normal charge stops in the middle of charging.

There is no power coming from the outlet. There may have been a electrical power failure, or the breaker may have failed. Charging will resume when the power source is reset.

The charge cable has been disconnected. Check that the charge cable has not been disconnected.

Both the normal charge connector and the quick charge connector were connected at the same time.

If the normal charge connector and the quick charge connector are connected at the same time, charging will be stopped.

Charging timer end time has been reached. When the charging timer is set and the charge end time is reached, charging will be stopped, even if the Li-ion battery is not fully charged.

The temperature of the Li-ion battery is too hot or too cold to charge.

Confirm the Li-ion battery temperature by checking the Li-ion battery temperature gauge. If the gauge indicates the Li-ion battery is too hot (red zone) or too cold (blue zone), charging is not pos- sible. Allow the Li-ion battery to cool or warm up before charging. For additional information, refer to Li-ion battery temperature gauge in the Instruments and controls section of this manual.

Quick charge cannot be per- formed.

Incorrect charge connector connection, not fully inserted or may not be locked. Check that the charge connector is connected correctly and that it is locked.

The self-diagnostic function of the quick charge device returns a negative result.

There is a possibility that the vehicle has a malfunction. Stop charging. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.

Charging does not start because the charge amount has been set to 80% and the Li-ion battery is already charged to more than 80%.

Confirm the charge percentage and if you need to charge the Li-ion battery more, change to the desired charge setting.

The power switch of the quick charger is off. Check the power switch of the quick charger.

Quick charge stops in the middle of charging.

Charging is stopped by the quick charge timer.

Charging will stop depending on the timer function setting of the quick charge device. If you need to charge the Li-ion battery more, start the charging procedure again.

The maximum time for quick charge is 3060 minutes. If you need to charge the Li-ion battery for longer than this, start the charging procedure again.

The power supply for the quick charger is off. Check whether the power supply for the quick charger is off.

CH-34 Charging

1 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2 Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3 Rear seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-4

Head restraints/headrests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5 Adjustable head restraint/headrest components . . .1-6 Non-adjustable head restraint/headrest components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-6 Remove. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-6 Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7 Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7

Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-8 Precautions on seat belt usage . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-8 Seat belt warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-11 Pregnant women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-11 Injured persons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-11 Three-point type seat belt with retractor . . . . . . .1-11 Seat belt extenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-15 Seat belt maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-15

Child safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-16 Infants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-17

Small children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-17 Larger children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-17

Child restraints. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-18 Precautions on child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . .1-18 LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-21 Rear-facing child restraint installation using latch. .1-24 Rear-facing child restraint installation using the seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-25 Forward-facing child restraint installation using latch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-28 Forward-facing child restraint installation using the seat belts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-31 Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-35

Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) . . . . . . . . . .1-39 Precautions on SRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-39 Supplemental air bag warning labels . . . . . . . . .1-55 Supplemental air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . .1-55

WARNING

Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined. This can be dangerous. The shoulder belt will not be against your body. In an accident, you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries. You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries.

For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion, the seat should be upright. Always sit well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat properly. For additional information, refer to Precau- tions on seat belt usage in this section.

After adjustment, gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked.

Do not leave children unattended in- side the vehicle. They could unknow- ingly activate switches or controls. Un- attended children could become involved in serious accidents.

To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended operation of the vehicle and/or its systems, do not leave children, people who require the assistance of others or pets unat- tended in your vehicle. Additionally, the temperature inside a closed ve- hicle on a warm day can quickly be- come high enough to cause a signifi- cant risk of injury or death to people and pets.

Do not adjust the drivers seat while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation. The seat may move suddenly and could cause loss of control of the vehicle.

The seatback should not be reclined any more than needed for comfort. Seat belts are most effective when the passenger sits well back and straight up in the seat. If the seatback is re- clined, the risk of sliding under the lap belt and being injured is increased.

CAUTION

When adjusting the seat positions, be sure not to contact any moving parts to avoid possible injuries and/or damage.

SEATS

1-2 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

FRONT SEATS

Front manual seat adjustment Your vehicle seats can be adjusted manually. For additional information about adjusting the seats, refer to the steps outlined in this section.

Forward and backward:

Pull the bar up and hold it while sliding the seat forward or backward to the preferred position. Release the bar to lock the seat in position.

Reclining:

To recline the seatback, pull the lever up and lean back. To bring the seatback forward, pull the lever up and lean your body forward. Release the lever to lock the seatback in position.

The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit. For additional information, refer to Pre- cautions on seat belt usage in this section. Also, the seatback can be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is stopped and the vehicle is in the P (Park) position.

Seat lifter (drivers seat):

Pull up or push down the adjusting lever to adjust the seat height to the preferred position.

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3

REAR SEATS

Folding Before folding the rear seats: Secure the seat belts on the seat belt hooks

located on the side wall. For additional informa- tion, refer to Seat belt hook in this section.

To fold down the seatback, pull the release knob.

To return the seatback to the seating position, lift up each seatback and push it to the upright position until it is latched.

WARNING

Do not fold down the rear seats when occupants are in the rear seat area or any objects are on the rear seats.

Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the rear seats when they are in the folded-down position. Use of these areas by passengers without proper restraints could result in seri- ous injury or death in an accident or sudden stop.

Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting. Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks. In a sudden stop or collision, unsecured cargo could cause personal injury.

When returning the seatbacks to the upright position, be certain they are completely secured in the latched po- sition. If they are not completely se- cured, passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop.

1-4 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

WARNING

Head restraints/headrests supplement the other vehicle safety systems. They may provide additional protection against injury in certain rear end colli- sions. Adjustable head restraints/ headrests must be adjusted properly, as specified in this section. Check the ad- justment after someone else uses the seat. Do not attach anything to the head restraint/headrest stalks or remove the head restraints/headrests. Do not use the seat if the head restraint/headrest has been removed. If the head restraint/ headrest was removed, reinstall and properly adjust the head restraint/ headrest before an occupant uses the seating position. Failure to follow these instructions can reduce the effectiveness of the head restraint/headrest. This may increase the risk of serious injury or death in a collision.

The illustration shows the seating positions equipped with a head restraint/headrest.

Indicates the seating position is equipped with a head restraint.

+ Indicates the seating position is not equipped with a head restraint or headrest (if applicable).

Your vehicle is equipped with a head restraint/ headrest that may be integrated, adjustable or non-adjustable.

Adjustable head restraints/headrests have mul- tiple notches along the stalks to lock them in a desired adjustment position.

The non-adjustable head restraints/headrests have a single locking notch to secure them to the seat frame.

Proper Adjustment: For the adjustable type, align the head

restraint/headrest so the center of your ear is approximately level with the center of the head restraint/headrest.

If your ear position is still higher than the recommended alignment, place the head restraint/headrest at the highest position.

If the head restraint/headrest has been re- moved, ensure that it is reinstalled and locked in place before riding in that designated seating position.

HEAD RESTRAINTS/HEADRESTS

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-5

ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT/ HEADREST COMPONENTS 1. Removable head restraint/headrest

2. Multiple notches

3. Lock knob

4. Stalks

NON-ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT/HEADREST COMPONENTS 1. Removable head restraint/headrest

2. Single notch

3. Lock knob

4. Stalks

REMOVE Use the following procedure to remove the head restraint/headrest.

1. Pull the head restraint/headrest up to the highest position.

2. Push and hold the lock knob.

3. Remove the head restraint/headrest from the seat.

4. Store the head restraint/headrest properly in a secure place so it is not loose in the vehicle.

5. Reinstall and properly adjust the head restraint/headrest before an occupant uses the seating position.

1-6 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

INSTALL 1. Align the head restraint/headrest stalks with

the holes in the seat. Make sure the head restraint/headrest is facing the correct direc- tion. The stalk with the notch (notches) 1 must be installed in the hole with the lock knob 2 .

2. Push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint/headrest down.

3. Properly adjust the head restraint/headrest before an occupant uses the seating position.

ADJUST For adjustable head restraint/headrest

Adjust the head restraint/headrest so the center is level with the center of your ears. If your ear position is still higher than the recommended alignment, place the head restraint/headrest at the highest position.

For non-adjustable head restraint/headrest

Make sure the head restraint/headrest is posi- tioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notch before riding in that designated seating position.

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-7

Raise To raise the head restraint/headrest, pull it up.

Make sure the head restraint/headrest is posi- tioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notch before riding in that designated seating position.

Lower To lower, push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint/headrest down

Make sure the head restraint/headrest is posi- tioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notch before riding in that designated seating position.

PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE If you are wearing your seat belt properly ad- justed, and you are sitting upright and well back in your seat with both feet on the floor, your chances of being injured or killed in an accident and/or the severity of injury may be greatly re- duced. NISSAN strongly encourages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive, even if your seating position includes a supplemental air bag.

Most U.S. states and Canadian provinces or territories specify that seat belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven.

SEAT BELTS

1-8 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-9

WARNING

Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times. Children should be in the rear seats and in an appropriate restraint.

The seat belt should be properly ad- justed to a snug fit. Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident. Serious injury or death can occur if the seat belt is not worn prop- erly.

Always route the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest. Never put the belt behind your back, under your arm or across your neck. The belt should be away from your face and neck, but not falling off your shoulder.

Position the lap belt as low and snug as possible AROUND THE HIPS, NOT THE WAIST. A lap belt worn too high could increase the risk of internal inju- ries in an accident.

Be sure the seat belt tongue is se- curely fastened to the proper buckle.

Do not wear the seat belt inside out or twisted. Doing so may reduce its effec- tiveness.

Do not allow more than one person to use the same seat belt.

Never carry more people in the vehicle than there are seat belts.

If the seat belt warning light glows continuously while the power switch is turned ON with all doors closed and all seat belts fastened, it may indicate a malfunction in the system. Have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

No changes should be made to the seat belt system. For example, do not modify the seat belt, add material, or install devices that may change the seat belt routing or tension. Doing so may affect the operation of the seat belt system. Modifying or tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious personal injury.

Once seat belt pretensioner(s) have activated, they cannot be reused and must be replaced together with the retractor. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

All seat belt assemblies, including re- tractors and attaching hardware, should be inspected after any colli- sion. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service. NISSAN recommends that all seat belt assemblies in use during a collision be replaced unless the colli- sion was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate prop- erly. Seat belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be in- spected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted.

All child restraints and attaching hard- ware should be inspected after any collision. Always follow the restraint manufacturers inspection instructions and replacement recommendations. The child restraints should be replaced if they are damaged.

1-10 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT Both the drivers and passengers front seats are equipped with a seat belt warning light. The warning light, located on the instrument panel, will show the status of the driver and passenger seat belt.

NOTE: The front passenger seat belt warning light will not light up if the seat is not occupied.

For additional information, refer to Warning lights, indicator lights and audible reminders in the In- struments and controls section of this manual.

PREGNANT WOMEN NISSAN recommends that pregnant women use seat belts. The seat belt should be worn snug, and always position the lap belt as low as pos- sible around the hips, not the waist. Place the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest. Never put the lap/shoulder belt over your abdominal area. Contact your doctor for specific recommendations.

INJURED PERSONS NISSAN recommends that injured persons use seat belts, depending on the injury. Check with your doctor for specific recommendations.

THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELT WITH RETRACTOR

WARNING

Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times.

Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined. This can be dangerous. The shoulder belt will not be against your body. In an accident, you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries. You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries.

For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion, the seat should be upright. Always sit well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly.

Do not allow children to play with the seat belts. Most seating positions are equipped with Automatic Locking Re- tractor (ALR) mode seat belts. If the seat belt becomes wrapped around a childs neck with the ALR mode acti- vated, the child can be seriously in- jured or killed if the seat belt retracts and becomes tight. This can occur even if the vehicle is parked. Unbuckle the seat belt to release the child. If the seat belt cannot be unbuckled or is already unbuckled, release the child by cutting the seat belt with a suitable tool (such as a knife or scissors) to release the seat belt.

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-11

Fastening the seat belts 1. Adjust the seat. For additional information,

refer to Seats in this section. 2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor

and insert the tongue into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage.

The retractor is designed to lock during a sudden stop or on impact. A slow pulling motion permits the belt to move and allows you some freedom of move- ment in the seat.

If the seat belt cannot be pulled from its fully retracted position, firmly pull the belt and release it. Then smoothly pull the belt out of the retractor.

3. Position the lap belt portion low and snug on the hips as shown.

4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the re- tractor to take up extra slack. Be sure the shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder and across your chest.

The front passenger seat and the rear seating positions three-point seat belts have two modes of operation:

Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR)

Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)

The ELR mode allows the seat belt to extend and retract to allow the driver and passengers some freedom of movement in the seat. The ELR locks the seat belt when the vehicle slows down rapidly or during certain impacts.

The ALR mode (child restraint mode) locks the seat belt for child restraint installation.

When ALR mode is activated the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted. The seat belt returns to the ELR mode after the seat belt fully retracts. For additional information, refer to Child restraints in this section.

1-12 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

The ALR mode should be used only for child restraint installation. During normal seat belt use by an occupant, the ALR mode should not be activated. If it is activated, it may cause uncomfortable seat belt ten- sion. It can also change the operation of the front passenger air bag. For additional information, refer to Front passenger air bag and status light in this section.

WARNING

When fastening the seat belts, be certain that seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position. If they are not com- pletely secured, passengers may be in- jured in an accident or sudden stop.

Unfastening the seat belts To unfasten the seat belt, push the button on the buckle. The seat belt automatically retracts.

Checking seat belt operation Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat belt movement by two separate methods:

When the belt is pulled quickly from the retractor

When the vehicle slows down rapidly

To increase your confidence in the seat belts, check the operation as follows:

Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward quickly. The retractor should lock and restrict further belt movement.

If the retractor does not lock during this check, get the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service, or to learn more about seat belt opera- tion.

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-13

Center of rear seat Selecting correct set of seat belts:

The center seat belt buckle is identified by the CENTER mark A . The center seat belt tongue can be fastened only into the center seat belt buckle.

Shoulder belt height adjustment (front seats) The shoulder belt anchor height should be ad- justed to the position that is best for you. For additional information, refer to Precautions on seat belt usage in this section.

To adjust, pull the adjustment button 1 , and then move the shoulder belt anchor to the preferred position 2 so that the belt passes over the center of the shoulder. The belt should be away from your face and neck, but not falling off of your shoulder. Release the adjustment button to lock the shoulder belt anchor into position.

WARNING

After adjustment, release the adjust- ment button and then try to move the shoulder belt anchor up and down to make sure that it is securely fixed in position.

The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position that is best for you. Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an acci- dent.

1-14 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Seat belt hook When the rear seat belts are not in use and when folding down the rear seats, hook the rear outer seat belts on the seat belt hooks.

SEAT BELT EXTENDERS If, because of body size or driving position, it is not possible to properly fit the lap/shoulder belt and fasten it, an extender that is compatible with the installed seat belts is available for purchase. The extender adds approximately 8 in (200 mm) of length and may be used for either the driver or front passenger seating position. It is recom- mended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for assistance with purchasing an ex- tender if an extender is required.

WARNING

Only NISSAN seat belt extenders, made by the same company which made the original equipment seat belts, should be used with NISSAN seat belts.

Adults and children who can use the standard seat belt should not use an extender. Such unnecessary use could result in serious personal injury in the event of an accident.

Never use seat belt extenders to install child restraints. If the child restraint is not secured properly, the child could be seriously injured or killed in a colli- sion or a sudden stop.

SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE To clean the seat belt webbing, apply a mild

soap solution or any solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or carpets. Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seat belts to dry in the shade. Do not allow the seat belts to retract until they are completely dry.

If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the seat belt anchors, the seat belts may retract slowly. Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean, dry cloth.

Periodically check to see that the seat belt and the metal components, such as buckles, tongues, retractors, flexible wires and anchors, work properly. If loose parts, deterioration, cuts or other damage on the webbing is found, the entire seat belt assembly should be replaced.

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-15

WARNING

Do not allow children to play with the seat belts. Most seating positions are equipped with Automatic Locking Retrac- tor (ALR) mode seat belts. If the seat belt becomes wrapped around a childs neck with the ALR mode activated, the child can be seriously injured or killed if the seat belt retracts and becomes tight. This can occur even if the vehicle is parked. Unbuckle the seat belt to release the child. If the seat belt cannot be unbuck- led or is already unbuckled, release the child by cutting the seat belt with a suit- able tool (such as a knife or scissors) to release the seat belt.

Children need adults to help protect them. They need to be properly restrained.

In addition to the general information in this manual, child safety information is available from many other sources, including doctors, teachers, government traffic safety offices, and community organizations. Every child is different, so be sure to learn the best way to transport your child.

There are three basic types of child restraint systems:

Rear-facing child restraint

Forward-facing child restraint

Booster seat

The proper restraint depends on the childs size. Generally, infants up to about 1 year and less than 20 lb (9 kg) should be placed in rear-facing child restraints. Forward-facing child restraints are available for children who outgrow rear- facing child restraints and are at least 1 year old. Booster seats are used to help position a vehicle lap/shoulder belt on a child who can no longer use a forward-facing child restraint.

WARNING

Infants and children need special protec- tion. The vehicles seat belts may not fit them properly. The shoulder belt may come too close to the face or neck. The lap belt may not fit over their small hip bones. In an accident, an improperly fit- ting seat belt could cause serious or fatal injury. Always use appropriate child re- straints.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or territo- ries require the use of approved child restraints for infants and small children. For additional infor- mation, refer to Child restraints in this section.

A child restraint may be secured in the vehicle by using either the LATCH (Lower Anchor and Teth- ers for CHildren) system or with the vehicle seat belt. For additional information, refer to Child restraints in this section.

NISSAN recommends that all pre-teens and children be restrained in the rear seat. According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat.

This is especially important because your vehicle has a supplemental restraint sys- tem (air bag system) for the front passen- ger. For additional information, refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) in this section.

CHILD SAFETY

1-16 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

INFANTS Infants up to at least 1 year old should be placed in a rear-facing child restraint. NISSAN recom- mends that infants be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manu- facturers instructions for installation and use.

SMALL CHILDREN Children that are over 1 year old and weigh at least 20 lbs (9 kg) should remain in a rear-facing child restraint as long as possible up to the height or weight limit of the child restraint. Children who outgrow the height or weight limit of the rear- facing child restraint and are at least 1 year old should be secured in a forward-facing child re- straint with a harness. Refer to the manufactur- ers instructions for minimum and maximum weight and height recommendations. NISSAN recommends that small children be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Ve- hicle Safety Standards. You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturers instructions for instal- lation and use.

LARGER CHILDREN Children should remain in a forward-facing child restraint with a harness until they reach the maxi- mum height or weight limit allowed by the child restraint manufacturer.

Once a child outgrows the height or weight limit of the harness-equipped forward-facing child re- straint, NISSAN recommends that the child be placed in a commercially available booster seat to obtain proper seat belt fit. For a seat belt to fit properly, the booster seat should raise the child so that the shoulder belt is properly positioned across the chest and the top, middle portion of the shoulder. The shoulder belt should not cross the neck or face and should not fall off the shoul- der. The lap belt should lie snugly across the lower hips or upper thighs, not the abdomen. A booster seat can only be used in seating posi- tions that have a three-point type seat belt. The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and have a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Mo- tor Vehicle Safety Standards.

A booster seat should be used until the child can pass the seat belt fit test below:

Are the childs back and hips against the vehicle seatback?

Is the child able to sit without slouching?

Do the childs knees bend easily over the front edge of the seat with feet flat on the floor?

Can the child safely wear the seat belt (lap belt low and snug across the hips and shoulder belt across mid-chest and shoulder)?

Is the child able to use the properly adjusted head restraint/headrest?

Will the child be able to stay in position for the entire ride?

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-17

If you answered no to any of these questions, the child should remain in a booster seat using a three-point type seat belt.

NOTE: Laws in some communities may follow dif- ferent guidelines. Check local and state regulations to confirm your child is using the correct restraint system before traveling.

WARNING

Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat and do not allow a child in the cargo areas. The child could be seriously in- jured or killed in an accident or sudden stop.

CHILD RESTRAINTS

1-18 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RESTRAINTS

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and in- structions for proper use and installa- tion of child restraints could result in serious injury or death of a child or other passengers in a sudden stop or collision: The child restraint must be used and

installed properly. Always follow all of the child restraint manufacturers instructions for installation and use.

Infants and children should never be held on anyones lap. Even the strongest adult cannot resist the forces of a collision.

Do not put a seat belt around both a child and another passenger.

NISSAN recommends that all child restraints be installed in the rear seat. Studies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat. If you must install a forward-facing child restraint in the front seat, refer to Forward-facing child restraint installation using the seat belts in this section.

Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System, never install a rear- facing child restraint in the front seat. An inflating air bag could seri- ously injure or kill a child. A rear- facing child restraint must only be used in the rear seat.

Be sure to purchase a child restraint that will fit the child and vehicle. Some child restraints may not fit properly in your vehicle.

Child restraint anchorages are de- signed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child re- straints. Under no circumstances are they to be used to attach adult seat belts, or other items or equipment to the vehicle. Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages. The child restraint will not be properly in- stalled using the damaged anchor- age, and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision.

Never use the anchor points for adult seat belts or harnesses.

A child restraint with a top tether strap should not be used in the front passenger seat.

Keep seatbacks as upright as pos- sible after fitting the child restraint.

Infants and children should always be placed in an appropriate child restraint while in the vehicle.

When the child restraint is not in use, keep it secured with the LATCH system or a seat belt. In a sudden stop or collision, loose objects can injure oc- cupants or damage the vehicle.

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-19

CAUTION

A child restraint in a closed vehicle can become very hot. Check the seating sur- face and buckles before placing a child in the child restraint.

This vehicle is equipped with a universal child restraint anchor system, referred to as the LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) sys- tem. Some child restraints include rigid or webbing-mounted attachments that can be con- nected to these anchors.

For additional information, refer to LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) sys- tem in this section.

If you do not have a LATCH compatible child restraint, the vehicle seat belts can be used.

Several manufacturers offer child restraints for infants and small children of various sizes. When selecting any child restraint, keep the following points in mind:

Choose only a restraint with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Ve- hicle Safety Standard 213.

Check the child restraint in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicles seat and seat belt system.

If the child restraint is compatible with your vehicle, place your child in the child restraint and check the various adjustments to be sure the child restraint is compatible with your child. Choose a child restraint that is designed for your childs height and weight. Always follow all recommended procedures.

If the combined weight of the child and child restraint is less than 65 lbs (29.5 kg), you may use either the LATCH anchors or the seat belt to install the child restraint (not both at the same time).

If the combined weight of the child and child restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5 kg), use the vehicles seat belt (not the lower anchors) to install the child restraint.

Be sure to follow the child restraint manufactur- ers instructions for installation.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated. Canadian law requires the top tether strap on forward-facing child re- straints be secured to the designated an- chor point on the vehicle.

1-20 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

LATCH (LOWER ANCHORS AND TETHERS FOR CHILDREN) SYSTEM Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor points that are used with LATCH system compat- ible child restraints. This system may also be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system. With this system, you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint unless the combined weight of the child and child restraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If the com- bined weight of the child and child restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5 kg), use the vehicles seat belt (not the lower anchors) to install the

child restraint. Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturers instructions for installation.

The LATCH lower anchor points are provided to install child restraints in the rear outboard seating positions only. Do not attempt to install a child restraint in the center position using the LATCH lower anchors.

LATCH lower anchor

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and in- structions for proper use and installation of child restraints could result in serious injury or death of a child or other passen- gers in a sudden stop or collision: Attach LATCH system compatible child

restraints only at the locations shown in the illustration.

Do not secure a child restraint in the center rear seating position using the LATCH lower anchors. The child re- straint will not be secured properly.

Inspect the lower anchors by inserting your fingers into the lower anchor area. Feel to make sure there are no obstructions over the anchors such as seat belt webbing or seat cushion ma- terial. The child restraint will not be secured properly if the lower anchors are obstructed.

Child restraint anchorages are de- signed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child re- straints. Under no circumstances are they to be used to attach adult seat belts, or other items or equipment to the vehicle. Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages. The child restraint will not be properly in- stalled using the damaged anchorage, and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision.

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-21

LATCH lower anchor location The LATCH lower anchors are located at the rear of the seat cushion near the seatback. A label is attached to the seatback to help you locate the LATCH lower anchors.

Installing child restraint LATCH lower anchor attachments LATCH compatible child restraints include two rigid or webbing-mounted attachments that can be connected to two anchors located at certain seating positions in your vehicle. With this sys- tem, you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint. Check your child re- straint for a label stating that it is compatible with the LATCH system. This information may also be in the instructions provided by the child restraint manufacturer.

When installing a child restraint, carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual and those supplied with the child restraint.

LATCH lower anchor location LATCH webbing-mounted attachment LATCH rigid-mounted attachment

1-22 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Top tether anchor

WARNING

If the tonneau cover (if so equipped) contacts the top tether strap when it is attached to the top tether anchor, re- move the tonneau cover (if so equipped) from the vehicle or secure it on the cargo floor below its attach- ment location. If the tonneau cover (if so equipped) is not removed, it may damage the top tether strap during a collision. Your child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the child restraint top tether strap is dam- aged.

Do not allow cargo to contact the top tether strap when it is attached to the top tether anchor. Properly secure the cargo so it does not contact the top tether strap. Cargo that is not properly secured or that contacts the top tether strap may damage the top tether strap during a collision. Your child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the child restraint top tether strap is damaged.

Child restraint anchorages are de- signed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child re- straints. Under no circumstances are they to be used to attach adult seat belts, or other items or equipment to the vehicle. Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages. The child restraint will not be properly in- stalled using the damaged anchorage, and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision.

Top tether anchor point locations:

Anchor points are located on the back side of the seatbacks.

The child restraint top tether strap must be used when installing child restraints with the LATCH lower anchor attachments or seat belts. For ad- ditional information, refer to Installing top tether strap in this section.

If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for details.

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-23

REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH For additional information, refer to all Warnings and Cautions in Child safety and Child re- straints in this section before installing a child restraint.

Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5 kg), use the vehicles seat belt (not the lower anchors) to install the child restraint. Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturers instructions for installation.

Follow these steps to install a rear-facing child restraint using the LATCH system:

1. Position the child restraint on the seat. Always follow the child restraint manufacturers instructions.

2. Secure the child restraint anchor attachments to the LATCH lower anchors. Check to make sure that the LATCH attachment is properly attached to the lower anchors.

Rear-facing webbing-mounted step 2 Rear-facing rigid-mounted step 2

1-24 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

3. For child restraints that are equipped with webbing-mounted attachments, remove any additional slack from the anchor attachments. Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your hand to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seat- back while tightening the webbing of the an- chor attachments.

4. After attaching the child restraint, test it be- fore you place the child in it. Push it from side to side while holding the seat near the LATCH attachment path. The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side. Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH attachment holds the restraint in place. If the restraint is not secure, tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary, or put the restraint in another seat and test it again. You may need to try a different child restraint or try installing by using the vehicle seat belt (if applicable). Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles.

5. Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use. If the child restraint is loose, repeat steps 2 through 4.

REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS

WARNING

The three-point seat belt with Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) must be used when installing a child restraint. Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly se- cured. The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child in a sudden stop or collision. Also, it can change the operation of the front passen- ger air bag. For additional information, refer to Front passenger air bag and status light in this section.

Rear-facing step 3 Rear-facing step 4

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-25

For additional information, refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraints sections of this manual before install- ing a child restraint.

Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and child restraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If the combined weight of the child and child restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5 kg), use the vehicles seat belt (not the lower anchors) to install the child restraint. Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturers instructions for installation.

Follow these steps to install a rear-facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the rear seats:

1. Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear-facing direction and there- fore must not be used in the front seat. Position the child restraint on the seat. Always follow the child restraint manufacturers instructions.

2. Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage. Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturers in- structions for belt routing.

Rear-facing step 1 Rear-facing step 2

1-26 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

3. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended. At this time, the seat belt retractor is in the ALR mode (child restraint mode). It reverts to the ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted.

4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt.

5. Remove any additional slack from the child restraint. Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your hand to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt.

Rear-facing step 3 Rear-facing step 4 Rear-facing step 5

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-27

6. After attaching the child restraint, test it be- fore you place the child in it. Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path. The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side. Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place. If the restraint is not secure, tighten the seat belt as necessary, or put the restraint in another seat and test it again. You may need to try a differ- ent child restraint. Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles.

7. Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use. If the seat belt is not locked, repeat steps 1 through 6.

After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt fully retracted, the ALR mode (child restraint mode) is canceled.

FORWARD-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH For additional information, refer to all Warnings and Cautions in Child safety and Child re- straints sections of this manual before installing a child restraint.

Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5 kg), use the vehicles seat belt (not the lower anchors) to install the child restraint. Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturers instructions for installation.

Follow these steps to install a forward-facing child restraint using the LATCH system:

1. Position the child restraint on the seat. Always follow the child restraint manufacturers instructions.

2. Secure the child restraint anchor attachments to the LATCH lower anchors. Check to make sure that the LATCH attachment is properly attached to the lower anchors.

If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap, route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point. For additional information, refer to In- stalling top tether strap in this section.

Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor.

Rear-facing step 6 Forward-facing webbing-mounted step 2

1-28 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

3. The back of the child restraint should be se- cured against the vehicle seatback.

If necessary, remove the head restraint/ headrest to obtain the correct child restraint fit. If the head restraint/headrest is removed, store it in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall the head restraint/headrest when the child restraint is removed. For additional information about head restraint/headrest ad- justment, refer to Head restraints/headrests in this section.

If the seating position does not have an adjust- able head restraint/headrest and it is interfer- ing with the proper child restraint fit, try an- other seating position or a different child restraint.

4. For child restraints that are equipped with webbing-mounted attachments, remove any additional slack from the anchor attachments. Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seat- back while tightening the webbing of the an- chor attachments.

5. Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturers instructions to remove any slack.

Forward-facing rigid-mounted step 2 Forward-facing step 4

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-29

6. After attaching the child restraint, test it be- fore you place the child in it. Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the LATCH attachment path. The child re- straint should not move more than 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side. Try to tug it for- ward and check to see if the LATCH attach- ment holds the restraint in place. If the re- straint is not secure, tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary, or put the restraint in another seat and test it again. You may need to try a different child restraint. Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles.

7. Check to make sure the child restraint is prop- erly secured prior to each use. If the child restraint is loose, repeat steps 1 through 6.

Installing top tether strap

1 Top tether strap

2 Tether anchor point

The child restraint top tether strap must be used when installing the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchor attachments.

First, secure the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchors (rear bench outboard seating po- sitions only).

Forward-facing step 6

1-30 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Rear bench seat

OUTBOARD SEATING POSITIONS

1. Remove the head restraint/headrest and store it in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall the head restraint/headrest when the child restraint is removed. For additional infor- mation about head restraint/headrest adjustment, removal and installation, refer to Head restraints/headrests in this section.

2. Position the top tether strap 1 over the seatback.

3. Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point 2 on the bottom of the seatback be- hind the child restraint.

4. Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturers instructions to remove any slack.

CENTER SEATING POSITION

1. Position the top tether strap 1 over the seatback.

2. Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point 2 on the bottom of the seatback be- hind the child restraint.

3. Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturers instructions to remove any slack.

If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for details.

WARNING

Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints. Under no circumstances are they to be used to at- tach adult seat belts, or other items or equipment to the vehicle. Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages. The child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchorage, and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision.

FORWARD-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS

WARNING

The three-point seat belt with Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) must be used when installing a child restraint. Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly se- cured. The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child in a sudden stop or collision. Also, it can change the operation of the front passen- ger air bag. For additional information, refer to Front passenger air bag and status light in this section.

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-31

For additional information, refer to all Warnings and Cautions in Child safety and Child re- straints sections of this manual before installing a child restraint.

Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5 kg), use the vehicles seat belt (not the lower anchors) to install the child restraint. Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturers instructions for installation.

Follow these steps to install a forward-facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the rear seat or in the front passenger seat:

1. If you must install a child restraint in the front seat, it should be placed in the forward-facing direction only. Move the seat to the rearmost position. Child re- straints for infants must be used in the rear-facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat.

2. Position the child restraint on the seat. Always follow the child restraint manufacturers instructions.

The back of the child restraint should be se- cured against the seatback. If necessary, adjust the head restraint/ headrest to obtain the correct child restraint fit. If the head restraint/headrest is removed, store it in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall the head restraint/headrest when the child restraint is removed. For additional information about head restraint/headrest ad- justment, removal and installation, refer to Head restraints/headrests in this section. If the seating position does not have a adjust- able head restraint/headrest and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit, try another seating position or a different child restraint.

3. Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage. Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturers in- structions for belt routing. If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap, route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point (rear seat installation only). For additional information, re- fer to Installing top tether strap in this section.

Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor.

Forward-facing (front passenger seat) step 1

Forward-facing step 3

1-32 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

4. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended. At this time, the seat belt retractor is in the ALR mode (child restraint mode). It reverts to the ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted.

5. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt.

6. Remove any additional slack from the seat belt. Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt.

7. Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturers instructions to remove any slack.

Forward-facing step 4 Forward-facing step 5 Forward-facing step 6

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-33

8. After attaching the child restraint, test it be- fore you place the child in it. Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path. The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side. Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place. If the restraint is not secure, tighten the seat belt as necessary, or put the restraint in another seat and test it again. You may need to try a differ- ent child restraint. Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles.

9. Check to make sure the child restraint is prop- erly secured prior to each use. If the seat belt is not locked, repeat steps 2 through 8.

10. If the child restraint is installed on the front passenger seat, push the power switch to the ON position. The front passenger air bag status light should illuminate. If this light does not illuminate, refer to Front pas- senger air bag and status light in this sec- tion. Move the child restraint to another seating position. Have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is fully retracted, the ALR mode (child re- straint mode) is canceled.

Forward-facing step 8

1-34 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Installing top tether strap 1 Top tether strap

2 Tether anchor point

The child restraint top tether strap must be used when installing the child restraint with the seat belts.

First, secure the child restraint with the seat belt.

Rear bench seat

OUTBOARD SEATING POSITIONS

1. Remove the head restraint/headrest and store it in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall the head restraint/headrest when the child restraint is removed. For additional infor- mation about head restraint/headrest adjustment, removal and installation, refer to Head restraints/headrests in this section.

2. Position the top tether strap 1 over the seatback.

3. Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point 2 on the bottom of the seatback be- hind the child restraint.

4. Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturers instructions to remove any slack.

CENTER SEATING POSITION

1. Position the top tether strap 1 over the seatback.

2. Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point 2 on the bottom of the seatback be- hind the child restraint.

3. Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturers instructions to remove any slack.

If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

WARNING

Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints. Under no circumstances are they to be used to at- tach adult seat belts, or other items or equipment to the vehicle. Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages. The child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchorage, and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision.

BOOSTER SEATS For additional information on installing a booster seat in your vehicle, follow the instructions out- lined in this section.

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-35

Precautions on booster seats

WARNING

If a booster seat and seat belt are not used properly, the risk of a child being injured or killed in a sudden stop or col- lision greatly increases: Make sure the shoulder portion of the

belt is away from the childs face and neck and the lap portion of the belt does not cross the stomach.

Make sure the shoulder belt is not be- hind the child or under the childs arm.

A booster seat must only be installed in a seating position that has a lap/ shoulder belt.

Booster seats of various sizes are offered by several manufacturers. When selecting any booster seat, keep the following points in mind:

Choose only a booster seat with a label certify- ing that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Ve- hicle Safety Standard 213.

Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicles seat and seat belt system.

Make sure the childs head will be properly supported by the booster seat or vehicle seat. The seatback must be at or above the center of the childs ears. For example, if a low back booster seat 1 is chosen, the vehicle seatback must be at or above the center of the childs ears. If the seatback is lower than the center of the childs ears, a high back booster seat 2 should be used.

1-36 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

If the booster seat is compatible with your ve- hicle, place your child in the booster seat and check the various adjustments to be sure the booster seat is compatible with your child. Al- ways follow all recommended procedures.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated.

The instructions in this section apply to booster seat installation in the rear seats or the front passenger seat.

Booster seat installation

WARNING

To avoid injury to child, do not use the lap/shoulder belt Automatic Locking Re- tractor (ALR) mode when using a booster seat with the seat belts.

For additional information, refer to all Warnings and Cautions in Child safety, Child restraints and Booster seats sections of this manual be- fore installing a child restraint.

Follow these steps to install a booster seat on the rear seat or in the front passenger seat:

1. If you must install a booster seat in the front seat, move the seat to the rearmost position.

2. Position the booster seat on the seat. Only place it in the forward-facing direction. Al- ways follow the booster seat manufacturers instructions.

3. The booster seat should be positioned on the vehicle seat so that it is stable.

Front passenger seat

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-37

If necessary, adjust or remove the head restraint/headrest to obtain the correct booster seat fit. If the head restraint/headrest is removed, store it in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall the head restraint/headrest when the booster seat is removed. For additional information about head restraint/ headrest adjustment, removal and installation, refer to Head restraints/headrests in this section.

If the seating position does not have an adjust- able head restraint/headrest and it is interfer- ing with the proper booster seat fit, try another seating position or a different booster seat.

4. Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the childs hips. Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturers instructions for adjusting the seat belt routing.

5. Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack. Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top, middle portion of the childs shoulder. Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturers instructions for adjusting the seat belt routing.

6. Follow the warnings, cautions and instruc- tions for properly fastening a seat belt. For additional information, refer to Three-point type seat belt with retractor in this section.

7. If the booster seat is installed in the front passenger seat, push the power switch to the ON position. The front passenger air bag sta- tus light may or may not illuminate, depending on the size of the child and the type of booster seat used. For additional in- formation, refer to Front passenger air bag and status light in this section.

Front passenger seat

1-38 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

PRECAUTIONS ON SRS This SRS section contains important information concerning the following systems.

Driver and front passenger supplemental front- impact air bag (NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System)

Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bag

Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover (if so equipped) supplemental air bag

Seat belt with pretensioner(s) (front seats)

Supplemental front-impact air bag system

The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System can help cushion the impact force to the head and chest of the driver and front passenger in certain frontal collisions.

Front seat-mounted side-impact supple- mental air bag system

This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest and pelvic area of the driver and front passenger in certain side impact collisions. The side air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted.

Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover (if so equipped) supplemental air bag system

This system can help cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in front and rear outboard seating positions in certain side impact collisions. In a side impact, the curtain air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is im- pacted. If so equipped, in a rollover, the curtain air bags are designed to inflate and remain inflated for a short time.

The SRS is designed to supplement the crash protection provided by the driver and passenger seat belts and is not a substitute for them. Seat belts should always be correctly worn, and the occupant should be seated a suitable distance away from the steering wheel, instrument panel and door finishers. For additional information, instructions, and precautions on seat belt usage, refer to Seat belts in this section.

The supplemental air bags operate only when the power switch is in the ON posi- tion.

After the power switch is placed in the ON position, the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates. The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 sec- onds if the system is operational.

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-39

WARNING

The front air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a side impact, rear impact, rollover or lower severity frontal collision. Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents.

The front passenger air bag will not inflate if the passenger air bag status light is lit. For additional information, refer to Front passenger air bag and status light in this section.

The seat belts and the front air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor. The front air bags in- flate with great force. Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System, if you are unrestrained, leaning forward, sit- ting sideways or out of position in any way, you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash. You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the front air bag if you are up against it when it in- flates. Always sit back against the seat- back and as far away as practical from the steering wheel or instrument panel. Always properly use the seat belts.

1-40 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

The driver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sen- sors that detect if the seat belts are fastened. The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System monitors the severity of a collision and seat belt usage then in- flates the air bags as needed. Failure to properly wear seat belts can in- crease the risk or severity of injury in an accident.

The front passenger seat is equipped with occupant classification sensor (weight sensor) that turns the front passenger air bag OFF under some conditions. This sensor is only used in this seat. Failure to be properly seated and wearing the seat belt can increase the risk or severity of injury in an acci- dent. For additional information, refer to Front passenger air bag and status light in this section.

Keep hands on the outside of the steering wheel. Placing them inside the steering wheel rim could increase the risk that they are injured if the front air bag inflates.

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-41

WARNING

Never let children ride unrestrained or extend their hands or face out of the window. Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms. Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations.

Children may be severely injured or killed when the front air bags, side air bags or curtain air bags inflate if they are not properly restrained. Pre-teens and children should be properly re- strained in the rear seat, if possible.

Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System, never install a rear-facing child restraint on the front seat. An inflating front air bag could seriously injure or kill your child. For additional information, refer to Child restraints in this section.

Do not lean against doors or windows.

1-42 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

WARNING

Front seat-mounted side-impact supple- mental air bags and roof-mounted cur- tain side-impact and rollover (if so equipped) supplemental air bags: The side air bags and curtain air bags

ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a frontal impact, rear impact, or lower severity side collision. Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents.

The seat belts, the side air bags and curtain air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat. The side air bag and curtain air bag inflate with great force. Do not allow anyone to place their hand, leg or face near the side air bag on the side of the seatback of the front seat or near the side roof rails. Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seats or rear outboard seats to extend their hand out of the window or lean against the door. Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the previous illustrations.

When sitting in the rear seat, do not hold onto the seatback of the front seat. If the side air bag inflates, you may be seriously injured. Be especially careful with children, who should al- ways be properly restrained. Some ex- amples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations.

Do not use seat covers on the front seatbacks. They may interfere with side air bag inflation.

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-43

1. Crash zone sensor 2. Supplemental front-impact air bag modules 3. Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemen-

tal air bag modules 4. Occupant classification sensor (weight sensor) 5. Occupant classification system control unit

6. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and roll- over (if so equipped) supplemental air bag inflators

7. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and roll- over (if so equipped) supplemental air bag modules

8. Satellite sensors

9. Seat belt with pretensioner(s) (front seats) 10. Air bag Control Unit (ACU)

NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System (front seats)

WARNING

To ensure proper operation of the front passengers NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System, please observe the following items. Do not allow a passenger in the rear

seat to push or pull on the seatback pocket.

Do not place heavy loads heavier than 2.2 lb (1 kg) on the seatback, head restraint/headrest or in the seatback pocket.

Make sure that there is nothing press- ing against the rear of the seatback, such as a child restraint installed in the rear seat or an object stored on the floor.

Make sure that there is no object placed under the front passenger seat.

Make sure that there is no object placed between the seat cushion and center console or between the seat cushion and the door.

1-44 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

If a forward-facing child restraint is installed in the front passenger seat, do not position the front passenger seat so the child restraint contacts the instrument panel. If the child restraint does contact the instrument panel, the system may determine the seat is oc- cupied and the passenger air bag may deploy in a collision. Also the front passenger air bag status light may not illuminate. For additional information about installing and using child re- straints, refer to Child restraints in this section.

Confirm the operating condition with the front passenger air bag status light.

If you notice that the front passenger air bag status light is not operating as described in this section, get the occu- pant classification system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

Until you have confirmed with a dealer that your passenger seat occupant classification system is working prop- erly, position the occupants in the rear seating positions.

Do not position the front passenger seat so it contacts the rear seat. If the front seat does contact the rear seat, the air bag system may determine a sensor malfunction has occurred and the front passenger air bag status light may illuminate and the supplemental air bag warning light may flash.

This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN Ad- vanced Air Bag System for the driver and front passenger seats. This system is designed to meet certification requirements under U.S. regu- lations. It is also permitted in Canada. All of the information, cautions and warnings in this manual apply and must be followed.

The driver supplemental front-impact air bag is located in the center of the steering wheel. The front passenger supplemental front-impact air bag is mounted in the instrument panel above the glove box. The front air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions, al- though they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact. They may not inflate in certain frontal collisions. Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an indication of proper front air bag operation.

The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System monitors information from the crash zone sensor and the Air bag Control Unit (ACU). Inflator operation is based on the severity of a collision and seat belt usage for the driver. For the front passenger, the occupant classification sensor is also monitored. Based on information from the sensor, only one front air bag may inflate in a crash, depending on the crash severity. Additionally, the front passen- ger air bag may be automatically turned OFF under some conditions, depending on the weight detected on the passenger seat and how the seat belt is used. If the front passenger air bag is OFF, the passenger air bag status light will be illumi- nated. For additional information, refer to Front passenger air bag and status light in this section. One front air bag inflating does not indicate im- proper performance of the system.

If you have any questions about your air bag system, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer to obtain informa- tion about the system. If you are considering modification of your vehicle due to a disability, you may also contact NISSAN. Contact informa- tion is contained in the front of this Owners Manual.

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-45

When a front air bag inflates, a fairly loud noise may be heard, followed by release of smoke. This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it may cause irritation and choking. Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly.

Front air bags, along with the use of seat belts, help to cushion the impact force on the head and chest of the front occupants. They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries. However, an inflating front air bag may cause facial abrasions or other injuries. Front air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body.

Even with NISSAN Advanced Air Bags, seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and front passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the steering wheel or instrument panel. The front air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants. Because of this, the force of the front air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to, or is against, the air bag module during inflation.

The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision.

The front air bags operate only when the power switch is in the ON position.

After the power switch is placed in the ON position, the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates. The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 sec- onds if the system is operational.

Front passenger air bag and status light:

WARNING

The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF under some conditions. Read this section carefully to learn how it operates. Proper use of the seat, seat belt and child restraints is nec- essary for most effective protection. Fail- ure to follow all instructions in this manual concerning the use of seats, seat belts and child restraints can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident.

1-46 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Status light:

The front passenger seat is equipped with an occupant classification sensor (weight sensor) that turns the front passenger air bag on or off depending on the weight applied to the front passenger seat. The status of the front passen- ger air bag (ON or OFF) is indicated by the front passenger air bag status light which is located on the instrument panel.

After the power switch is placed in the ON position, the front passenger air bag status light on the instrument panel illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off or remains illumi- nated depending on the front passenger seat occupied status. The light operates as follows:

CONDITION DESCRIPTION PASSENGER AIR BAG INDICATOR

LIGHT ( ) RESULT FRONT PASSENGER AIR BAG STATUS

Empty Empty front passenger seat ON (illuminated) INHIBITED

Nobody/Somebody Bag or Child or Child Restraint or Small Adult in front passenger seat ON (illuminated) INHIBITED

Adult Adult in the front passenger seat OFF (dark) ACTIVATED

In addition to the above, certain objects placed on the front passenger seat may also cause the light to operate as described above depending on their weight.

For additional information related to the normal operation and troubleshooting of this occupant classification sensor system, please refer to Normal operation and Troubleshooting in this section.

Front passenger air bag:

The front passenger air bag is designed to auto- matically turn OFF when the vehicle is operated under some conditions as described below in accordance with U.S. regulations. If the front passenger air bag is OFF, it will not inflate in a crash. The driver air bag and other air bags in your vehicle are not part of this system.

The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag

to certain front passenger seat occupants, such as children, by requiring the air bag to be auto- matically turned OFF. Certain sensors are used to meet the requirements.

The occupant classification sensor in this vehicle is a weight sensor. It is designed to detect an occupant and objects on the seat by weight. For example, if a child is in the front passenger seat, the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System is de- signed to turn the front passenger air bag OFF in

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-47

accordance with the regulations. Also, if a child restraint of the type specified in the regulations is on the seat, its weight and the childs weight can be detected and cause the air bag to turn OFF.

Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and using the seat belt as out- lined in this manual should not cause the front passenger air bag to be automatically turned OFF. For small adults it may be turned OFF, however if the occupant takes his/her weight off the seat cushion (for example, by not sitting up- right, by sitting on an edge of the seat, or by otherwise being out of position), this could cause the sensors to turn the air bag OFF. Always be sure to be seated and wearing the seat belt properly for the most effective protection by the seat belt and supplemental air bag.

NISSAN recommends that pre-teens and chil- dren be properly restrained in a rear seat. NISSAN also recommends that appropriate child restraints and booster seats be properly installed in a rear seat. If this is not possible, the occupant classification sensor is designed to operate as described above to turn the front passenger air bag OFF for specified child restraints as required by regulations. Failing to properly secure child restraints and to use the ALR mode may allow the

restraint to tip or move in a collision or sudden stop. This can also result in the front passenger air bag inflating in a crash instead of being OFF. For additional information about proper use and installation, refer to Child restraints in this sec- tion.

If the front passenger seat is not occupied, the front passenger air bag is designed not to inflate in a crash. However, heavy objects placed on the seat could result in air bag inflation, because of the objects weight being detected by the occu- pant classification sensor. Other conditions could also result in air bag inflation, such as if a child is standing on the seat, or if two children are on the seat, contrary to the instructions in this manual. Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly.

Using the front passenger air bag status light, you can monitor when the front passenger air bag is automatically turned OFF.

If an adult occupant is in the seat but the front passenger air bag status light is illuminated (indi- cating that the air bag is OFF), it could be that the person is a small adult, or is not sitting on the seat properly or not using the seat belt properly.

If a child restraint must be used in the front seat, the front passenger air bag status light may or

may not be illuminated, depending on the size of the child and the type of child restraint being used. If the front passenger air bag status light is not illuminated (indicating that the air bag might inflate in a crash), it could be that the child restraint or seat belt is not being used properly. Make sure that the child restraint is installed properly, the seat belt is used properly and the occupant is positioned properly. If the front pas- senger air bag status light is still not illuminated, reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat.

If the front passenger air bag status light will not illuminate even though you believe that the child restraint, the seat belts and the occupant are properly positioned, it is recommended that you take your vehicle to a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. A NISSAN certified LEAF dealer can check system status by using a special tool. However, until you have confirmed with a dealer that your air bag is working properly, reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat.

The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System and front passenger air bag status light will take a few seconds to register a change in the front passen- ger seat status. For example, if a large adult who

1-48 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

is sitting the front passenger seat exits the ve- hicle, the front passenger air bag status light will go from OFF to ON for a few seconds and then to OFF. This is normal system operation and does not indicate a malfunction.

If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air bag system, the supplemental air bag warning light , located in the meter and gauges area of the instrument panel, will be illuminated (blink- ing or steadily lit). Have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

Normal operation:

In order for the occupant classification sensor system to classify the front passenger based on weight, please follow the precautions and steps outlined below:

Precautions: Make sure that there are no objects weighing

over 2.2 lbs (1 kg) hanging on the seat or placed in the seatback pocket.

Make sure that a child restraint or other object is not pressing against the rear of the seatback.

Make sure that the rear passenger is not push- ing or pulling on the back of the front passenger seat.

Make sure that the front passenger seat or seatback is not forced back against an object on the seat or floor behind it.

Make sure that there is no object placed under the front passenger seat.

Steps:

1. Adjust the seat as outlined in the Seats section of this manual. Sit upright, leaning against the seatback, and centered on the seat cushion with your feet comfortably ex- tended to the floor.

2. Make sure there are no objects on your lap.

3. Fasten the seat belt as outlined in the Seat belts section of this manual. Front passenger seat belt buckle status is monitored by the occupant classification system, and is used as an input to determine occupancy status. So, it is highly recommended that the front passenger fasten their seat belt.

4. Remain in this position for 30 seconds allow- ing the system to classify the front passenger before the vehicle is put into motion.

5. Ensure proper classification by checking the front passenger air bag status light.

NOTE: This vehicles occupant classification sen- sor system generally keeps the classifica- tion locked during driving, so it is important that you confirm that the front passenger is properly classified prior to driving. How- ever, the occupant classification sensor may recalculate the weight of the occupant under some conditions (both while driving and when stopped), so front passenger seat occupants should continue to remain seated as outlined above.

Troubleshooting:

If you think the front passenger air bag status light is incorrect: 1. If the light is ON with an adult occupying the

front passenger seat:

Occupant is a small adult the air bag light is functioning as intended. The front passen- ger air bag is suppressed.

However, if the occupant is not a small adult, then this may be due to the following conditions that may be interfering with the weight sensors:

Occupant is not sitting upright, leaning against the seatback, and centered on the seat cushion with his/her feet comfortably extended to the floor.

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-49

A child restraint or other object pressing against the rear of the seatback.

A rear passenger pushing or pulling on the back of the front passenger seat.

Forcing the front seat or seatback against an object on the seat or floor behind it.

An object placed under the front passenger seat.

An object placed between the seat cushion and center console or between the seat cushion and the door.

If the vehicle is moving, please come to a stop when it is safe to do so. Check and correct any of the above conditions. Restart the vehicle and wait 1 minute.

NOTE: A system check will be performed during which the front passenger air bag status light will remain lit for about 7 seconds initially.

If the light is still ON after this, the person should be advised not to ride in the front passenger seat and the vehicle should be checked as soon as possible. It is recom- mended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

2. If the light is OFF with a small adult, child or child restraint occupying the front passenger seat.

This may be due to the following conditions that may be interfering with the weight sen- sors:

Small adult or child is not sitting upright, leaning against the seatback, and centered on the seat cushion with his/her feet comfort- ably extended to the floor.

The child restraint is not properly installed, as outlined in the Child restraints section of this manual.

An object weighting over 2.2 lbs (1 kg) hang- ing on the seat or placed in the seatback pocket.

A child restraint or other object pressing against the rear or the seatback.

A rear passenger pushing or pulling on the back of the front passenger seat. pushing or pulling on the seatback of the front passen- ger seat.

Forcing the front seat or seatback against an object on the seat or floor behind it.

An object placed under the front passenger seat.

An object placed between the seat cushion and center console.

If the vehicle is moving, please come to a stop when it is safe to do so. Check and correct any of the above conditions. Restart the vehicle and wait 1 minute.

NOTE: A system check will be performed during which the front passenger air bag status light will remain lit for about 7 seconds initially.

If the light is still OFF after this, the small adult, child or child restraint should be repositioned in the rear seat and the vehicle should be checked as soon as possible. It is recom- mended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

3. If the light is OFF with no front passenger and no objects on the front passenger seat the vehicle should be checked as soon as pos- sible. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

1-50 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Other supplemental front-impact air bag precautions:

WARNING

Do not place any objects on the steer- ing wheel pad or on the instrument panel. Also, do not place any objects between any occupant and the steer- ing wheel or instrument panel. Such objects may become dangerous pro- jectiles and cause injury if the front air bags inflate.

Do not place objects with sharp edges on the seat. Also, do not place heavy objects on the seat that will leave per- manent impressions in the seat. Such objects can damage the seat or occu- pant classification sensor (weight sen- sor). This can affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury.

Do not use water or acidic cleaners (hot steam cleaners) on the seat. This can damage the seat or occupant clas- sification sensor. This can also affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury.

Immediately after inflation, several front air bag system components will be hot. Do not touch them; you may severely burn yourself.

No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the supplemental air bag system. This is to prevent accidental inflation of the supplemental air bag or damage to the supplemental air bag system.

Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicles electrical system, sus- pension system or front end structure. This could affect proper operation of the front air bag system.

Tampering with the front air bag sys- tem may result in serious personal in- jury. Tampering includes changes to the steering wheel and the instrument panel assembly by placing material over the steering wheel pad and above the instrument panel or by installing additional trim material around the air bag system.

Removing or modifying the front pas- senger seat may affect the function of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury.

Modifying or tampering with the front passenger seat may result in serious personal injury. For example, do not change the front seats by placing ma- terial on the seat cushion or by install- ing additional trim material, such as seat covers, on the seat that is not specifically designed to assure proper air bag operation. Additionally, do not stow any objects under the front pas- senger seat or the seat cushion and seatback. Such objects may interfere with the proper operation of the occu- pant classification sensor (weight sen- sor).

No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the seat belt system. This may affect the front air bag system. Tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious personal injury.

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-51

It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for work on and around the front air bag sys- tem. It is also recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for installation of electrical equipment. The Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) wiring harnesses* should not be modified or disconnected. Unauthor- ized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the air bag system.

A cracked windshield should be re- placed immediately by a qualified re- pair facility. A cracked windshield could affect the function of the supple- mental air bag system.

*The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification.

When selling your vehicle, we request that you inform the buyer about the front air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owners Manual.

Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bag and roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover (if so equipped) supplemental air bag systems The side air bags are located in the outside of the seatback of the front seats. The curtain air bags are located in the side roof rails. All of the information, cautions, and warnings in this manual apply and must be followed. The side air bags and curtain air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity side collisions, although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity

side impact. They are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted. They may not inflate in certain side collisions on the side where the vehicle is impacted.

If so equipped the curtain air bags are also de- signed to inflate in certain types of rollover colli- sions or near rollovers. As a result, certain vehicle movements (for example, during severe off- roading) may cause the curtain air bags to inflate.

Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an indication of proper side air bag and curtain air bag operation.

When the side air bags and curtain air bags inflate, a fairly loud noise may be heard, followed by release of smoke. This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it may cause irritation and choking. Those with a history of a breathing con- dition should get fresh air promptly.

Side air bags, along with the use of seat belts, help to cushion the impact force on the chest and pelvic area of the front occupants. Curtain air bags help to cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in the front and rear outboard seat- ing positions. They can help save lives and re- duce serious injuries. However, side air bags and curtain air bags may cause abrasions or other

1-52 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

injuries. Side air bags and curtain air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body.

The seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the side air bags. Rear seat passengers should be seated as far away as practical from the door finishers and side roof rails. The side air bags and curtain air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the occupants in the outboard seating positions. Because of this, the force of the side air bags and curtain air bags inflating can increase the risk of injury if the oc- cupant is too close to, or is against, these air bag modules during inflation. The side air bags and curtain air bags will deflate quickly after the colli- sion is over.

The side air bags and curtain air bags op- erate only when the power switch is in the ON position.

After turning the power switch to the ON position, the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates. The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 sec- onds if the systems are operational.

WARNING

Do not place any objects near the seat- back of the front seats. Also, do not place any objects (an umbrella, bag, etc.) between the front door finisher and the front seat. Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if a side air bag inflates.

Right after inflation, several side air bag and curtain air bag system compo- nents will be hot. Do not touch them; you may severely burn yourself.

No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems. This is to prevent damage to or accidental inflation of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems.

Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicles electrical system, sus- pension system or side panel. This could affect proper operation of the side air bag and curtain air bag sys- tems.

Tampering with the side air bag system may result in serious personal injury. For example, do not change the front seats by placing material near the seatbacks or by installing additional trim material, such as seat covers, around the side air bag.

It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for work around and on the side air bag and curtain air bag systems. It is also rec- ommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for installation of electrical equipment. The Supplemen- tal Restraint System (SRS) wiring har- nesses* should not be modified or dis- connected. Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the side air bag and curtain supplemental air bag sys- tems.

*The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification.

When selling your vehicle, we request that you inform the buyer about the side air bag and curtain air bag systems and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owners Manual.

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-53

Seat belt with pretensioner(s) (front seats)

WARNING

The pretensioner(s) cannot be reused after activation. They must be replaced together with the retractor and buckle as a unit.

If the vehicle becomes involved in a collision but pretensioner(s) are not activated, be sure to have the preten- sioner system checked and, if neces- sary, replaced. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the pretensioner system. This is to pre- vent damage to or accidental activa- tion of the pretensioner(s). Tampering with the pretensioner system may re- sult in serious personal injury.

It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for work around and on the pretensioner sys- tem. It is also recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for installation of electrical equipment. Unauthorized electrical test equip- ment and probing devices should not be used on the pretensioner system.

If you need to dispose of the preten- sioner(s) or scrap the vehicle, it is rec- ommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service. Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury.

The pretensioner system may activate with the supplemental air bag system in certain types of collisions. Working with the seat belt retractor, the pretensioner(s) help tighten the seat belt when the vehicle becomes involved in certain types of collisions, helping to restrain front seat occupants.

The pretensioner(s) are encased with the seat belt retractor and to the seat belt anchor affixed to the floor of the vehicle. These seat belts are used the same way as conventional seat belts.

When pretensioner(s) activate, smoke is re- leased and a loud noise may be heard. This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it may cause irritation and choking. Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly.

After the pretensioner(s) activation, load limiters allow the seat belt to release webbing (if neces- sary) to reduce forces against the chest.

The supplemental air bag warning light is used to indicate malfunctions in the pretensioner system. For additional information, refer to Supplemental air bag warning light in this sec- tion. If the operation of the supplemental air bag warning light indicates there is a malfunction, have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

When selling your vehicle, we request that you inform the buyer about the pretensioner system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owners Manual.

1-54 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LABELS A. Supplemental front-impact air bag system warning labels

The warning labels are located on the surface of the sun visors.

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LIGHT The supplemental air bag warning light, display- ing in the instrument panel, monitors the circuits of the Air bag Control Unit (ACU), satel- lite sensors, crash zone sensor, occupant classi- fication sensor, the supplemental front-impact air bag, front seat-mounted side-impact supple- mental air bag, roof-mounted curtain side-impact supplemental air bag and seat belt pretensioner systems. The monitored circuits include air bag systems, pretensioner(s) and all related wiring.

When the power switch is in the ON position, the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off. This means the system is operational.

If any of the following conditions occur, the front air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag and preten- sioner systems need servicing:

The supplemental air bag warning light remains on after approximately 7 seconds.

The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently.

The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all.

Under these conditions, the front air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag and pretensioner systems may not operate properly. They must be checked and repaired. It is recommended that you visit the nearest NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-55

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warning light is on, it could mean that the front air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag and/or pre- tensioner systems will not operate in an accident. To help avoid injury to yourself or others, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

Repair and replacement procedure The front air bags, side air bags, curtain air bags and pretensioner(s) are designed to activate on a one-time-only basis. As a reminder, unless it is damaged, the supplemental air bag warning light will remain illuminated after inflation has oc- curred. Repair and replacement of these systems should be done only by a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.

When maintenance work is required on the ve- hicle, the front air bags, side air bags, curtain air bags and pretensioner(s) and related parts should be pointed out to the person performing the maintenance. The power switch should al- ways be in the LOCK position when working under the hood or inside the vehicle.

WARNING

Once a front air bag, side air bag or curtain air bag has inflated, the air bag module will not function again and must be replaced. Additionally, the ac- tivated pretensioner(s) must also be replaced. The air bag module and pre- tensioner(s) should be replaced. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service. The air bag modules and pretensioner system cannot be repaired.

The front air bag, side air bag and curtain air bag systems, and preten- sioner system should be inspected if there is any damage to the front end or side portion of the vehicle. It is recom- mended that you visit a NISSAN certi- fied LEAF dealer for this service.

If you need to dispose of a supplemen- tal air bag or pretensioner system or scrap the vehicle, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service. Correct supple- mental air bag and pretensioner sys- tem disposal procedures are set forth in the appropriate NISSAN Service Manual. Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury.

If there is an impact to your vehicle from any direction, your Occupant Classification Sensor (OCS) should be checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer to verify it is still functioning correctly. The OCS should be checked even if no air bags deploy as a result of the im- pact. Failure to verify proper OCS func- tion may result in an improper air bag deployment resulting in injury or death.

1-56 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

2 Instruments and controls

Cockpit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-3 Instrument panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4 Meters and gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5

Speedometer and odometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6 Li-ion battery temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7 Power meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7 Driving range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-8 Li-ion battery available charge gauge . . . . . . . . .2-9 Li-ion battery capacity level gauge . . . . . . . . . .2-10 Outside air temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10 ECO indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10 Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-11

Warning lights, indicator lights and audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12

Checking lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13 Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13 Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-20 Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-22

Vehicle information display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-23 Indicators for operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-24 Trip computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-28 Warning information displays . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-33 Indicators for maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-35 Indicator for timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-36

Security systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-36 Vehicle security system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-37 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System . . . . . . . . .2-38

Wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-39 Washer operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-40 Rear wiper operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-41

Rear window and outside mirror (if so equipped) defroster switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-42 Instrument brightness control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-42 Headlight and turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-43

Headlight switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-43 Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-45

Fog light switch (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-46 Heated steering wheel switch (if so equipped) . . . . .2-46 Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-47 ECO switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-48 Heated seat switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-48 Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch . . . . . .2-49 Charge port lid switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-50 Charge connector lock switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-50 Charge timer OFF switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-51 Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-51 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-52

Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-52 Storage trays. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-52

Seatback Pocket (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . .2-53 Overhead sunglasses storage . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-54 Glove box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-54 Console box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-55 Tonneau cover (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . .2-55 Stowing golf bags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-56

Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-56 Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-56

Interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-59 Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-59 Room light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-59 Cargo light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-60

HomeLink universal transceiver (if so equipped) . . .2-60 Programming HomeLink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-61 Programming HomeLink for Canadian customers and gate openers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-62 Operating the HomeLink universal transceiver . .2-63 Programming trouble-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . .2-63 Clearing the programmed information . . . . . . . .2-63 Reprogramming a single HomeLink button . . . .2-64 If your vehicle is stolen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-64

1. TRIP switch for twin trip odometer (P. 2-5) 2. Trip computer switch (P. 2-23) 3. Instrument brightness control switch

(P. 2-42) 4. Headlight, fog light and turn signal switch

Headlight (P. 2-43) Turn signal light (P. 2-43)

Fog light (if so equipped) (P. 2-46) 5. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)

Audio control (P. 4-60) Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone System control (P. 4-76)

6. Steering wheel Power steering system (P. 5-20) Horn (P. 2-47) Drivers supplemental air bag (P. 1-39)

7. Wiper and washer switch (P. 2-39) 8. Steering-wheel-mounted controls

(right side) Cruise control switches (P. 5-16) ECO button (P. 2-48)

9. Console box (P. 2-52) 10. Shift lever (P. 5-12) 11. Front heated seat switch (P. 2-48) 12. Tilting steering wheel lever (P. 3-21) 13. Charge port lid switch (P. 3-19) 14. Charge connector lock switch (P. CH-5) 15. Charge timer OFF switch (P. 2-51) 16. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF

switch (P. 2-49) 17. Heated steering wheel switch

(if so equipped) (P. 2-46) 18. Fuse box cover (P. 8-17)

COCKPIT

Instruments and controls 2-3

1. Side vents (P. 4-22) 2. Meters and gauges (P. 2-5) 3. Center multi-function control panel

Navigation system (Refer to LEAF Naviga- tion System Owners Manual) Without navigation system (P. 4-42)

4. Hazard warning flasher switch (P. 6-2)

5. Center vents (P. 4-21) 6. Rear window defroster switch (P. 2-42) 7. Front passenger supplemental air bag

(P. 1-39) 8. Glove box (P. 2-52) 9. Heater and air conditioner control (P. 4-22 )

10. Front passenger air bag status light, (P. 1-39) Approaching Vehicle Sound for Pedestrians (VSP) system warning light (P. 2-14)

11. Auxiliary input jack (P. 4-60) 12. Power outlet (P. 2-51) 13. iPod connector/USB connector

(P. 4-42) 14. Push-button power switch (P. 5-7) 15. Hood release handle (P. 3-17)

INSTRUMENT PANEL

2-4 Instruments and controls

This vehicle is equipped with an upper display and a lower display.

1. Master warning lights (P. 2-18) 2. ECO indicator (P. 2-10) 3. Speedometer (P. 2-6) 4. Clock (P. 2-11)

5. Outside air temperature (P. 2-10) 6. Turn signal/Hazard indicator light (P. 2-22) 7. Li-ion battery capacity level gauge (P. 2-10) 8. Li-ion battery available charge gauge

(P. 2-9) 9. Driving range (P. 2-8) 10. Vehicle information display (P. 2-23)

11. READY to drive indicator light (P. 2-21) 12. ECO mode indicator light

ECO switch (P. 2-48 Odometer/twin trip odometer (P. 2-6) Trip computer (P. 2-28) Shift P warning (P. 2-27) Indicator for timer (P. 2-36)

13. Power meter (P. 2-7) 14. Warning and indicator lights (P. 2-12) 15. Li-ion battery temperature gauge (P. 2-7)

METERS AND GAUGES

Instruments and controls 2-5

SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER The vehicle is equipped with a speedometer and odometer. The speedometer is located on the top of the meter cluster. The odometer is located within the vehicle information display.

Speedometer The speedometer indicates the vehicle speed in miles per hour (mph) or kilometers per hour (km/h).

Odometer/twin trip odometer The odometer 1 and twin trip odometer 2 are displayed on the vehicle information display when the power switch is in the ON or READY to drive position.

The odometer records the total distance the ve- hicle has been driven.

The twin trip odometer records the distance of individual trips.

Changing the display:

Pushing the TRIP switch 3 located on the left side of the combination meter panel changes the display as follows:

TRIP A TRIP B TRIP A

For additional information about the vehicle infor- mation display, refer to Vehicle information dis- play in this section.

Resetting the trip odometer:

Pushing the TRIP switch 3 for approximately 1 second resets the trip odometer to zero.

2-6 Instruments and controls

LI-ION BATTERY TEMPERATURE GAUGE The gauge indicates the temperature of the Li-ion battery.

The temperature of the Li-ion battery is within the normal range when the display is within the zone 1 shown in the illustration.

The temperature of the Li-ion battery varies ac- cording to the outside air temperature and driving conditions.

NOTE: If the display indicates that the tempera- ture of the Li-ion battery is near the red zone end of the normal range, reduce ve- hicle speed to decrease the temperature. If the indicator is over the normal range, the power provided to the traction motor is reduced when the power limitation in- dicator light is illuminated. Therefore, the vehicle is not as responsive when the ac- celerator is depressed while the power limitation light is illuminated. For addi- tional information, refer to Power limita- tion indicator light in this section.

If the outside temperature is extremely low, the Li-ion temperature gauge may not display a temperature reading. The ve- hicle may not be able to be put in the READY to drive mode. Have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

POWER METER This meter displays the actual traction motor power consumption A and the regenerative brake power provided to the Li-ion battery B .

The white dot 1 in the display moves right or left depending on demand.

The white dot moves to the right when power is provided to the traction motor (Li-ion battery dis- charges).

The white dot moves to the left when power is generated and provided to the Li-ion battery by the regenerative brake system (Li-ion battery charging).

Instruments and controls 2-7

The power meter also indicates if the power provided to the motor is limited or if regenerative braking is limited. When power or regenerative braking is limited, the circles on the display change from a double circle to a single circle 2 .

Regenerative braking is automatically reduced when the Li-ion battery is fully charged to prevent the Li-ion battery from becoming overcharged. Regenerative braking is also automatically re- duced when the Li-ion battery temperature is high/low (indicated by the red/blue zones on the Li-ion battery temperature gauge) to prevent Li- ion battery damage.

The more regenerative braking is reduced, the more double circles change to single circles.

If the Li-ion battery charge is low, power provided to the traction motor is reduced. Motor output is also limited if the Li-ion battery temperature is high/low (indicated by the red/blue zones on the Li-ion battery temperature gauge) or the Li-ion battery charge level is low.

The more power provided to the traction motor is reduced, the more double circles change to single circles.

DRIVING RANGE The driving range 1 (miles or km) provides an estimated distance that the vehicle can be driven before recharging is necessary. The driving range is constantly being calculated, based on the amount of available Li-ion battery charge and the actual power consumption average.

NOTE: The driving range display will flash when the low battery charge warning light illu- minates. Additionally, if you continue to drive the vehicle in this state and the Li- ion battery is close to being completely discharged, --- will be displayed. Charge the Li-ion battery as soon as possible. When the Li-ion battery is charged, the original display will be restored.

After the vehicle is charged, the displayed driving range is calculated based on the actual average energy consumption of the previous driving. The displayed driving range will vary every time the vehicle is fully charged.

The driving range increases or decreases when the air conditioner, heater or Li-ion battery warmer (if so equipped) is turned on or off, or when the ECO mode is se- lected, or when any other accessory is turned on or off based on driving.

2-8 Instruments and controls

LI-ION BATTERY AVAILABLE CHARGE GAUGE The gauge 1 indicates the approximate avail- able Li-ion battery charge to run the vehicle.

Charge the Li-ion battery before the display reaches the bottom line.

The low battery charge warning light illu- minates when the Li-ion battery available charge gauge is getting low. Charge as soon as it is convenient, preferably before the display reaches the bottom line. When the display reaches the bottom line and the low battery charge light illu-

minates, there is a very small reserve of Li-ion battery charge remaining.

NOTE: The number of segments illuminated on the Li-ion battery available charge gauge is determined by the available charge and the amount of charge the Li-ion battery is capable of storing at the current tempera- ture.

Temperature affects the amount of charge the Li-ion battery is capable of storing. The Li-ion battery is capable of storing less power when the Li-ion battery tem- perature is cold. The Li-ion battery is ca- pable of storing more power when the Li-ion battery temperature is warm. The number of segments illuminated on the Li-ion battery available charge gauge can change based on the amount of power the Li-ion battery is capable of storing. For example, when the Li-ion battery be- comes colder, more segments on the Li- ion battery available charge gauge illumi- nate because the available charge is a greater percentage of the Li-ion batterys capability of storing power. When the Li- ion battery becomes warmer, less seg-

ments on the Li-ion battery available charge gauge illuminate because the re- maining energy is a lower percentage of the Li-ion batterys capability of storing power.

Instruments and controls 2-9

LI-ION BATTERY CAPACITY LEVEL GAUGE This gauge indicates the amount of charge the Li-ion battery is capable of storing.

When the capacity of the Li-ion battery de- creases with age and usage, the level of the gauge will also decrease.

OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE The outside air temperature is displayed in F or C.

The display may differ from the actual outside temperature displayed on various signs or bill- boards.

ECO INDICATOR The ECO indicator displays how economically the vehicle is being operated.

The meter display is affected by the following conditions:

Accelerator pedal operation

Brake pedal operation

Driving conditions

Traffic conditions

Heater and air conditioner usage

2-10 Instruments and controls

Time the vehicle is not moving while the vehicle is in the READY to drive mode and accessories are on

Instant ECO driving level

The instant ECO driving level 1 is displayed by the number of bars that increase (more economi- cal driving) or decrease (less economical driving) depending on vehicle operation.

Long term ECO driving level

Long term ECO driving is indicated by ECO TREE symbols. The longer the vehicle is operated economically, the more segments of the large ECO TREE symbol 2 are displayed. When all of the segments of the large ECO TREE symbol are displayed, a small ECO TREE indicator 3 is also displayed, and the large ECO TREE symbol dis- play is reset. The longer the vehicle is operated economically, the more small ECO TREE sym- bols are displayed. The ECO TREE symbols that were illuminated while driving will turn off when the vehicle power is turned off. The ECO TREE symbols are stored in the navigation system to show long term efficient vehicle operation.

To increase the ECO driving level and for infor- mation about driving the vehicle efficiently, refer to Improve driving range in the EV overview section of this manual.

CLOCK For models without navigation system:

Adjust the clock on the setting screen of the vehicle information display. For additional infor- mation, refer to Settings in this section.

If the power supply (12-volt battery) is discon- nected, the clock will not indicate the correct time. Readjust the time.

For models with navigation system:

This clock is synchronized with the clock dis- played on the navigation system screen. For ad- ditional information, refer to the LEAF Navigation System Owners Manual.

Instruments and controls 2-11

12-volt battery charge warning light Low tire pressure warning light High beam indicator light (blue)

or Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light Master warning light (red/yellow) Plug-in indicator light

Approaching Vehicle Sound for Pedestrians (VSP) system warning light Power steering warning light Power limitation indicator light

BRAKE system warning light (yellow) Seat belt warning light READY to drive indicator light

or BRAKE warning light (red) Supplemental air bag warning light Security indicator light

Electric shift control system warning light ECO mode switch indicator light Slip indicator light

Electric Vehicle (EV) system warning light Exterior light indicator light Turn signal/hazard indicator lights

WARNING LIGHTS, INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS

2-12 Instruments and controls

Headlight warning light Front fog light indicator light (if so equipped) Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF indicator light

Low battery charge warning light Front passenger air bag status light

CHECKING LIGHTS With all doors closed, apply the parking brake, fasten the seat belts and place the power switch for LEAF to the ON position without starting the engine. The following lights (if so equipped) will come on:

,

The following lights (if so equipped) come on briefly and then turn off:

(yellow), , or (red), or , , , , ,

,

If any light does not come on or operate in a way other than described, it may indicate a burned- out bulb and/or a system malfunction. Have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

Some indicators and warnings are also displayed on the vehicle information display. For additional

information, refer to Vehicle information display in this section.

WARNING LIGHTS For additional information, refer to Vehicle infor- mation display in this section.

12-volt battery charge warning light

The DC/DC converter converts 400 volt Li-ion battery voltage to charge the 12-volt battery.

This light illuminates continuously after the bulb is checked when the power switch is in the ON position, and turns off when the power switch is placed in the READY to drive position.

When this warning light illuminates, a chime sounds and the following warnings are also dis- played.

Master warning (red)

EV system warning light

The following messages also flash on and off on the vehicle information display.

If the vehicle is being driven; Stop the vehicle and if the vehicle is stopped; When parked apply parking brake. When these messages flash, im- mediately stop the vehicle in a safe location, pull the parking brake switch and push the P (Park) position switch on the shift lever to place the vehicle in the P (Park) position. The warning on the meter and the chime stops when the parking brake is operated or the vehicle is in the P (Park) position. Have the system checked. It is recom- mended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

Instruments and controls 2-13

CAUTION

The DC/DC converter system may not be functioning properly if the 12-volt battery charge warning light illumi- nates continuously when the power switch is in the READY to drive posi- tion. Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe location and have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

The DC/DC converter system may not be functioning properly if the 12-volt warning light illuminates continuously when the power switch is in the READY to drive position. Do not charge the 12-volt battery while this warning light is illuminated. It may lead to a mal- function of the DC/DC converter sys- tem. Have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

NOTE: If the vehicle does not go into the READY to drive position (when the power switch is pushed and the brake pedal is de- pressed), jump-start the vehicle to place the power switch in the READY to drive position. For additional information, refer to Jump starting in the In case of emer- gency section of this manual.

Do not jump-start the vehicle. Have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service:

If the 12-volt charge warning light turns off when the vehicle is in the READY to drive mode, the 12-volt bat- tery may be discharged or there may be a malfunction in the 12-volt battery re- lated system.

If the 12-volt charge warning light con- tinues to illuminate when the vehicle is in the READY to drive mode, there may be a malfunction in the DC/DC con- verter. Have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

or Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light

When the power switch is in the ON or READY to drive position, the Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light illuminates and then turns off. This indicates the ABS is operational.

If the ABS warning light illuminates while the power switch is in the READY to drive position, or while driving, it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly. Have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti-lock func- tion is turned off. The brake system then operates normally, but without anti-lock assistance. For additional information, refer to Brake system in the Starting and driving section of this manual.

Approaching Vehicle Sound for Pedestrians (VSP) system warning light

The Approaching Vehicle Sound for Pedestrians (VSP) system warning light is located on the instrument panel.

2-14 Instruments and controls

This light comes on if there is a malfunction in the VSP system.

If the VSP system warning light illuminates while the power switch is in the ON position, or in the READY to drive position, it may indicate the VSP system is not functioning properly. Have the sys- tem checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

For additional information, refer to Approaching Vehicle Sound for Pedestrians (VSP) system in the EV overview section of this manual.

BRAKE system warning light (yellow)

This light functions for both the cooperative re- generative brake and the electronically driven intelligent brake systems. When the power switch is placed in the ON position or in the READY to drive position, the light remains illumi- nated for about 2 or 3 seconds. If the light illumi- nates at any other time, it may indicate that the cooperative regenerative brake and/or the elec- tronically driven intelligent brake systems are not functioning properly. Have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service. If the BRAKE warn- ing light (red) also illuminates, stop the vehicle

immediately and have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service. For additional infor- mation, refer to Brake system in the Starting and driving section of this manual.

WARNING

Pressing the brake pedal when the power switch position is not in the ON or READY to drive position and/or low brake fluid level may increase the stopping distance and braking will re- quire greater pedal effort as well as pedal travel.

If the brake fluid level is below the minimum or MIN mark on the brake fluid reservoir, do not drive until the brake system has been checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

The cooperative regenerative brake system may not be working properly if the brake system warning light illumi- nates when the READY to drive indica- tor light is ON. If you judge it to be safe, drive carefully to the nearest service station for repairs. Otherwise, have your vehicle towed because driving could be dangerous.

or BRAKE warning light (red)

When the power switch is placed in the ON position or in the READY to drive position, the light remains illuminated for about a few seconds. If the light illuminates at any other time, it may indicate that the hydraulic brake system is not functioning properly. If the BRAKE warning light illuminates, stop the vehicle immediately and have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

Parking brake indicator:

When the power switch is placed in the ON position, the light comes on when the parking brake is applied.

Low brake fluid warning light:

When the power switch is in the ON position, the light warns of a low brake fluid level. If this warn- ing light illuminates, the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning light and the brake system warn- ing light (yellow) also illuminate.

If the light illuminates while the power switch is in the READY to drive position with the parking brake not applied, stop the vehicle and perform the following items.

Instruments and controls 2-15

1. Check the brake fluid level. If brake fluid is necessary, add fluid and have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service. For additional information, refer to Brake fluid in the Maintenance and do-it-yourself section of this manual.

2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have the warning system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

WARNING

Your brake system may not be working properly if the warning light is on. Driv- ing could be dangerous. If you judge the brake system to be safe, drive care- fully to the nearest service station for repairs. Otherwise, have your vehicle towed because driving it could be dan- gerous.

Pressing the brake pedal when the power switch position is not in the ON or READY to drive position and/or low brake fluid level may increase the stopping distance and braking will re- quire greater pedal effort as well as pedal travel.

If the brake fluid level is below the minimum or MIN mark on the brake fluid reservoir, do not drive until the brake system has been checked at a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.

Electric shift control system warning light

This light illuminates to warn when a malfunction occurs in the electric shift control system. When the master warning light illuminates, the chime sounds and the message, When parked apply parking brake, is displayed on the vehicle infor- mation display.

When the power switch is in the OFF position, the chime sounds continuously. Make sure the parking brake is applied.

Have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

Electric Vehicle (EV) system warning light

This light illuminates if there is a malfunction in the following systems. Have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

Traction motor and inverter system

Charge port or on board charger

Li-ion battery system

Cooling system

Shift control system

Emergency shut off system is activated. For additional information, refer to Emergency shut-off system in the EV overview section of this manual.

Headlight warning light

This light illuminates if the LED headlights are malfunctioning. Have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

Low battery charge warning light

This light illuminates when the available Li-ion battery charge is getting low. Charge as soon as it is possible, preferably before the Li-ion battery available charge gauge reaches the bottom line.

2-16 Instruments and controls

NOTE: The low battery charge warning light turns off immediately before the Li-ion battery is completely discharged and the vehicle will stop. If the Li-ion battery becomes com- pletely discharged, the vehicle must be charged in order to be driven.

Low tire pressure warning light

Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) that monitors the tire pressure of all tires.

The low tire pressure warning light warns of low tire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is not functioning properly.

After the power switch is placed in the ON posi- tion, this light illuminates for about 1 second and then turns off.

Low tire pressure warning

If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pres- sure, the warning light will illuminate. A CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning also appears on the vehicle information display.

When the low tire pressure warning light illumi- nates, you should stop and adjust the tire pres- sure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label. The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted. After the tire is inflated to the recom- mended pressure, the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 mph (25 km/h) to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light. Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure.

The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning appears each time the power switch is placed in the ON position as long as the low tire pressure warning light remains illuminated.

For additional information, refer to Vehicle infor- mation display in this section, Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) in the Starting and driving section and In case of emergency sec- tion of this manual.

TPMS malfunction

If the TPMS is not functioning properly, the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi- mately 1 minute when the power switch is placed in the ON position. The light will remain on after the 1 minute. Have the system checked. It is

recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service. The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning does not appear if the low tire pressure warning light illuminates to indicate a TPMS malfunction.

For additional information, refer to Vehicle infor- mation display in this section and Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) in the Starting and driving section of this manual.

WARNING

Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment. Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manu- facturer for the possible influences be- fore use.

If the light does not illuminate when the power switch is placed in the ON position, have the vehicle checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer as soon as pos- sible for this service.

Instruments and controls 2-17

If the light illuminates while driving, avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed, pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible. Driving with under-inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and in- crease the likelihood of tire failure. Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury or death. Check the tire pressure for all four tires. Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Infor- mation label to turn the low tire pres- sure warning light OFF. If the light still illuminates while driving after adjust- ing the tire pressure, a tire may be flat or the TPMS may be malfunctioning. If you have a flat tire, replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible. If no tire is flat and all tires are properly inflated, have the vehicle checked. It is recom- mended that you visit a NISSAN certi- fied LEAF dealer for this service.

When replacing a wheel without the TPMS such as a spare tire, the TPMS will not function and the low tire pres- sure warning light will flash for ap- proximately 1 minute. The light will re- main on after 1 minute. Have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer as soon as possible for tire re- placement and/or system resetting.

Replacing tires with those not origi- nally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS.

CAUTION

The TPMS is not a substitute for the regular tire pressure check. Be sure to check the tire pressure regularly.

If the vehicle is being driven at speeds of less than 16 mph (25 km/h), the TPMS may not operate correctly.

Be sure to install the specified size of tires to the four wheels correctly.

Master warning light (red/yellow)

There are two types of master warning lights: yellow and red. These lights illuminate if any warning lights or indicator lights are illuminated or if various vehicle information warnings appear in the vehicle information display.

Yellow master warning light

The yellow master warning light is located on the upper display.

This light illuminates when a yellow warning light on the lower display is illuminated or when a message is displayed on the vehicle information display.

Red master warning light

The red master warning light is located on the upper display.

This light illuminates when a red warning light on the lower display is illuminated or when a warning is displayed on the vehicle information display.

Power steering warning light

When the power switch is in the ON position, the electric power steering warning light illuminates and turns off when the power switch is placed in the READY to drive position. This indicates the electric power steering system is operational.

2-18 Instruments and controls

If the electric power steering warning light illumi- nates while the READY to drive indicator light is ON, it may indicate the electric power steering system is not functioning properly and may need servicing. Have the electric power steering sys- tem checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

When the electric power steering warning light illuminates while the READY to drive indicator is ON, the power assist to the steering will cease operation but you will still have control of the vehicle. At this time, greater steering efforts are required to operate the steering wheel, especially in sharp turns and at low speeds.

For additional information, refer to Power steer- ing system in the Starting and driving section of this manual.

Seat belt warning light

The light and chime remind you to fasten your seat belts. The light illuminates whenever the power switch is placed in the ON position, and will remain illuminated until the drivers seat belt is fastened. At the same time, the chime will sound for approximately 6 seconds unless the drivers seat belt is securely fastened.

The seat belt warning light for the front passenger will illuminate if the seat belt is not fastened when the front passengers seat is occupied. The front passenger seat belt warning light does not acti- vate until 5 seconds after the power switch is in the ON position.

For additional information, refer to Seat belts in the Safety Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual for pre- cautions on seat belt usage.

Supplemental air bag warning light

After turning the power switch to the ON posi- tion, the supplemental air bag warning light will illuminate. The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the supple- mental front air bag and supplemental side air bag, curtain side-impact air bag systems and/or pretensioner seat belt are operational.

If any of the following conditions occur, the front air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag and preten- sioner systems need servicing and your vehicle must be taken to your nearest NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.

The supplemental air bag warning light remains on after approximately 7 seconds.

The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently.

The supplemental air bag warning light does not illuminate at all.

Unless checked and repaired, the Supplemental Restraint Systems and/or the pretensioners may not function properly.

For additional information, refer to Supplemental restraint system (SRS) in the Safety Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual.

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warning light is on, it could mean that the front air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag and/or pre- tensioner systems will not operate in an accident. To help avoid injury to yourself or others, have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer as soon as possible.

Instruments and controls 2-19

INDICATOR LIGHTS For additional information, refer to Vehicle infor- mation display in this section.

ECO mode switch indicator light This indicator illuminates within the vehicle infor- mation display when the ECO mode has been activated.

The ECO mode is used to help extend that range that the vehicle can be driven by consuming less power.

Exterior light indicator light

This indicator illuminates when the headlight switch is turned to the AUTO, or position and the front parking lights, side marker lights, tail and license plate lights are on. The indicator turns off when these lights are turned off.

Front fog light indicator light (if so equipped) The front fog indicator light illuminates when the front fog lights are on. For additional information, refer to Fog light switch in this section.

Front passenger air bag status light

The front passenger air bag status light (located on the center of the instrument panel) will be lit and the passenger front air bag will be turned off depending on how the front passenger seat is being used.

For front passenger air bag status light operation, refer to NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System (front seats) in the Safety Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual.

High beam indicator light (blue)

This light illuminates when the headlight high beam is on and goes out when the low beam is selected.

Plug-in indicator light

This light illuminates when the charge connector is connected to the vehicle and blinks during charging.

NOTE: If the charge connector is connected to the vehicle, the power switch can not be placed in the READY to drive position.

Power limitation indicator light

When the power limitation indicator light is illu- minated, the power provided to the traction motor is reduced. Therefore the vehicle is not as re- sponsive when the accelerator is depressed while the power limitation light is illuminated.

When this light comes on, the warning display appears on the center display and the vehicle information display. Follow the instructions pro- vided on the center display.

This light illuminates in the following conditions.

Li-ion battery available charge is extremely low

Li-ion battery temperature is very low (approxi- mately 4F (20C)

When the temperature of the EV system is high (motor, inverter, coolant system, Li-ion battery etc.)

When the EV system has a malfunction.

If the low battery charge warning light is illumi- nated, charge the Li-ion battery as soon as pos- sible.

2-20 Instruments and controls

If this indicator illuminates because the Li-ion battery is cold due to low outside temperatures, move the vehicle to a warmer location. The Li-ion battery temperature may be increased by charg- ing the Li-ion battery.

If the light illuminates when the EV system be- comes hot due to continuous hill climbing, either continue driving at a slower safe speed or stop the vehicle in a safe location. If this indicator does not turn off, have the system checked. It is rec- ommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

The indicator illuminates when a part in the EV system has malfunctioned. If the indicator illumi- nates in a situation other than those described above, or if it does not turn off, there may be a system malfunction. Have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

WARNING

Power limitation mode can result in re- duced power and vehicle speed. The re- duced speed may be lower than other traffic, which could increase the chance of a collision. Be especially careful when driving. If the vehicle cannot maintain a safe driving speed, pull to the side of the road in a safe area. Charge the Li-ion battery if the charge is low or allow the Li-ion battery to cool.

READY to drive indicator light

The READY to drive indicator light illuminates when the EV system is powered and the vehicle may be driven.

The READY to drive indicator light will turn off in the following conditions.

Certain EV system malfunctions.

The READY to drive indicator light turns off immediately before the Li-ion battery is com- pletely discharged. If the Li-ion battery be- comes completely discharged, the vehicle must be charged in order to be driven. For additional information, refer to Low battery charge warn- ing light in this section.

Security indicator light

This light blinks when the power switch is in the ACC, OFF or LOCK position. This function indi- cates the security system equipped on the ve- hicle is operational.

If the security system is malfunctioning, this light will remain on while the power switch is in the ON position. For additional information, refer to Se- curity systems in this section.

Slip indicator light This indicator will blink when the VDC system or the traction control system is operating, thus alerting that the vehicle is nearing its traction limits. The road surface may be slippery.

You may feel or hear the system working; this is normal. The light will blink for a few seconds after the VDC system stops limiting wheel spin.

The indicator light also comes on when you place the power switch in the ON position.

The light will turn off after approximately 2 sec- onds if the system is operational. If the light does not come on, have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

Instruments and controls 2-21

Turn signal/hazard indicator lights

This light flashes when the turn signal switch lever or hazard switch is turned on.

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF indicator light

This light illuminates when the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) switch is pushed to OFF. This indicates that the VDC system is not operating. For additional information, refer to Vehicle Dy- namic Control (VDC) system in the Starting and driving section of this manual.

AUDIBLE REMINDERS

Brake pad wear warning The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings. When a brake pad requires replacement, it will make a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion. This scraping sound will first occur only when the brake pedal is depressed. After more wear of the brake pad, the sound will always be heard even if the brake pedal is not depressed. Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the warning sound is heard.

Electric shift control system reminder chime If an improper shift operation is performed, for safety reasons a chime will sound and at the same time, depending on the conditions, the operation will be canceled or the shift position will switch to the N (Neutral) position.

For additional information, refer to Driving the vehicle in the Starting and driving section of this manual.

Key reminder chime A chime will sound if the drivers side door is opened while the power switch is pushed to the ON or ACC position.

Make sure that the power switch is pushed to the OFF position, and take the Intelligent Key with you when leaving the vehicle.

Light reminder chime The light reminder chime will sound when the driver side door is opened with the light switch in the or position, and the power switch is in the ACC, OFF or LOCK position.

Turn the light switch off when you leave the vehicle.

Parking brake reminder chime A chime sounds if the parking brake is set and the vehicle is driven. The chime will stop if the parking brake is released or the vehicle speed returns to zero.

Power switch reminder chime The power switch reminder chime will sound when the drivers door is opened while the power switch is in the ON or READY to drive position. Push the power switch to the OFF position.

Seat belt warning chime The seat belt warning chime will sound for about 6 seconds unless the drivers seat belt is securely fastened.

12-volt battery charge warning chime If the 12-volt battery charge warning light illumi- nates, the chime will sound when a warning mes- sage is displayed on the vehicle information dis- play on the lower display.

2-22 Instruments and controls

When the chime sounds, immediately stop the vehicle in a safe location and push the P (Park) position switch on the shift lever and apply the parking brake. The 12-volt battery charge warning light turns off on the lower display and the chime will stop when the parking brake is applied or the vehicle is placed in the P (Park) position. Have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service. For additional information, refer to 12-volt battery charge warning light in this section.

The vehicle information display 1 is located in the lower display, and it displays charging related information, Average electricity consumption/ Instant electricity consumption, Average vehicle speed, Driving distance/Driving time (Elapsed time), shift position indicator, the cruise control, the Intelligent Key operation information and other warnings and information.

For additional information about the odometer, refer to Odometer/twin trip odometer in this section.

For additional information about the cruise con- trol, refer to Cruise control in the Starting and driving section of this manual.

For additional information about the NISSAN In- telligent Key system, refer to NISSAN Intelli- gent Key system in the Pre-driving checks and adjustments section of this manual.

VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY

Instruments and controls 2-23

INDICATORS FOR OPERATION

1. READY to drive position operation indicator This indicator appears while the vehicle is in the P (Park) position. This indicator means that the EV system will start when the power switch is pressed with the brake pedal depressed.

2. Key is not detected warning This warning appears in either of the following conditions.

No key inside the vehicle:

This warning appears when the door is closed with the Intelligent Key left outside the vehicle and the power switch in the ACC or ON position. Make sure that the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle.

Unregistered Intelligent Key:

This warning appears when the power switch is placed in the ON, ACC or READY to drive posi- tion and the Intelligent Key cannot be recognized by the system. You cannot place the power switch in the READY to drive position with an unregistered key. Use an Intelligent Key that has been registered.

For additional information, refer to NISSAN In- telligent Key system in the Pre-driving checks and adjustments section of this manual.

3. Intelligent Key battery discharge indicator This indicator appears when the Intelligent Key battery is running out of power.

If this indicator appears, replace the battery with a new one. For additional information, refer to NISSAN Intelligent Key battery replacement in the Maintenance and do-it-yourselfsection of this manual.

2-24 Instruments and controls

4. EV system operation for discharged Intelligent Key system indicator This indicator appears when the Intelligent Key battery is running out of power and when the Intelligent Key system and vehicle are not com- municating normally.

If this indicator appears, touch the power switch with the Intelligent Key while depressing the brake pedal. For additional information, refer to NISSAN Intelligent Key battery discharge in the Starting and driving section of this manual.

5. Door/rear hatch open warning (power switch is in the ON position) This warning appears if any of the doors and/or the rear hatch are open or not closed securely. The vehicle icon indicates which door or the rear hatch is open on the display. Make sure that all of the doors and the rear hatch are closed.

This warning also appears alternating with SHIFT P warning while the drivers door is opened with the shift position in any position other than the P (Park) position. For additional information, refer to SHIFT P warning in this section.

6. Intelligent Key system warning This warning appears if there is a malfunction in the Intelligent Key system.

If this warning appears while the power switch position is in the ON position, the power switch can not be switched to the READY to drive posi- tion. If this warning appears while the power switch is in the READY to drive position, the vehicle can be driven. However, it is recom- mended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.

7. Driver alert This warning appears when the previously set time for a break is reached. You can set the time for up to 6 hours in the setting menu. For addi- tional information, refer to Trip computer in this section.

8. Low outside air temperature The outside air temperature is displayed in F or C in the range of 20F to 140F (30C to 60C).

The outside air temperature mode includes a low temperature warning feature. If the outside air temperature is below 37F (3C), the warning is displayed on the screen.

The outside temperature sensor is located in front side of the vehicle. The sensor may be affected by road, wind directions and other driv- ing conditions. The display may differ from the actual outside temperature or the temperature displayed on various signs or billboards.

9. Low washer warning (if so equipped) This warning appears when the washer tank fluid is at a low level. Add windshield-washer fluid as necessary. For additional information, refer to Windshield-washer fluid in the Maintenance and do-it-yourself section of this manual.

10. Light reminder warning This warning appears when the power switch is turned to the OFF position but the headlight switch is still ON. Turn off the headlight switch.

11. Plug-in indicator This indicator appears when the charge connec- tor is connected.

If the charge connector is connected to the ve- hicle, the power switch can not be placed in the READY to drive position.

Instruments and controls 2-25

12. Remove charge connector warning This warning appears when the power switch is in the ACC or ON position and if the power switch is pushed to the READY to drive position with the brake pedal depressed, while the charge connector is inserted to the vehicle. Remove the charge connector.

13. Electric shift control system warning This message appears if there is a malfunction in the electric shift control system.

This message appears when the parking brake is not applied, even after the vehicle has been parked. The master warning light (red) also illu- minates and the chime sounds.

If the power switch cannot be placed in the OFF position, apply the parking brake and then place the power switch in the OFF position.

Apply parking brake. The message in the vehicle information display turns off and the chime stops. Have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

14. Shift control system (T/M) warning This warning appears if there is a malfunction in the electric shift control system but operation of the electric shift control is still possible. The mas- ter warning (yellow) light also illuminates and the chime sounds. When this occurs, check the shift position indicator by the shift lever or vehicle information display in the meter to make sure that shifting has been performed properly. It is recom- mended that you contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer as soon as possible.

15. Shift position warning This warning appears if the system cannot detect the shift position. Make sure the vehicle is placed in a position properly.

The master warning light (yellow) also illuminates and the chime sounds. Check the shift position of the vehicle.

16. Li-ion battery low charge warning This indicator appears when the Li-ion battery is getting low. The low battery charge warning light and the master warning light (yellow) also illumi- nate. Charge the Li-ion battery as soon as pos- sible. The [i] symbol is shown on the vehicle information display, this indicates that further in-

formation is available on the navigation display (models with navigation system). Check the navi- gation display (models with navigation system) for further information and instructions.

17. Power limitation warning This display appears when the Li-ion battery ca- pacity is getting too low to move the vehicle or if there is any reason to limit traction power (Li-ion battery low or high temperature etc.). The power limitation indicator light and the master warning light (yellow) also illuminate. The [i] symbol is shown on the vehicle information display. This indicates that further information is available on the navigation display (models with navigation system). Check the navigation display (models with navigation system) for further information and instructions.

18. DC/DC converter warning This warning appears if the DC/DC converter system is not functioning properly. The 12-volt battery charge warning (red) light and the master warning light also illuminate. Stop the vehicle in a safe location and contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.

2-26 Instruments and controls

19. Apply parking brake warning This warning appears if the DC/DC converter system is not functioning properly after the Stop the vehicle message above. If this warning ap- pears on the display, stop the vehicle in a safe location and push the P (Park) position switch on the shift lever. If the parking brake is applied, the display turns off. Contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.

20. Check tire pressure warning This warning appears when the low tire pressure warning light in the meter illuminates and low tire pressure is detected. The warning appears each time the power switch is placed in the ON posi- tion as long as the low tire pressure warning light remains illuminated.

If this warning appears, stop the vehicle and adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Load- ing Information label. For additional information, refer to Low tire pressure warning light in this section and Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) in the Starting and driving section of this manual.

21. Cruise control indicator Cruise main switch indicator

This indicator is displayed when the cruise con- trol main switch is pushed. When the main switch is pushed again, the indicator disappears. When the cruise control main switch indicator is dis- played, the cruise control system is operational.

Cruise set switch indicator

This indicator is displayed while the vehicle speed is controlled by the cruise control system. If the indicator blinks while the power switch is in the READY to drive position, it may indicate that the cruise control system is not functioning prop- erly. Have the system checked. It is recom- mended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

For additional information, refer to Cruise con- trol in the Starting and driving section of this manual.

22. Shift position indicator The shift position indicator shows the vehicle position when the power switch is in the ON or READY to drive position. For additional informa- tion, refer to Driving the vehicle in the Starting and driving section of this manual.

23. SHIFT P warning This warning appears alternately with door/rear hatch open warning when the drivers door is opened with the shift position in any position other than the P (Park) position. For additional information, refer to Door/rear hatch open warn- ing (power switch is in the ON position) in this section. If this warning appears, push the P (Park) position switch and place in the P (Park) position.

24. Intelligent Key error After the power switch is pushed to the ON position, this light comes on for about 2 seconds and then turns off.

The I-Key System Error message warns of a malfunction with the Intelligent Key system. If the light comes on while the motor is stopped, it may be impossible to start the motor.

If the light comes on while the motor is running, you can drive the vehicle. However in these cases, it is recommended that you contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for repair as soon as possible.

25. Parking brake release warning This warning appears when the vehicle speed is above 4 mph (7km/h) and the parking brake is applied.

Instruments and controls 2-27

TRIP COMPUTER Switches for the trip computer are located on the left side of the combination meter panel. To op- erate the trip computer, push the following switches:

A switch

B switch

When the power switch is pushed to the ON position, modes of the trip computer can be selected by pushing the switch A .

Each time the switch A is pushed, the display will change as follows:

Charging time Energy economy State of charge Average speed Driving distance and elapsed time Setting Warning check*

NOTE: * This item is available only when a warning is displayed. Select this menu to see details of warnings.

Charging time Displays the estimated time to a full Li-ion charge based on the Charging Mode selected.

The time needed to charge the Li-ion battery charges based on:

Outside temperature

Li-ion battery temperature

Available electrical power supplied to the charger

2-28 Instruments and controls

NOTE: Immediately after charging has finished, the charge time will be displayed as --:--.

The estimated charging time stops updat- ing if the air conditioner is turned on while the Li-ion battery is charging. The esti- mated charging time updates approxi- mately 15 minutes after the air condi- tioner is turned off.

The 6 kW and the 3 kW charging time typically shows different times to reach a full charge.

However, the same charging time may be shown for both the 6 kW and the 3 kW based on the Li-ion battery state of charge and battery temperature.

The system may automatically slow the battery charge to prevent the battery from becoming overcharged.

Charging may finish sooner than the dis- played charging time.

Energy economy Average energy economy:

The average energy economy mode shows the average energy economy since the last reset. Resetting the average energy economy is done by pushing and holding the switch B for longer than 1 second. (The average speed is also reset at the same time.)

The display is updated every 30 seconds. At about the first 0.3 mile (500 m) after a reset, the display shows ----.

Instant energy economy:

The instant energy economy mode shows the instant energy economy via a moving bar graph.

When regenerated energy is being stored in the Li-ion battery while driving, the instant energy economy display will show the maximum value.

Instruments and controls 2-29

State of charge (%) Displays the vehicles current state of charge.

Average speed The average speed mode shows the average vehicle speed (mph or km/h) since the last reset. The average speed (mph or km/h) can be reset by pushing the switch B for longer than 1 second.

The display is updated every 30 seconds. For the first 30 seconds after a reset, the display shows ----.

Driving distance and elapsed time

Driving distance:

The driving distance mode shows the total distance (miles or km) the vehicle has been driven since the last reset. The distance can be reset by pushing the

switch B for longer than 1 second. (The elapsed time is also reset at the same time.)

Elapsed time:

The elapsed time mode shows the time since the last reset. The displayed time can be reset by pushing the switch B for longer than 1 second. (The driving distance is also reset at the same time.)

2-30 Instruments and controls

Settings

Settings cannot be accessed while driving. The message, Settings can only be ac- cessed when stationary is also displayed on the vehicle information display.

The switch A and switch B are used in the settings mode.

Push the switch B to scroll through the menus.

Push the switch A to select a menu.

Skip: Push the switch A to move to the warning check mode.

Push the switch B to select other menus.

Clock:

The clock can be adjusted in this menu.

Back

Select this submenu to return to the top page of the settings mode.

Set Clock

Adjust the time (hour and minute) of the clock.

For models without a center display, the day of the week can also be set to use it for the Climate Ctrl. Timer setting. For additional information, refer to Climate Ctrl. timer in the Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems section of this manual.

24/12Hr (24 hours or 12 hours)

Select either the 24-hour clock display or the 12-hour display.

Maintenance:

There are five submenus under the maintenance menu.

Back

Select this submenu to return to the top page of the settings mode.

Tire

Select this submenu to set or reset the dis- tance for replacement of the tires.

Other -1, -2 and -3

Select this submenu to set or reset the dis- tance for replaceable/maintenance items. Up to three other items can be monitored. Set other items if required.

Alarms:

The alarms menu can be set to notify the follow- ing items. There are three submenus under the alarms menu.

Back

Select this submenu to return to the top page of the settings mode.

Driver Alert

Select this submenu to set the driver alert period.

Instruments and controls 2-31

Outside temp

Select this submenu to display the low outside temperature (On or Off).

Units:

Units displayed can be set for the following items on this menu.

Back

Select this submenu to return to the top page of the settings mode.

Temperature

Speed

Language:

Select this submenu to choose the language displayed.

To return to the top page of the settings mode, select BACK.

Effects:

The start up sound can be selected or turned off from this menu.

Five submenus under the effects menu.

When a menu item is selected, the selected sound plays.

Back

Select this submenu to return to the top page of the settings mode.

Sound 1

Sound 2

Sound 3

Off

Factory settings:

Select this menu to reset all values to the factory default settings except for the odometer settings.

NOTE: When resetting to the factory settings, all previous settings made are restored to the default settings.

To return to the top page of the settings mode, select BACK.

Warning check Skip:

Push the switch A to move to the Esti- mated charge time display.

Push the switch B to select another menu.

Detail:

This item is available only when a warning is displayed.

Select this menu to see details of warnings.

2-32 Instruments and controls

WARNING INFORMATION DISPLAYS

Low battery warning When the low battery charge warning light and the master warning light (yellow) illu- minate, the system displays a message on the navigation system screen that warns the driver that the Li-ion battery power level is low.

1. The notification is displayed on the upper left side of the STATUS screen. Touch [Show] to display the screen showing detailed information.

2. The system displays a message screen and announces the contents of the message to warn that the Li-ion battery power level is low. Check the message displayed on the screen. Touch [Nearby Stations] to search all charg- ing stations that are located around the cur- rent vehicle position.

3. Touch [BACK] or push the MAP button to return to the vehicle location screen.

Instruments and controls 2-33

NOTE: The low battery warning can be set to off. Refer to LEAF Electric Vehicle Information System Owners Manual.

When the battery power level is low, the system automatically obtains charging station information.

Limited power warning When the Li-ion battery power level is extremely low or the Li-ion battery malfunctions, the power limitation indicator and the master warning light (yellow) illuminate in the meter and the system displays a message on the navigation system screen in order to inform the driver that power output is restricted.

1. The notification is displayed on the upper left side of the screen. Touch [Show] to display the screen showing detailed information.

2. The system displays a message screen and announces the contents of the message to warn that power output is restricted and in- form the driver of the reason for this occur- rence and what action is to be taken.

2-34 Instruments and controls

INDICATORS FOR MAINTENANCE

1. Tire replacement indicator This indicator appears when the customer set distance comes for replacing tires. You can set or reset the distance for replacing tires. For addi-

tional information, refer to Trip computer in this section.

WARNING

The tire replacement indicator is not a substitute for regular tire checks, includ- ing tire pressure checks. For additional information, refer to Changing wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do-it- yourself section of this manual. Many factors including tire inflation, alignment, driving habits and road conditions affect tire wear and when tires should be re- placed. Setting the tire replacement indi- cator for a certain driving distance does not mean your tires will last that long. Use the tire replacement indicator as a guide only and always perform regular tire checks. Failure to perform regular tire checks, including tire pressure checks could result in tire failure. Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to a collision, which could result in seri- ous personal injury or death.

2. 3. 4. Other indicators These indicators appear when the customer set distance comes for checking or replacing main- tenance items other than the tires. Other mainte- nance items can include such things as the tire rotation. You can set or reset the distance for checking or replacing the items. For additional information, refer to Trip computer in this sec- tion. For scheduled maintenance items and inter- vals, refer to the NISSAN Service and Mainte- nance Guide.

Instruments and controls 2-35

INDICATOR FOR TIMER When the power switch is turned off, this display appears for 10 seconds. If the switch is pushed within 10 seconds, the display can be selected and each setting information display can be confirmed.

1. Timer setting status (charging and Climate Ctrl.) and charge connector lock setting status The timer setting status (ON or OFF) of the charge and the climate control and the charge connector lock setting status (AUTO, LOCK or UNLOCK) can be checked.

2. Charging Timer setting confirmation The Charging Timer starting hours, minutes and days for the next charge time that has been set can be checked.

3. Charging time Displays the estimated time to charge the Li-ion battery to a full charge. When fully charged, the remaining charging time is displayed as --:--.

NOTE: Charging may finish sooner than the displayed charging time.

4. Climate Ctrl. Timer setting confirmation The set time for ending hours and days of the Climate Ctrl. Timer is displayed.

Your vehicle has two types of security systems, as follows:

Vehicle security system

NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System

The security status is shown by the security indi- cator light.

SECURITY SYSTEMS

2-36 Instruments and controls

VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM The vehicle security system provides visual and audio alarm signals if someone opens the doors, or rear hatch when the system is armed. It is not, however, a motion detection type system that activates when a vehicle is moved or when a vibration occurs.

The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannot prevent it, nor can it prevent the theft of interior or exterior vehicle components in all situations. Al- ways secure your vehicle even if parking for a brief period. Never leave your keys in the vehicle, and always lock it when it is left unattended. Be aware of your surroundings, and park in secure, well-lit areas whenever possible.

Many devices offering additional protection, such as component locks, identification markers, and tracking systems, are available at auto supply stores and specialty shops. A NISSAN certified LEAF dealer may also offer such equipment. Check with your insurance company to see if you may be eligible for discounts for various theft protection features.

How to arm the vehicle security system 1. Close all windows.

The system can be armed even if the windows are open.

2. Place the power switch in the LOCK or OFF position and remove the Intelligent Key from the vehicle.

3. Close all doors. Lock all doors. The doors can be locked with:

the LOCK button on the Intelligent Key

any request switch

the power door lock switch

the mechanical key

4. Confirm that the security indicator light illumi- nates. The security indicator light stays on for about 30 seconds. The vehicle security sys- tem is now pre-armed. After about 30 sec- onds the vehicle security system automati- cally shifts into the armed phase. The security light begins to flash once every approximately 3 seconds. If, during this 30-second pre-arm time period, the door is unlocked, or the power switch is placed in the ACC or ON position, the system will not arm.

Even when the driver and/or passengers are in the vehicle, the system will activate with all doors locked and the power switch in the OFF position. When placing the power switch to the ACC or ON position, the system will be released.

Vehicle security system activation The vehicle security system will give the following alarm:

The headlights blink and the horn sounds intermittently.

The alarm automatically turns off after approxi- mately 50 seconds. However, the alarm reacti- vates if the vehicle is tampered with again.

The alarm is activated by:

Unlocking the door without using the Intelligent Key, the request switch or the key. (Even if the door is opened by releasing the door inside lock knob, the alarm will activate.)

Opening the hood.

Instruments and controls 2-37

How to stop an activated alarm The alarm will stop when a door is unlocked by pushing the UNLOCK button on the Intel- ligent Key, door handle request switch or using the mechanical key, or when the power switch is pushed in the ACC or ON position.

If the system does not operate as described above, have it checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the power switch to be placed in the READY to drive position without the use of the registered key.

If the power switch fails to place the vehicle into the READY to drive position using the registered key, it may be due to interference caused by another registered key, an automated toll road device or automated payment device on the key ring. Restart the EV system using the following procedure:

1. Leave the power switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds.

2. Place the power switch in the OFF position and wait approximately 10 seconds.

3. Repeat step 1 and 2 again.

4. Place the power switch in the READY to drive position while holding the device (which may have caused the interference) separate from the registered key.

If this procedure allows the power switch to be placed in the READY to drive mode, NISSAN recommends placing the registered key on a separate key ring to avoid interference from other devices.

FCC Notice:

For USA:

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol- lowing two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference re- ceived, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

NOTE: Changes or modifications not expressly ap- proved by the party responsible for compli- ance could void the users authority to op- erate the equipment.

For Canada:

This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Opera- tion is subject to the following two condi- tions: (1) this device may not cause inter- ference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the de- vice.

2-38 Instruments and controls

Security Indicator Light The security indicator light is located on the me- ter panel. It indicates the status of the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System.

The light blinks after the power switch was in the ACC or OFF position. This function indicates the security systems equipped on the vehicle are operational.

If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is mal- functioning, this light will remain on while the power switch is in the ON position.

If the light still remains on and/or the power switch cannot be placed in the READY to drive position, have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this ser- vice as soon as possible. Please bring all registered keys that you have when visiting a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for service.

WARNING

In freezing temperatures the washer so- lution may freeze on the windshield and obscure your vision which may lead to an accident. Warm the windshield with the defroster before you wash the wind- shield.

CAUTION

Do not operate the washer continu- ously for more than 30 seconds.

Do not operate the washer if the windshield-washer fluid reservoir is empty.

Do not fill the windshield-washer fluid reservoir with windshield-washer fluid concentrates at full strength. Some methyl alcohol based windshield- washer fluid concentrates may perma- nently stain the grille if spilled while filling the windshield-washer fluid res- ervoir.

WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH

Instruments and controls 2-39

Pre-mix windshield-washer fluid con- centrates with water to the manufac- turers recommended levels before pouring the fluid into the windshield- washer fluid reservoir. Do not use the windshield-washer fluid reservoir to mix the windshield-washer fluid con- centrate and water.

NOTE: If the windshield wiper operation is inter- rupted by snow or ice, the wiper may stop moving to protect its motor. If this occurs, turn the wiper switch to the OFF position and remove the snow or ice that is on and around the wiper arms. In approximately 1 minute, turn the switch on again to oper- ate the wiper.

The windshield wiper and washer operates when the power switch is in the ON position.

Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the following speed:

1 Intermittent intermittent operation can be adjusted by turning the knob toward A (Slower) or B (Faster).

2 Low continuous low speed operation 3 High continuous high speed operation 4 MIST one sweep operation of the wiper

WASHER OPERATION To operate the washer, pull the lever toward the back of the vehicle 5 until the desired amount of windshield-washer fluid is spread on the wind- shield. The wiper will automatically operate sev- eral times.

Drip Wipe

A brief period of time after using the washer the wiper will perform a one sweep operation auto- matically to clear any remaining windshield- washer fluid from the windshield.

2-40 Instruments and controls

REAR WIPER OPERATION

WARNING

In freezing temperatures the windshield- washer fluid may freeze on the rear win- dow glass and obscure your vision. Warm the rear window with the defroster before you wash the rear window.

CAUTION

Do not operate the washer continu- ously for more than 30 seconds.

Do not operate the washer if the windshield-washer fluid reservoir is empty.

Do not fill the windshield-washer fluid reservoir with windshield-washer fluid concentrates at full strength. Some methyl alcohol based windshield- washer fluid concentrates may perma- nently stain the grille if spilled while filling the windshield-washer fluid res- ervoir.

Pre-mix windshield-washer fluid con- centrates with water to the manufac- turers recommended levels before pouring the fluid into the windshield- washer fluid reservoir. Do not use the windshield-washer fluid reservoir to mix the windshield-washer fluid con- centrate and water.

NOTE: If the rear window wiper operation is inter- rupted by snow etc., the wiper may stop moving to protect its motor. If this occurs, turn the wiper switch to the OFF position and remove the snow etc. on and around the wiper arms. After about 1 minute, turn the switch ON again to operate the wiper.

The rear window wiper and washer operate when the power switch is in the ON position.

Turn the switch clockwise from the OFF position to operate the wiper.

1 Intermittent (INT) intermittent operation (not adjustable)

2 Low (ON) continuous low speed operation

Push the switch forward 3 to operate the washer. Then the wiper will also operate several times.

Instruments and controls 2-41

To defrost the rear window glass and outside mirrors, place the power switch in the ON posi- tion and push the switch 1 on. The indicator light will illuminate. Push the switch again to turn the defroster off.

It will automatically turn off in approximately 15 minutes.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inner side of the rear window, be careful not to scratch or dam- age the rear window defroster.

The instrument brightness control switch can be operated when the power switch is in the ON position. When the switch is operated, the ve- hicle information display switches to the bright- ness adjustment mode.

Push the switch 1 to display the setting menu of the brightness control on the vehicle information display.

Push the 1 switch to move the bar to the + side. If the bar reaches the maximum brightness, a chime will sound. If the switch 1 is pushed again when the brightness is at the maximum setting, the instrument lights turn off.

Type A (if so equipped)

Type B (if so equipped)

REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR (IF SO EQUIPPED) DEFROSTER SWITCH

INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS CONTROL

2-42 Instruments and controls

If the switch 1 is pushed again, the instrument lights are turned on to the lowest brightness setting.

HEADLIGHT SWITCH

Lighting

1 Rotate the switch to the position, the front parking, tail, license plate, and instru- ment panel lights come on.

2 Rotate the switch to the position, the headlights come on and all the other lights remain on.

Autolight system (if so equipped) The autolight system allows the headlights to be set so they turn on and off automatically.

To set the autolight system:

1. Make sure the headlight switch is in the AUTO position 1 .

2. Place the power switch in the ON position.

3. The autolight system automatically turns the headlights on and off.

To turn the autolight system off, turn the switch to the OFF, or position.

HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

Instruments and controls 2-43

The autolight system can turn on the headlights automatically when it is dark and turn off the headlights when it is light.

For US models: The headlights will also be turned on automatically at twilight or in rainy weather (when the windshield wiper is operated continu- ously).

If the power switch is placed in the OFF position and one of the doors is opened and this condition continues, the headlights remain on for 45 sec- onds.

Automatic headlights off delay:

You can keep the headlights on for up to 180 seconds after you push the power switch to OFF and open any door then close all the doors.

You can adjust the period of the automatic head- lights off delay from 0 seconds (OFF) to 180 sec- onds. The factory default setting is 45 seconds.

For automatic headlights off delay setting, refer to the LEAF Navigation System Owners Manual (models with navigation system).

Be sure not to put anything on top of the photo sensor 1 located on the top of the instrument panel. The photo sensor con- trols the autolight; if it is covered, the photo sensor reacts as if it is dark and the head- lights will illuminate.

Headlight beam select

1 To select the low beam, have the lever in the neutral position as shown and rotate the switch to the desired position. For addi- tional information, refer to Headlight switch in this section.

2 To select the high beam, push the lever forward while the switch is in the position. The high beams will come on and the high beam indicator (blue) will illuminate. Pull it back to return to the low beam.

2-44 Instruments and controls

3 Pulling the lever toward you will flash the headlight high beam even when the head- light switch is in the OFF position.

Battery saver system When the headlight switch is in the or

position while the power switch is in the ON position, the lights will automatically turn off 45 seconds after the power switch has been placed in the OFF position.

When the headlight switch remains in the or position after the lights automatically turn off, the lights will turn on when the power switch is placed in the ON position.

CAUTION

When you turn on the headlight switch again after the lights automatically turn off, the lights will not turn off automati- cally. Be sure to turn the light switch to the OFF position when you leave the vehicle for extended periods of time, otherwise the battery will be discharged.

Never leave the light switch on when the power switch is in the OFF, ACC or ON position for extended periods of time even if the headlights turn off automatically.

Daytime running light system (for Canada) The daytime running lights automatically illumi- nate when the power switch is in the READY to drive position with the parking brake released. The daytime running lights operate with the head- light switch in the OFF position. Turn headlight switch to the position for full illumination when driving at night.

If the parking brake is applied before the power switch is in the READY to drive position, daytime running lights do not operate. The daytime run- ning lights illuminate once the parking brake is released. The daytime running lights will remain on until the power switch is pushed to the OFF position.

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

Turn signal

1 Move the lever up or down until it latches to signal the turning direction. When the turn is completed, the turn signal cancels automatically.

Lane change signal

2 Move the lever up or down until the turn signal begins to flash, but the lever does not latch, to signal a lane change. Hold the lever until the lane change is completed.

Instruments and controls 2-45

Move the lever up or down until the turn signal begins to flash, but the lever does not latch, and release the lever. The turn signal will automati- cally flash three times.

Choose the appropriate method to signal a lane change based on road and traffic conditions.

To turn the fog lights on, rotate the headlight switch to the position, then rotate the switch to the position. To turn them off, rotate the switch to the OFF position.

The headlights must be on for the fog lights to operate.

The heated steering wheel system is designed to operate only when the surface temperature of the steering wheel is below approximately 68F (20C).

Push the heated steering wheel switch to warm the steering wheel when the power switch is in the ON position. The indicator light 1 on the switch will illuminate.

FOG LIGHT SWITCH (IF SO EQUIPPED)

HEATED STEERING WHEEL SWITCH (IF SO EQUIPPED)

2-46 Instruments and controls

If the surface temperature of the steering wheel is below approximately 68F (20C), the system will heat the steering wheel and cycle off and on to maintain a temperature above 68F (20C). The indicator light will remain on as long as the sys- tem is on.

Push the switch again to turn the heated steering wheel system off manually. The indicator light turns off.

NOTE: If the surface temperature of the steering wheel is above 68F (20C) when the switch is turned on, the system will not heat the steering wheel. This is not a mal- function.

If the outside temperature is low (approxi- mately 50F (10C) or less) and the Climate Control Timer or Remote Climate Control are used, the steering wheel heater will automatically operate in the following conditions.

When using the Climate Control Timer: Operates from approximately 15 min- utes before the set departure time until the set departure time.

When using Remote Climate Control: Operates 15 minutes after Remote Cli- mate Control starts.

The heated steering wheel consumes less power than the heater and can be used to either help extend vehicle range by reduc- ing heater use or to maximize comfort by supplementing the heater.

To sound the horn, push the center pad area of the steering wheel.

WARNING

Do not disassemble the horn. Doing so could affect proper operation of the supplemental front air bag system. Tam- pering with the supplemental front air bag system may result in serious per- sonal injury.

HORN

Instruments and controls 2-47

To activate the ECO mode, push the ECO switch 1 on the right side of the steering wheel. The ECO indicator on the instrument cluster will illuminate.

To deactivate the ECO mode, push the ECO switch 1 again. The ECO indicator on the instrument cluster will go out.

For additional information, refer to Electric shift control system in the Starting and driving sec- tion of this manual

The front seats and the rear outboard seats (if so equipped) can be warmed by built-in heaters. The switches, located on the center console and at the side of the front passenger seatback, can be operated independently of each other.

1. Place the power switch in the ON position.

2. Push the LO or HI position of the switch, as desired, depending on the temperature. The indicator light in the switch will illuminate.

3. To turn off the heater, return the switch to the level position. Make sure the indicator light goes off.

Rear (if so equipped)

ECO SWITCH HEATED SEAT SWITCH

2-48 Instruments and controls

The heater is controlled by a thermostat, auto- matically turning the heater on and off. The indi- cator light will remain on as long as the switch is on.

When the vehicles interior is warmed, or before you leave the vehicle, be sure to turn the switch off.

NOTE: The heated seats consume less power than the heater and can be used to either help extend vehicle range by reducing heater use or to maximize comfort by supplement- ing the heater.

WARNING

Do not use or allow occupants to use the seat heater if you or the occupants can- not monitor elevated seat temperatures or have an inability to feel pain in those body parts in contact with the seat. Use of the seat heater by such people could re- sult in serious injury.

CAUTION

Do not use the seat heater for ex- tended periods or when no one is us- ing the seat.

Do not put anything on the seat which insulates heat, such as a blanket, cushion, seat cover, etc. Otherwise, the seat may become overheated.

Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar object. This may result in damage to the heater.

Any liquid spilled on the heated seat should be removed immediately with a dry cloth.

When cleaning the seat, never use gasoline, thinner, or any similar mate- rials.

If any malfunctions are found or the heated seat does not operate, turn the switch off and have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

The vehicle should be driven with the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system on for most driv- ing conditions.

If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, the VDC system reduces the traction motor output to re- duce wheel spin. The traction motor speed will be reduced even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor. If maximum traction motor power is needed to free a stuck vehicle, turn the VDC system off.

To turn off the VDC system, push the VDC OFF switch. The indicator will illuminate.

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC) OFF SWITCH

Instruments and controls 2-49

Push the VDC OFF switch again to turn on the VDC system, or the VDC is automatically turned back on when the power switch is placed in the OFF position and then placed back in the READY to drive position. For additional information, refer to Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system in the Starting and driving section of this manual.

To open the charge port lid, push the charge port lid switch. For additional information, refer to Charge port lid in the Pre-driving checks and adjustments section of this manual.

To lock or unlock the charge connector, push the charge connector lock switch. For additional in- formation, refer to Charge connector lock switch in the Charging section of this manual.

CHARGE PORT LID SWITCH CHARGE CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH

2-50 Instruments and controls

To turn off the charge timer, push the charge timer OFF switch. For additional information, re- fer to Charging timer in the Charging section of this manual.

The power outlet is located in the instrument panel.

CAUTION

The outlet and plug may be hot during or immediately after use.

Do not use with accessories that ex- ceed a 12-volt, 120W (10A) power draw.

Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory.

Use the power outlet with the power switch is in the ON or READY to drive position to avoid discharging the 12- volt battery.

Avoid using the power outlet when the air conditioner, headlights or rear win- dow defroster are on.

This power outlet is not designed for use with a cigarette lighter unit.

Push the plug in as far as it will go. If good contact is not made, the plug may overheat or the internal temperature fuse may open.

Before inserting or disconnecting a plug, make sure that the electrical ac- cessory being used is turned OFF.

When not in use, be sure to close the cap. Do not allow water to contact the outlet.

CHARGE TIMER OFF SWITCH POWER OUTLET

Instruments and controls 2-51

CUP HOLDERS

CAUTION

Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink. If the liquid is hot, it can scald you or your passenger.

Use only soft cups in the cup holder. Hard objects can injure you in an acci- dent.

CAUTION

Do not use the bottle holder for any other objects that could be thrown about in the vehicle and possibly injure people during sudden braking or an accident.

Do not use the bottle holder for open liquid containers.

STORAGE TRAYS

WARNING

Do not place sharp objects in the tray(s) to help prevent injury in an accident or

sudden stop.

Front Soft bottle holder Instrument panel

STORAGE

2-52 Instruments and controls

SEATBACK POCKET (IF SO EQUIPPED) The seatback pocket is located on the back of the passengers seat. The pocket can be used to store maps.

WARNING

To ensure proper operation of the pas- sengers NISSAN Advanced Air Bag Sys- tem, please observe the following items: Do not allow a passenger in the rear

seat to push or pull on the seatback pocket or head restraint.

Do not place heavy loads heavier than 2.2 lbs. (1 kg) on the seatback, head restraint, or in the seatback pocket.

Center console

Instruments and controls 2-53

OVERHEAD SUNGLASSES STORAGE To open the sunglasses holder, push and release. Only store one pair of sunglasses in the holder.

WARNING

Keep the sunglasses holder closed while driving to avoid obstructing the drivers view and to help prevent an accident.

CAUTION

Do not use for anything other than sunglasses.

Do not leave sunglasses in the sun- glasses holder while parking in direct sunlight. The heat may damage the sunglasses.

GLOVE BOX To open the glove box, pull the handle.

To close, push the lid in until it latches.

WARNING

Keep the glove box lid closed while driv- ing to prevent injury in case of an acci- dent or a sudden stop.

2-54 Instruments and controls

CONSOLE BOX To open the console box, pull up the lever A and pull up the lid. To close, push the lid down until it is latched.

TONNEAU COVER (IF SO EQUIPPED)

WARNING

Never put anything on the tonneau cover, no matter how small. Any object on it could cause an injury in an acci- dent or sudden stop.

Do not leave the tonneau cover in the vehicle with it disengaged from the holder.

Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting. Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks. In a sudden stop or collision, unsecured cargo could cause personal injury.

Properly secure cargo and do not allow it to contact the top tether strap when it is attached to the top tether anchor. Cargo that is not properly secured or cargo that contacts the top tether strap may damage the top tether strap dur- ing a collision. If the cargo cover con- tacts the top tether strap when it is attached to the top tether anchor, re- move the cargo cover from the vehicle or secure it on the cargo floor below its attachment location. If the cargo cover is not removed, it may damage the top tether strap during a collision. Your child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the child restraint top tether strap is damaged.

The tonneau cover keeps the luggage compart- ment contents hidden from the outside.

To remove the tonneau cover:

1. Remove the straps from the rear hatch.

2. Pull up the tonneau cover.

3. Remove the tonneau cover holders from the rear pillar.

Instruments and controls 2-55

4. Slide down the tonneau cover along the rear seat back.

5. Remove the tonneau cover by pulling either the left or right side backward away from the pillar.

STOWING GOLF BAGS Normally, two standard golf bags can be stowed in the cargo area. Insert the top of the golf bag into the right side of the cargo area 1 then rotate the bag backward 2 . Insert the top of the sec- ond golf bag into right side of the cargo area 3 and stow the bottom of golf bag forward all the way 4 .

In some cases, you may not be able to stow two golf bags in your vehicle, depending on their sizes or types.

POWER WINDOWS

WARNING

Make sure that all passengers have their hands, etc. inside the vehicle while it is in motion and before closing the windows. Use the window lock switch to prevent unexpected use of the power windows.

To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended operation of the vehicle or its systems, including en- trapment in windows or inadvertent door lock activation, do not leave chil- dren, people who require the assis- tance of others, or pets unattended in your vehicle. Additionally, the tem- perature inside a closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly become high enough to cause a significant risk of injury or death to people and pets.

The power windows operate when the power switch is in the ON position, or for about 45 sec- onds after the power switch is placed in the OFF position. If the drivers or front passengers door is opened during this period of about 45 sec- onds, power to the windows is canceled.

WINDOWS

2-56 Instruments and controls

Main power window switch (drivers side)

1. Driver side window 2. Front passenger side window 3. Rear left passenger side window 4. Rear right passenger side window 5. Window lock button

To open or close a window, push down A or pull up B the corresponding switch and hold it. The main switches, on the drivers side, will open or close all the windows.

Locking passengers windows When the lock button C is pushed in, only the driver side window can be opened or closed. Push it in again to cancel.

Passenger side power window switch The passengers side power window switch will open or close only the corresponding window. To open or close the window, push down or pull up the switch and hold it.

Instruments and controls 2-57

Automatic operation The automatic operation is available for the switch that has an mark on its surface.

To fully open or close the window, completely push down or pull up the switch and release it; the switch need not be held. The window will automatically open or close all the way. To stop the window, just push or lift the switch in the opposite direction.

A light push or pull on the switch will cause the window to open or close until the switch is re- leased.

Auto-reverse function

WARNING

There are some small distances immedi- ately before the closed position which cannot be detected. Make sure that all passengers have their hands, etc., inside the vehicle before closing the window.

If the control unit detects something caught in the window as it is closing, the window will be imme- diately lowered.

The auto reverse function can be activated when the window is closed by automatic operation when the power switch is in the ON position or for 45 seconds after the power switch is placed in the OFF position.

Depending on the environment or driving conditions, the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the window oc- curs.

If the windows do not close automatically If the power window automatic function (closing only) does not operate properly, perform the fol- lowing procedure to initialize the power window system.

1. Place the power switch in the ON position.

2. Close the door.

3. Open the window completely by operating the power window switch.

4. Pull the power window switch and hold it to close the window, and then hold the switch more than 3 seconds after the window is closed completely.

5. Release the power window switch. Operate the window by the automatic function to con- firm the initialization is complete.

If the power window automatic function does not operate properly after performing the procedure above, have your vehicle serviced. It is recom- mended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

2-58 Instruments and controls

CAUTION

Do not use for extended periods of time with the power switch in the OFF posi- tion. This could result in a discharged 12-volt battery.

MAP LIGHTS Press the button to turn the map lights on. To turn them off, press the button again.

ROOM LIGHT The room light switch has three positions: ON, DOOR and OFF.

ON position When the switch is in the ON position 1 , the ceiling light will illuminate.

INTERIOR LIGHTS

Instruments and controls 2-59

DOOR position When the switch is in the DOOR position 2 , the ceiling light will illuminate under the following conditions:

the power switch is placed in the LOCK position remains on for about 15 seconds.

doors are unlocked by pushing the UNLOCK button or the request switch, with the

power switch in the LOCK position remains on for about 15 seconds.

any door is opened and then closed with the power switch in the LOCK position

remains on for about 15 seconds.

any door is opened while the power switch in the ACC or ON position

remains on while the door is opened. When the door is closed, the light turns off.

The light will automatically turn off after 10 minutes when the light remains illumi- nated to prevent the battery from becoming discharged.

OFF position When the switch is in the OFF position 3 , the ceiling light will not illuminate, regardless of the condition.

CARGO LIGHT The light illuminates when the rear hatch is opened. When the rear hatch is closed, the light goes off. For additional information, refer to Ex- terior and interior lights in the Maintenance and do-it-yourself section of this manual.

The HomeLink Universal Transceiver provides a convenient way to consolidate the functions of up to three individual hand-held transmitters into one built-in device.

HomeLink Universal Transceiver:

Will operate most Radio Frequency (RF) de- vices such as garage doors, gates, home and office lighting, entry door locks and security systems.

Is powered by the vehicles 12-volt battery. No separate batteries are required. If the vehicles 12-volt battery is discharged or is discon- nected, HomeLink will retain all programming.

Once the HomeLink Universal Trans- ceiver is programmed, retain the original transmitter for future programming proce- dures (for example, new vehicle pur- chases). Upon sale of the vehicle, the pro- grammed HomeLink Universal Transceiver buttons should be erased for security purposes. For additional informa- tion, refer to Programming HomeLinkin this section.

HOMELINK UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER (IF SO EQUIPPED)

2-60 Instruments and controls

WARNING

Do not use the HomeLink Universal Transceiver with any garage door opener that lacks safety stop and re- verse features as required by federal safety standards. (These standards be- came effective for opener models manufactured after April 1, 1982.) A garage door opener that cannot detect an object in the path of a closing ga- rage door and then automatically stop and reverse, does not meet current federal safety standards. Using a ga- rage door opener without these fea- tures increases the risk of serious in- jury or death.

During the programming procedure, your garage door or security gate will open or close (if the transmitter is within range). Make sure that people or objects are clear of the garage door, gate, etc. that you are programming.

Place the power switch in the ACC or ON position while programming the HomeLink Universal Transceiver.

PROGRAMMING HOMELINK If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink buttons, refer to the HomeLink web site at: www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515.

NOTE: Place the power switch in the ACC position when programming HomeLink. It is also recommended that a new battery be placed in the hand-held transmitter of the device being programmed to HomeLink for quicker programming and accurate trans- mission of the radio-frequency.

1. Position the end of your hand-held transmitter 13 inches (28 cm) away from the HomeLink surface, keeping the HomeLink indicator light 1 in view.

2. Using both hands, simultaneously press and hold the desired HomeLink button and handheld transmitter button. DO NOT release until the HomeLink indicator light 1 flashes slowly and then rapidly. When the indicator light flashes rapidly, both buttons may be re- leased. (The rapid flashing indicates success- ful programming.)

NOTE: Some devices may require you to re- place Step 2 with the cycling procedure noted in the Programing HomeLink for Canadian customers and gate open- ers section.

Instruments and controls 2-61

3. Press and hold the programmed HomeLink button and observe the indicator light.

If the indicator light 1 is solid/ continuous, programming is complete and your device should activate when the HomeLink button is pressed and released.

If the indicator light 1 blinks rapidly for two seconds and then turns to a solid/ continuous light, continue with Steps 4-6 for a rolling code device. A second per- son may make the following steps easier. Please use a ladder or other device. Do not stand on your vehicle to perform the next steps.

4. At the receiver located on the garage door opener motor in the garage, locate the learn or smart button (the name and color of the button may vary by manufacturer but it is usually located near where the hanging an- tenna wire is attached to the unit). If there is difficulty locating the button, reference the garage door openers manual.

5. Press and release the learn or smart button.

6. Return to the vehicle and firmly press and hold the trained HomeLink button for two sec- onds and release. Repeat the press/hold/ release sequence up to three times to com- plete the training process. HomeLink should now activate your rolling code equipped device.

7. If you have any questions or are having diffi- culty programming your HomeLink buttons, refer to the HomeLink web site at: www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515.

PROGRAMMING HOMELINK FOR CANADIAN CUSTOMERS AND GATE OPENERS Canadian radio-frequency laws require transmit- ter signals to time-out (or quit) after several seconds of transmission which may not be long enough for HomeLink to pick up the signal during training. Similar to this Canadian law, some U.S. gate operators are designed to tim- eout in the same manner.

If you live in Canada or you are having difficulties training a gate operator or garage door opener by using the Training procedures, replace Pro- gramming HomeLink Step 2 with the follow- ing:

NOTE: When programming a garage door opener, etc., unplug the device during the cycling process to prevent possible damage to the garage door opener components.

1. Refer to Programing HomeLink step 1 in this section.

2. Using both hands, simultaneously press and hold the desired HomeLink button and the hand-held transmitter button. During training, your hand-held transmitter may automatically

2-62 Instruments and controls

stop transmitting. Continue to press and hold the desired HomeLink button while you press and re-press (cycle) your hand-held transmitter every two seconds until the fre- quency signal has been learned. The HomeLink indicator light will flash slowly and then rapidly after several seconds upon successful training. DO NOT release until the HomeLink indicator light flashes slowly and then rapidly. When the indicator light flashes rapidly, both buttons may be released. The rapid flashing indicates successful training.

Proceed with Programming HomeLink step 3 to complete.

If the device was unplugged during the program- ming procedure, remember to plug it back in when programming is completed.

OPERATING THE HOMELINK UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER The HomeLink Universal Transceiver, after it is programmed, can be used to activate the pro- grammed device. To operate, simply press and release the appropriate programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver button. The amber indicator light will illuminate while the sig- nal is being transmitted.

For convenience, the hand-held transmitter of the device may also be used at any time.

PROGRAMMING TROUBLE- DIAGNOSIS If HomeLink does not quickly learn the hand- held transmitter information, perform the follow- ing steps.

Replace the hand-held transmitter batteries with new batteries.

Position the hand-held transmitter with its bat- tery area facing away from the HomeLink surface.

Push and hold both the HomeLink and hand- held transmitter buttons without interruption.

Position the hand-held transmitter 1 to 3 inches (2 to 8 cm) away from the HomeLink surface. Hold the transmitter in that position for up to 15 seconds. If HomeLink is not programmed within that time, try holding the transmitter in another position while keeping the indicator light in view at all times.

If you continue to have programming difficulties, please contact the NISSAN Consumer Affairs Department. The phone numbers are located in the Foreword of this Owners Manual.

CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED INFORMATION The following procedure clears the programmed information from both buttons. Individual buttons cannot be cleared. However, individual buttons can be reprogrammed. For additional informa- tion, refer to Reprogramming a single HomeLink button in this section.

To clear all programming:

1. Press and hold the two outer HomeLink buttons until the indicator light begins to flash in approximately 10 seconds. Do not hold for longer than 20 seconds.

2. Release both buttons.

HomeLink is now in the programming mode and can be programmed at any time beginning with Programming HomeLink - Step 1.

Instruments and controls 2-63

REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE HOMELINK BUTTON To reprogram a HomeLink Universal Trans- ceiver button, complete the following:

1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink but- ton. DO NOT release the button.

2. The indicator light will begin to flash after 20 seconds. Without releasing the HomeLink button, proceed with Program- ming HomeLink - Step 1.

For questions or comments, contact HomeLink at: www.homelink.com or 18003553515.

The HomeLink Universal Transceiver button has now been reprogrammed. The new device can be activated by pushing the HomeLink button that was just programmed. This procedure will not affect any other programmed HomeLink buttons.

IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN If your vehicle is stolen, you should change the codes of any non-rolling code device that has been programmed into HomeLink. Consult the Owners Manual of each device or call the manu- facturer or dealer of those devices for additional information.

When your vehicle is recovered, you will need to reprogram the HomeLink Univer- sal Transceiver with your new transmitter information.

FCC notice:

For USA:

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol- lowing two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference re- ceived, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

NOTE: Changes or modifications not expressly ap- proved by the party responsible for compli- ance could void the users authority to op- erate the equipment.

For Canada:

This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Opera- tion is subject to the following two condi- tions: (1) this device may not cause inter- ference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

2-64 Instruments and controls

3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Keys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2 NISSAN Intelligent Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys. . . . . . .3-3

Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4 Locking with mechanical key (drivers side only) . . .3-4 Locking with inside lock knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5 Locking with power door lock switch. . . . . . . . . .3-5 Automatic door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6 Child safety rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6

NISSAN Intelligent Key system . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6 NISSAN Intelligent Key operating range of the door lock/unlock function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-8 Door locks/unlocks precaution . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-9 NISSAN Intelligent Key operation . . . . . . . . . .3-9 12-volt battery saver system . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-11 Warning signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-11 Troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-12 How to use remote keyless entry function . . . . . .3-13

Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-17 Rear hatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-18

Secondary rear hatch release . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19 Charge port lid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19

Opening charge port lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19 Charge port cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-20

Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-21 Tilt operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-21

Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-22 Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-22 Card holder (Drivers side only) . . . . . . . . . . . .3-23

Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-23 Inside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-23 Manual anti-glare rearview mirror (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-23 Automatic anti-glare type (if so equipped) . . . . . .3-24 Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-25

A key number plate is supplied with your keys. Record the key number and keep it in a safe place (such as your wallet), not in the vehicle. If you lose your keys, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for duplicates by using the key number. NISSAN does not record any key numbers so it is very important to keep track of your key number plate.

A key number is only necessary when you have lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate from. If you still have a key, it can be duplicated without knowing the key number.

NOTE: Do not leave the keys inside the vehicle when leaving the vehicle.

NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY

1. Intelligent Key (two sets) 2. Mechanical key (inside Intelligent Key) 3. Key number plate (one plate)

Your vehicle can only be driven with the Intelligent Keys which are registered to your vehicles Intel- ligent Key system components and NISSAN Ve- hicle Immobilizer System components.

As many as four Intelligent Keys can be regis- tered and used with one vehicle. The new keys must be registered by a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer prior to use with the Intelligent Key system and NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System of your

vehicle. Since the registration process requires erasing all memory in the Intelligent Key compo- nents when registering new keys, be sure to take all Intelligent Keys that you have to the NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.

CAUTION

Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when driving. The Intelligent Key is a precision device with a built-in transmit- ter. To avoid damaging it, please note the following. The Intelligent Key is water resistant;

however, wetting may damage the In- telligent Key. If the Intelligent Key gets wet, immediately wipe until it is com- pletely dry.

Do not bend, drop or strike it against another object.

If the outside temperature is below 14F (-10C) degrees, the battery of the Intelligent Key may not function prop- erly.

Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in a place where tem- peratures exceed 140F (60C).

Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key.

Do not use a magnet key holder.

KEYS

3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Do not place the Intelligent Key near an electric appliance such as a televi- sion set, personal computer or cellular phone.

Do not allow the Intelligent Key to come into contact with water or salt water, and do not wash it in a washing machine. This could affect the system function.

If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelligent Key. This will pre- vent the Intelligent Key from unauthor- ized use to unlock the vehicle. For infor- mation regarding the erasing procedure, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.

Mechanical key To remove the mechanical key, release the lock knob at the back of the Intelligent Key.

To install the mechanical key, firmly insert it into the Intelligent Key until the lock knob returns to the lock position.

Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock the doors. For additional information, refer to Doors in this section.

CAUTION

Always carry the mechanical key in- stalled in the Intelligent Key.

NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM KEYS You can only drive your vehicle using the master keys which are registered to the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System components in your vehicle. These keys have a transponder chip in the key head.

The master key can be used for all the locks.

To protect belongings when you leave a key with someone, give them the Intelligent Key only, not the mechanical key.

Never leave these keys in the vehicle.

Additional or replacement keys:

If you still have a key, the key number is not necessary when you need extra NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys. A NISSAN certified LEAF dealer can duplicate your existing key. As many as four NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Sys- tem keys can be used with one vehicle. You should bring all NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Sys- tem keys that you have to the NISSAN certified

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3

LEAF dealer for registration. This is because the registration process will erase the memory of all key codes previously registered into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System. After the registration process, these components will only recognize keys coded into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System during registration. Any key that is not given to the dealer at the time of registration will no longer be able to start your vehicle.

CAUTION

Do not allow the immobilizer system key, which contains an electrical transponder, to come into contact with water or salt water. This could affect system function.

WARNING

Always have the doors locked while driving. Along with the use of seat belts, this provides greater safety in the event of an accident by helping to prevent persons from being thrown from the vehicle. This also helps keep children and others from unintention- ally opening the doors, and will help keep out intruders.

Before opening any door, always look for and avoid oncoming traffic.

To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended operation of the vehicle and or its systems, including entrapment in windows or inadvertent door lock activation, do not leave chil- dren, people who require the assis- tance of others or pets unattended in your vehicle. Additionally, the tem- perature inside a closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly become high enough to cause a significant risk of injury or death to people and pets.

When the doors are locked using one of the following methods, the doors cannot be opened using the inside or outside door handles. The doors must be unlocked to open the doors.

LOCKING WITH MECHANICAL KEY (DRIVERS SIDE ONLY) The power door lock system allows you to lock or unlock all doors simultaneously using the me- chanical key.

Turning the drivers door key cylinder towards the front of the vehicle 1 will lock all doors and the rear hatch.

DOORS

3-4 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Turning the drivers door key cylinder, once to- wards the rear of the vehicle 2 , will unlock the drivers door. After returning the key to the neu- tral position, turning it towards the rear again within five seconds will unlock all doors and the rear hatch.

For models equipped with navigation, you can switch the lock system to the mode that allows you to open all the doors when the key is turned once. For additional information, refer to the LEAF Navigation System Owners Manual.

LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB To lock the door without the key, move the inside lock knob to the lock position 1 then close the door.

To unlock, move the inside lock knob to the unlock position 2 .

When locking the door without a key, be sure not to leave the key inside the vehicle.

LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH Operating the power door lock switch will lock or unlock all the doors. The switches are located on the drivers and front passengers door armrests.

To lock the doors, push the power door lock switch to the lock position 1 with the drivers or front passengers door open, then close the door.

When locking the door this way, be sure not to leave the key inside the vehicle.

To unlock the doors, push the power door lock switch to the unlock position 2 .

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-5

Lockout protection When the power door lock switch is moved to the lock position while any door is open, all doors will unlock automatically and a chime will sound after the door is closed.

This function help to prevent the Intelligent Key from being accidentally locked inside the vehicle.

AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS All doors lock automatically when the vehicle

speed reaches 15 mph (24 km/h).

All doors unlock automatically when the power switch is placed in the OFF position. CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK

Child safety rear door locks help prevent the rear doors from being opened accidentally, especially when small children are in the vehicle.

When the levers are in the lock position 1 , the rear doors can be opened only from the outside.

To disengage, move the levers to the unlock position 2 .

WARNING

Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment. Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manu- facturer for the possible influences be- fore use.

The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves when the buttons are pressed. The FAA advises that the radio waves may affect aircraft navigation and communication systems. Do not oper- ate the Intelligent Key while on an air- plane. Make sure the buttons are not operated unintentionally when the unit is stored during a flight.

The Intelligent Key system can operate all the door and the rear hatch locks by using the remote control function or pushing the request switch on the vehicle without taking the key out from a pocket or purse. The operating environment and/or conditions may affect the Intelligent Key system operation.

Be sure to read the following items before using the Intelligent Key system.

NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

3-6 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

CAUTION

Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when operating the vehicle.

Never leave the Intelligent Key in the vehicle when you leave the vehicle.

The Intelligent Key is always communicating with the vehicle because it receives radio waves. The Intelligent Key system transmits weak radio waves. Environmental conditions may interfere with the operation of the Intelligent Key system under the following operating conditions.

When operating near a location where strong radio waves are transmitted, such as a TV tower, power station or broadcasting station.

When in possession of wireless equipment, such as a cellular phone, transceiver or a CB radio.

When the Intelligent Key is in contact with or covered by metallic materials.

When any type of radio wave remote control is used nearby.

When the Intelligent Key is placed near an elec- tric appliance such as a personal computer.

When the vehicle is parked near a parking meter.

In such cases, correct the operating conditions before using the Intelligent Key function or use the mechanical key.

Although the life of the battery varies depending on the operating conditions, the batterys life is approximately two years. If the battery is dis- charged, replace it with a new one.

When the Intelligent Key battery is almost dis- charged, firmly apply the foot brake and touch the power switch with the Intelligent Key. Then push the power switch while depressing the brake pedal within 10 seconds after the chime sound.

Since the Intelligent Key is continuously receiving radio waves, if the key is left near equipment that transmits strong radio waves, such as signals from a TV or personal computer, the battery life may become shorter.

For additional information, refer to NISSAN In- telligent Key battery replacement in the Main- tenance and do-it-yourself section of this manual.

Pay special attention that the vehicle battery is not completely discharged.

As many as four Intelligent Keys can be regis- tered and used with one vehicle. For information about the purchase and use of additional Intelli-

gent Keys, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.

CAUTION

Do not allow the Intelligent Key, which contains electrical components, to come into contact with water or salt water. This could affect the functioning of the system.

Do not drop the Intelligent Key. Do not strike the Intelligent Key

sharply against another object. Do not change or modify the Intelligent

Key. The Intelligent Key may be damaged if

it gets wet. If the Intelligent Key gets wet, immediately wipe until it is com- pletely dry.

If the outside temperature is below 14F (10C), the battery of the Intelli- gent Key may not function properly.

Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in an area where tem- peratures exceed 140F (60C).

Do not attach the Intelligent Key to a key holder that contains a magnet.

Do not place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a magnetic field, such as a TV, audio equipment, personal computer or cellular phone.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-7

If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelli- gent Key from the vehicle. This may prevent the unauthorized use of the Intelligent Key to operate the vehicle. For additional information, it is rec- ommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.

The Intelligent Key function can be disabled. For additional information, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.

NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATING RANGE OF THE DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK FUNCTION The Intelligent Key functions can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range from the request switch 1 .

When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged or strong radio waves are present near the operat- ing location, the Intelligent Key systems operat- ing range becomes narrower, and the Intelligent Key may not function properly.

The operating range is within 31.50 in (80 cm) from each request switch 1 .

If the Intelligent Key is too close to the door glass, handle or rear bumper, the request switches may not function.

When the Intelligent Key is within the operating range, it is possible for anyone who does not carry the Intelligent Key to push the request switch to lock/unlock the doors including the rear hatch.

3-8 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

DOOR LOCKS/UNLOCKS PRECAUTION Do not push the door handle request switch

with the Intelligent Key held in your hand as illustrated. The close distance to the door handle will cause the Intelligent Key system to have difficulty recognizing that the Intelligent Key is outside the vehicle.

After locking with the door handle request switch, verify the doors are securely locked by testing them.

To prevent the Intelligent Key from being left inside the vehicle, make sure you carry the key with you and then lock the doors.

Do not pull the door handle before pushing the door handle request switch. The door will be unlocked but will not open. Release the door handle once and pull it again to open the door.

NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATION

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-9

You can lock or unlock the doors without taking the key out from your pocket or bag.

When you carry the Intelligent Key with you, you can lock or unlock all doors by pushing the door handle request switch (drivers or front passen- gers) A or rear hatch request switch B within the range of operation.

When you lock or unlock the doors or the rear hatch, the hazard indicator will flash and the horn (or the outside chime) will sound as a confirma- tion. For additional information, refer to Hazard warning flasher switch in the In case of emer- gency section of this manual and Horn in the Instruments and controlssection of this manual.

Locking doors 1. Push the power switch into the OFF position

and make sure you carry the Intelligent Key with you.

2. Close all the doors and the rear hatch.

3. Push the door handle request switch (drivers or front passengers) A or the rear hatch request switch B while carrying the Intelli- gent Key with you.*1

4. All the doors and the rear hatch will lock.

5. The hazard indicator flashes twice and the outside chime sounds twice.

*1: Doors will not lock by pushing the door handle request switch when the Intelligent Key is left inside the vehicle. A chime sounds to alert that the Intelligent Key is in the vehicle. However, when an Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle, doors can be locked with another registered In- telligent Key.

CAUTION

After locking the door using the re- quest switch, make sure that the doors have been securely locked by operat- ing the door handles.

When locking the doors using the re- quest switch, make sure to have the Intelligent Key in your possession be- fore operating the request switch to prevent the Intelligent Key from being left in the vehicle.

The request switch is operational only when the Intelligent Key has been de- tected by the Intelligent Key system.

Unlocking doors 1. Push the door handle request switch A or

the rear hatch request switch B once while carrying the Intelligent Key with you.

2. The hazard indicator flashes once and the outside chime sounds once. The correspond- ing door or the rear hatch will unlock.

3. Push the door handle request or the rear hatch request switch again within one minute.

4. The hazard indicator flashes once and the outside chime sounds once again. All the doors and the rear hatch will unlock.

3-10 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within one minute after pushing the request switch while the doors are locked.

Opening any door.

Pushing the power switch.

During this one minute time period, if the UN- LOCK button on the Intelligent Key is pressed, all doors will be locked automatically after another one minute.

Opening rear hatch 1. Carry the Intelligent Key.

2. Push the rear hatch opener switch C .

3. The rear hatch will unlock and open.

12-VOLT BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM When all the following conditions are met for a period of time, the battery saver system will cut off the power supply to prevent 12-volt battery discharge.

The power switch is in the ACC or ON position,

All doors are closed, and

The vehicle is in the P (Park) position.

WARNING SIGNALS To help prevent the vehicle from moving unex- pectedly by erroneous operation of the Intelligent Key listed on the following chart or to help pre- vent the vehicle from being stolen, chime or beep sounds inside and outside the vehicle and a warning displays in the vehicle information dis- play.

When a chime or beep sounds or the warning displays, be sure to check the vehicle and Intelli- gent Key.

For additional information, refer to the Trouble- shooting guide in this section and Vehicle infor- mation display in the Instruments and controls section of this manual.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-11

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE Verify the location of all Intelligent Keys that are programmed for the vehicle. If another Intelligent Key is in range or inside the vehicle, the vehicle system may respond differently than expected.

Symptom Possible cause Action to take

When opening the drivers door to get out of the vehicle The inside warning chime sounds continuously.

The power switch is pushed to the OFF po- sition while the drivers door is open. Close the drivers door.

The power switch is in the ACC position. Push the power switch to the OFF position then close the drivers door.

When closing the door after getting out of the vehicle

The Key is not detected warning appears on the display, the outside chime sounds three times and the inside warning chime sounds for a few sec- onds.

The power switch is in the ACC or ON posi- tion. Push the power switch to the OFF position.

The outside chime sounds continuously.

The power switch is in the ACC or OFF position, the electric shift control system has malfunctioned and the vehicle cannot be placed in the P (Park) position when the parking brake is not applied.

Make sure the parking brake is applied.

When closing the door with the in- side lock knob turned to LOCK

The outside chime sounds for a few seconds and all the doors unlock.

The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle or cargo area. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

When pushing the request switch or the LOCK button on the Intelligent Key to lock the door

The outside chime sounds for a few seconds. The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle or a cargo area. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

When pushing the power switch in the READY to drive position

The Intelligent Key battery discharge indicator ap- pears on the display. The Intelligent Key battery charge is low.

Replace the battery with a new one. For addi- tional information, refer to NISSAN Intelligent Key battery replacement in the Maintenance and do-it-yourself section of this manual.

The Key is not detected warning appears on the display and the inside warning chime sounds for a few seconds.

The Intelligent Key is not in the vehicle. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

When pushing the power switch The Intelligent Key system warning indicator ap- pears on the display.

It warns of a malfunction with the Intelligent Key system.

It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certi- fied LEAF dealer.

3-12 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION

WARNING

Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment. Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manu- facturer for the possible influences be- fore use.

The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves when the buttons are pressed. The FAA advises that the radio waves may affect aircraft navigation and communication systems. Do not oper- ate the Intelligent Key while on an air- plane. Make sure the buttons are not operated unintentionally when the unit is stored during a flight.

CAUTION

Do not allow the Intelligent Key, which contains electrical components, to come into contact with water or salt water. This could affect the system function.

Do not drop the Intelligent Key. Do not strike the Intelligent Key

sharply against another object. Do not change or modify the Intelligent

Key. Wetting may damage the Intelligent

Key. If the Intelligent Key gets wet, immediately wipe until it is completely dry.

Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in an area where tem- peratures exceed 140F (60C).

Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a key holder that contains a magnet.

Do not place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a magnetic field, such as a TV, audio equipment, personal computers or cellular phone.

The remote keyless entry function can operate all door locks using the remote keyless entry func- tion of the Intelligent Key. The remote keyless entry function can operate at a distance of ap- proximately 33 ft (10 m) from the vehicle. The operating distance depends upon the conditions around the vehicle.

The remote keyless entry function will not oper- ate:

When the Intelligent Key is not within the opera- tional range.

When the doors are open or not closed securely.

When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged.

CAUTION

When locking the doors using the Intelli- gent Key, be sure not to leave the key in the vehicle.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-13

Locking doors

1 LOCK button 2 UNLOCK button 3 CHARGE PORT UNLOCK 4 PANIC button

When you lock or unlock the doors, the hazard indicator will flash and the horn will sound as a confirmation. For additional information, refer to Hazard warning flasher switch in the In case of emergency section and Horn in the Instru- ments and controls sections of this manual.

1. Push the power switch to the OFF position and make sure you carry the Intelligent Key with you.

2. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

3. Close all the doors.

4. Press the LOCK button 1 on the Intelligent Key.

5. All the doors and the rear hatch will lock.

6. The hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once.

Operate the door handles to confirm that the doors have been securely locked.

Unlocking doors 1. Press the UNLOCK button 2 on the

Intelligent Key once.

2. The hazard indicator flashes once. The driv- ers door will unlock.

3. Press the UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key again within one minute.

4. The hazard indicator flashes once again. All the doors and the rear hatch will unlock.

All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within one minute after pressing the UNLOCK button while the doors are locked.

Opening any door (including the rear hatch).

Pushing the power switch.

During this one minute time period, if the UN- LOCK button on the Intelligent Key is pressed, all doors will be locked automatically after another one minute.

Opening charge port lid The charge port lid may be opened by pressing and holding the charge port unlock button 3 .

For additional information, refer to Opening charge port lid in this section.

3-14 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Using panic alarm If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened, you may activate the alarm to call attention as follows:

1. Push the PANIC button 4 on the Intelligent Key for more than 1 second.

2. The theft warning alarm and headlights will stay on for a period of time.

3. The panic alarm stops when:

It has run for a period of time, or

Any of the buttons on the Intelligent Key is pushed. (Note: The PANIC button must be pushed for more than 1 second.)

Setting hazard indicator and horn mode This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and horn mode when you first receive the vehicle.

In hazard indicator and horn mode, when the LOCK button 1 is pressed, the hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once. When the UNLOCK button 2 is pressed, the hazard indicator flashes once.

If horns are not necessary, the system can be switched to the hazard indicator mode.

In hazard indicator mode, when the LOCK button is pressed, the hazard indicator flashes twice. When the UNLOCK button is pressed, neither the hazard indicator nor the horn operates.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-15

Hazard indicator and horn mode: Operation DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK

Pushing door handle request switch or rear hatch request switch

HAZARD - twice OUTSIDE CHIME - twice

HAZARD - once OUTSIDE CHIME - once

Pressing or button HAZARD - twice HORN - once

HAZARD - once HORN - none

Hazard indicator mode: Operation DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK

Pushing door handle request switch or rear hatch request switch

HAZARD - twice OUTSIDE CHIME - none

HAZARD - none OUTSIDE CHIME - none

Pressing or button HAZARD - twice HORN - none

HAZARD - none HORN - none

Switching procedure:

To switch the hazard indicator and horn (chime) operation, press the LOCK 1 and UN- LOCK 2 buttons on the Intelligent Key simultaneously for more than two seconds.

When the hazard indicator mode is set, the hazard indicator flashes three times.

When the hazard indicator and horn mode is set, the hazard indicator flashes once and the horn chirps once.

3-16 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

WARNING

Make sure that the hood is completely closed and latched before driving. Fail- ure to do so could cause the hood to open during driving and result in an accident.

If steam or smoke is emitting from the motor compartment, do not open the hood. Doing so could cause an injury.

When opening the hood:

1. Securely close the charge port door.

2. Pull the hood lock release handle 1 located below the instrument panel. The hood will then spring up slightly.

3. Locate the lever 2 in between the hood and charge port lid, and push the lever upward with your fingertips.

4. Raise the hood 3 .

5. Remove the support rod 4 from the hood and insert it into the slot 5 .

Hold the coated part A when removing or resetting the support rod. Avoid direct con- tact with the metal parts because they may be hot immediately after the EV system has been stopped.

When closing the hood:

1. Return the support rod to its original position.

2. Slowly move the hood down to latch the lock.

3. Push the hood down to lock the hood se- curely into place.

HOOD

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-17

WARNING

Always make sure that the rear hatch has been closed securely to prevent it from opening while driving.

Do not drive with the rear hatch open. Make sure that all passengers have

their hands, etc. inside the vehicle be- fore closing the rear hatch.

To open the rear hatch, unlock it and push the rear hatch opener switch A . Pull up the rear hatch to open.

The rear hatch can be unlocked by:

Pushing the rear hatch request switch. For ad- ditional information, refer to NISSAN Intelligent Key system in this section.

Pressing the UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key. For additional information, refer to NISSAN Intelligent Key system in this section.

Pressing the UNLOCK button on the remote control. For additional information, refer to NISSAN Intelligent Key system in this section.

Pushing the power door lock switch to the UNLOCK position.

REAR HATCH

3-18 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

SECONDARY REAR HATCH RELEASE The secondary rear hatch release mechanism allows the rear hatch to be opened in the event of a discharged battery, etc.

Push the lever to the right to open the rear hatch with a suitable tool.

If you had to open the rear hatch using this lever, have the vehicle checked as soon as possible. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this ser- vice.

OPENING CHARGE PORT LID

CAUTION

Make sure that the charge port lid is completely closed and latched before driving. Failure to do so could cause the lid to open suddenly during driving.

Switch

Button

CHARGE PORT LID

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-19

When opening the charge port lid perform one of the following:

Push the charge port lid opener switch located on the instrument panel, or

Press and hold the charge port lid unlock button on the Intelligent Key for more than one second.

When opening the charge port lid:

1. The charging status indicator lights flash and a chime sounds three times and the charge port lid will then spring up slightly.

2. Put your hand into the under side of the lid and open until it is in the fully open position.

When closing the charge port lid:

1. Slowly move the lid down.

2. Lock it securely into place.

CHARGE PORT CAP When opening the charge port cap, press the tab inward and the cap will spring open.

When the charge port cap is closed to its previ- ous position, it will lock automatically.

3-20 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

CAUTION

When charging is finished, be sure to close the charge port cap. If water or dust gets inside the charge port, this may cause a malfunction.

Pay particular attention when using the normal charge port as the charge port lid can be closed even when the normal charge port cap is open.

Close the quick charge (if so equipped) port cap before closing the charging lid. The quick charge port cap can be damaged if it is open when closing the charge port lid.

WARNING

Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving. You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident.

Do not adjust the steering wheel any closer to you than is necessary for proper steering operation and comfort. The drivers air bag inflates with great force. If you are unrestrained, leaning forward, sitting sideways or out of po- sition in any way, you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash. You may also receive serious or fatal inju- ries from the air bag if you are up against it when it inflates. Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practical from the steering wheel. Always use the seat belts.

TILT OPERATION Push the lock lever down 1 and adjust the steering wheel up or down 2 to the desired position.

Pull the lock lever up 3 to lock the steering wheel in place.

STEERING WHEEL

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-21

1. To block out glare from the front, swing down the sun visor 1 .

2. To block glare from the side, remove the sun visor from the center mount and swing it to the side 2 .

3. Slide the extension sun visor in or out as needed 3 .

CAUTION

Do not store the sun visor before re- turning the extension to its original position.

Do not pull the extension sun visor forcedly downward.

VANITY MIRROR To use the front vanity mirror, pull down the sun visor and pull up the cover.

SUN VISORS

3-22 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

CARD HOLDER (DRIVERS SIDE ONLY) To access the card holder, slide card in the card holder. Do not view information while operating the vehicle.

INSIDE REARVIEW MIRROR Adjust the angle of the inside rearview mirror to the preferred position.

MANUAL ANTI-GLARE REARVIEW MIRROR (IF SO EQUIPPED) The night position 1 reduces glare from the headlights of vehicles behind you at night.

Use the day position 2 when driving in daylight hours.

WARNING

Use the night position only when neces- sary, because it reduces rearview clarity.

MIRRORS

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-23

AUTOMATIC ANTI-GLARE TYPE (IF SO EQUIPPED)

The inside mirror is designed so that it automati- cally changes reflection based on the intensity of the headlights of the vehicle behind.

When the system is turned on, the indicator light A will illuminate and excessive glare from the headlights of the vehicle behind you will be re- duced.

Type A (if so equipped): The anti-glare system automatically turns on when the power switch is moved to the ON position.

Do not hang any objects on the mirror or apply glass cleaner to it. Doing so will re- duce the sensitivity of the sensor B , result- ing in improper operation.

Type B (if so equipped): Push the switch C to make the inside rearview mirror operate nor- mally. The indicator light will turn off. Push the I switch D to turn the system on.

Do not allow any object to cover the sen- sors E or apply glass cleaner on them. Doing so will reduce the sensitivity of the sensor, resulting in improper operation.

WARNING

Use the night position only when neces- sary, because it reduces rear view clarity.

Type A (if so equipped)

Type B (if so equipped)

3-24 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

OUTSIDE MIRRORS

Adjusting outside mirrors

WARNING

Objects viewed in the outside mirror on the passenger side are closer than they appear. Be careful when moving to the right. Using only this mirror could cause an accident. Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects.

The outside mirror control switch is located on the armrest.

The outside mirror will operate only when the power switch is in the ACC or ON position.

Turn the switch right or left to select the right or left side mirror 1 , then adjust the mirror using the control switch 2 .

Defrosting outside mirrors (if so equipped) The outside mirrors will be heated when the rear window defroster switch is operated. For addi- tional information, refer to Rear window and outside mirror (if so equipped) defroster switch in the Instruments and controls section of this manual.

Folding outside mirrors Fold the outside mirror by pushing it toward the rear of the vehicle.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-25

NOTES

3-26 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

4 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

RearView Monitor (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3 RearView Monitor system operation . . . . . . . . . .4-4 How to read the displayed lines. . . . . . . . . . . . .4-5 Difference between predicted and actual distances . .4-5 How to park with predicted course lines (models with navigation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-7 Adjusting the screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-8 How to turn on and off predicted course lines (models with navigation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-9 RearView Monitor system limitations . . . . . . . . . .4-9 System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-10

Around View Monitor (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . .4-11 Around View Monitor system operation . . . . . .4-12 Difference between predicted and actual distances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-15 How to park with predicted course lines . . . . . . .4-17 How to switch the display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-18 Adjusting the screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-19 Around View Monitor system limitations . . . . . .4-19 System Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-21

Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-21 Center vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-21 Side vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-22

Heater and air conditioner (automatic) . . . . . . . . . .4-22 Operating tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-24 In-Cabin Microfilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-25 Automatic climate control (models without Navigation System) . . . . . . . . .4-26 Automatic climate control (models with Navigation System) . . . . . . . . . . .4-33 Servicing climate control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-41

Audio system (models without Navigation System). . .4-42 Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-42 FM radio reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-42 AM radio reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-43 Satellite radio reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-43 Audio operation precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-44 FM/AM/SAT radio with compact disc (CD) player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-50 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connection port (models without Navigation System) . . . . . . . . .4-55 iPod player operation (models without Navigation System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-57 Bluetooth streaming audio (models without Navigation System) . . . . . . . . .4-59

Aux device player operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-60 CD Care and cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-60 Steering wheel switch for audio control . . . . . . .4-60 Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-61 Car phone or CB radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-62

Bluetooth hands-free phone system without navigation system (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-62

Regulatory information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-64 Using the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-64 Control buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-66 Connecting procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-67 Voice Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-68

Making A Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-69 Receiving A Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-70 During A Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-70 Ending A Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-70 Text Messaging (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . .4-71 Bluetooth Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-72 Manual Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-73 Troubleshooting Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-74

Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone System With Navigation System (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-76 Nissan Voice Recognition System (if so equipped). . .4-76

1. CAMERA button (if so equipped)

REARVIEW MONITOR (IF SO EQUIPPED)

Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-3

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and in- structions for proper use of the RearView Monitor system could result in serious injury or death. RearView Monitor is a convenience fea-

ture and is not a substitute for proper backing. Always turn and look out the windows and check mirrors to be sure that it is safe to move before operating the vehicle. Always back up slowly.

The system is designed as an aid to the driver in showing large stationary ob- jects directly behind the vehicle, to help avoid damaging the vehicle.

The distance guide line and the vehicle width line should be used as a reference only when the vehicle is on a level paved surface. The distance viewed on the monitor is for reference only and may be different than the actual distance be- tween the vehicle and displayed objects.

CAUTION

Do not scratch the camera lens when cleaning dirt or snow from the front of the camera.

The RearView Monitor system automatically shows a rear view of the vehicle when the shift lever is shifted into the R (Reverse) position or when the CAMERA button (if so equipped) is pressed. The radio can still be heard while the RearView Monitor is active.

To display the rear view, the RearView Monitor system uses a camera located just above the vehicles license plate 1 .

REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEM OPERATION With the power switch in the ON position, move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) position or press the CAMERA button (if so equipped) to operate the RearView Monitor.

4-4 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYED LINES Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle width and distances to objects with reference to the vehicle body line A are displayed on the monitor.

Distance guide lines

Indicate distances from the vehicle body. Red line 1 : approx. 1.5 ft (0.5 m) Yellow line 2 : approx. 3 ft (1 m ) Green line 3 : approx. 7 ft (2 m) Green line 4 : approx. 10 ft (3 m )

Vehicle width guide lines 5

Indicate the vehicle width when backing up.

Predicted course lines (models with navi- gation) 6

Indicate the predicted course when backing up. The predicted course lines will be displayed on the monitor when the shift lever is in the R (Re- verse) position and the steering wheel is turned. The predicted course lines will move depending on how much the steering wheel is turned and will not be displayed while the steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position.

The vehicle width guide lines and the width of the predicted course lines are wider than the actual width and course.

DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTED AND ACTUAL DISTANCES The displayed guidelines and their locations on the ground are for approximate reference only. Objects on uphill or downhill surfaces or project- ing objects will be actually located at distances different from those displayed in the monitor rela- tive to the guidelines (refer to illustrations). When in doubt, turn around and view the objects as you are backing up, or park and exit the vehicle to view the positioning of objects behind the ve- hicle.

Backing up on a steep uphill

When backing up the vehicle up a hill, the dis- tance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown closer than the actual distance. Note that any object on the hill is further than it appears on the monitor.

Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-5

Backing up on a steep downhill When backing up the vehicle down a hill, the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown farther than the actual distance. Note that any object on the hill is closer than it appears on the monitor.

Backing up near a projecting object The predicted course lines (models with naviga- tion) A do not touch the object in the display. However, the vehicle may hit the object if it proj- ects over the actual backing up course.

Backing up behind a projecting object The position C is shown farther than the position B in the display. However, the position C is actually at the same distance as the position A . The vehicle may hit the object when backing up to the position A if the object projects over the actual backing up course.

4-6 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTED COURSE LINES (MODELS WITH NAVIGATION)

WARNING

If the tires are replaced with different sized tires, the predicted course lines may be displayed incorrectly.

On a snow-covered or slippery road, there may be a difference between the predicted course line and the actual course line.

If the battery is disconnected or be- comes discharged, the predicted course lines may be displayed incor- rectly. If this occurs, please perform the following procedures: - Turn the steering wheel from lock to lock while the EV (electric vehicle) sys- tem is running. - Drive the vehicle on a straight road for more than 5 minutes.

When the steering wheel is turned with the power switch in the ACC position, the predicted course lines may be dis- played incorrectly.

1. Visually check that the parking space is safe before parking your vehicle.

2. The rear view of the vehicle is displayed on the screen A when the shift lever is moved to the R (Reverse) position.

Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-7

3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjusting the steering wheel so that the predicted course lines B enter the parking space C .

4. Maneuver the steering wheel to make the vehicle width guide lines D parallel to the parking space C while referring to the pre- dicted course lines.

5. When the vehicle is parked in the space com- pletely, move the shift lever to the P (Park) position and apply the parking brake.

ADJUSTING THE SCREEN 1. While on a RearView Monitor screen, press

the ENTER/SETTING button until the Bright- ness or Contrast setting bar is displayed be- low the RearView Monitor screen.

2. Turn the TUNE/SCROLL knob to adjust the level.

3. To complete the adjustment, press the ENTER/SETTING button until the Brightness or Contrast setting bar disappears from the RearView Monitor screen.

NOTE: Do not adjust any of the display set- tings of the RearView Monitor while the vehicle is moving. Make sure the parking brake is firmly applied

Models without navigation

4-8 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

1. While on a RearView Monitor screen, touch the touch-screen display. The Camera Set- ting screen will come up.

2. Touch the Display Settings key.

3. Touch the Brightness, Contrast, Tint, Color, or Black Level key.

4. Adjust the item by touching the + or - key on the touch-screen display.

HOW TO TURN ON AND OFF PREDICTED COURSE LINES (MODELS WITH NAVIGATION) To toggle ON and OFF the predicted course lines while in the P (Park) position:

1. Touch the Settings key.

2. Touch the Camera key.

3. Touch the Predicted Course Lines key to turn the feature ON or OFF.

To toggle ON and OFF the predicted course lines while in the R (Reverse) position:

1. Touch the touch-screen display.

2. Touch the Predicted Course Lines key to turn the feature ON or OFF.

REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations for RearView Monitor. Failure to oper-

ate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in seri-

ous injury or death.

The system cannot completely elimi- nate blind spots and may not show every object.

Underneath the bumper and the corner areas of the bumper cannot be viewed on the RearView Monitor because of its monitoring range limitation. The system will not show small objects be- low the bumper, and may not show objects close to the bumper or on the ground.

Objects viewed in the RearView Moni- tor differ from actual distance because a wide-angle lens is used.

Objects in the RearView Monitor will appear visually opposite compared to when viewed in the rearview and out- side mirrors.

Use the displayed lines as a reference. The lines are highly affected by the number of occupants, fuel level, ve- hicle position, road conditions and road grade.

Make sure that the rear hatch is se- curely closed when backing up.

Do not put anything on the rearview camera. The rearview camera is in- stalled above the license plate.

Models with navigation

Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-9

When washing the vehicle with high pressure water, be sure not to spray it around the camera. Otherwise, water may enter the camera unit causing wa- ter condensation on the lens, a mal- function, fire or an electric shock.

Do not strike the camera. It is a preci- sion instrument. Otherwise, it may malfunction or cause damage result- ing in a fire or an electric shock.

The following are operating limitations and do not represent a system malfunction:

When the temperature is extremely high or low, the screen may not clearly display objects.

When strong light directly shines on the cam- era, objects may not be displayed clearly.

Vertical lines may be seen in objects on the screen. This is due to strong reflected light from the bumper.

The screen may flicker under fluorescent light.

The colors of objects on the RearView Monitor may differ somewhat from the actual color of objects.

Objects on the monitor may not be clear in a dark environment.

There may be a delay when switching between views.

If dirt, rain or snow accumulate on the camera, RearView Monitor may not display objects clearly. Clean the camera.

Do not use wax on the camera lens. Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth dampened with a diluted mild cleaning agent, then wipe with a dry cloth.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

CAUTION

Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner to clean the camera. This will cause discoloration.

Do not damage the camera as the monitor screen may be adversely af- fected.

If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on the camera 1 , the RearView Monitor may not display ob- jects clearly. Clean the camera by wiping it with a cloth dampened with a diluted mild cleaning agent and the wiping it with a dry cloth.

4-10 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

1. CAMERA button

AROUND VIEW MONITOR (IF SO EQUIPPED)

Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-11

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and in- structions for proper use of the Around View Monitor system could result in serious injury or death. The Around View Monitor is a conve-

nience feature and is not a substitute for proper vehicle operation because it has areas where objects cannot be viewed. The four corners of the vehicle in particular, are areas where objects do not always appear in the birds-eye, front, or rear views. Always check your surroundings to be sure that it is safe to move before operating the vehicle. Always operate the vehicle slowly.

The driver is always responsible for safety during parking and other ma- neuvers.

CAUTION

Do not scratch the camera lens when cleaning dirt or snow from the front of the camera.

The Around View Monitor system is designed as an aid to the driver in situations such as slot parking or parallel parking. The monitor displays various views of the position of the vehicle in a split screen format. Not all views are available at all times.

Available views:

Front View

An approximately 150degree view of the front of the vehicle.

Rear View

An approximately 150degree view of the rear of the vehicle.

Birds-Eye View

The surrounding views of the vehicle from above.

Front-Side View

The view around and ahead of the front pas- sengers side wheel.

To display the multiple views, the Around View Monitor system uses cameras located in the front grille, on the vehicles outside mirrors and one just above the vehicles license plates 1 .

AROUND VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM OPERATION With the power switch in the ON position, move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) position or press the CAMERA button to operate the Around View Monitor. The screen displayed on the Around View Monitor will automatically return to the previous screen 3 minutes after the CAM- ERA button has been pressed with the shift lever in a position other than the R (Reverse) position.

4-12 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

Available views

WARNING

The distance guide lines and the ve- hicle width lines should be used as a reference only when the vehicle is on a paved, level surface. The apparent dis- tance viewed on the monitor may be different than the actual distance be- tween the vehicle and displayed ob- jects.

Use the displayed lines and the birds eye view as a reference. The lines and the birds-eye view are greatly affected by the number of occupants, cargo, fuel level, vehicle position, road condi- tion and road grade.

If the tires are replaced with different sized tires, the predicted course lines and the birds-eye view may be dis- played incorrectly.

When driving the vehicle up a hill, ob- jects viewed in the monitor are further than they appear. When driving the ve- hicle down a hill, objects viewed in the monitor are closer than they appear.

Objects in the rear view will appear visually opposite compared to when viewed in the rear view and outside mirrors.

Use the mirrors or actually look to properly judge distances to other ob- jects.

On a snow-covered or slippery road, there may be a difference between the predicted course lines and the actual course line.

The vehicle width and predicted course lines are wider than the actual width and course.

The displayed lines will appear slightly off to the right, because the rearview camera is not installed in the rear cen- ter of the vehicle.

Front and rear view:

Guiding lines that indicate the approximate ve- hicle width and distance to objects with refer- ence to the vehicle body lines A are displayed on the monitor.

Distance guide lines:

Indicate distances from the vehicle body:

Red line 1 : approximately 1.5 ft (0.5 m)

Yellow lines 2 : approximately 3 ft (1 m)

Green lines 3 : approximately 7 ft (2 m)

Green lines 4 : approximately 10 ft (3 m)

Front view

Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-13

Vehicle width guide lines 5 :

Indicate the approximate vehicle width when backing up.

Predicted course lines 6 :

Indicate the predicted course when operating the vehicle. The predicted course lines will be dis- played on the monitor when the steering wheel is turned. The predicted course lines will move de- pending on how much the steering wheel is turned and will not be displayed while the steer- ing wheel is in the straight-ahead position. The front view will not be displayed when the vehicle speed is above 6 mph (10 km/h).

NOTE: When the monitor displays the front view and the steering wheel turns about 90 degrees or less from the straight-ahead position, both the right and left predicted course lines 6 are displayed. When the steering wheel turns about 90 degrees or more, a line is displayed only on the opposite side of the turn.

Birds-eye view:

The birds-eye view shows the overhead view of the vehicle, which helps confirm the vehicle posi- tion and the predicted course to a parking space. The vehicle icon 1 shows the position of the vehicle. Note that the apparent distance between objects viewed in the birds-eye view may differ somewhat from the actual distance to the vehicle.

The areas that the cameras cannot covers 2 are indicated in black. The non-viewable areas 2 is highlighted in yellow for several seconds after the birds-eye view is displayed. It will be shown only the first time after the power switch is placed in the ON position.

Rear view

4-14 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

WARNING

Objects in the birds-eye view will ap- pear further than the actual distance.

Tall objects, such as a curb or vehicle, may be misaligned or not displayed at the seam of the views.

Objects that are above the camera cannot be displayed.

The view for the birds-eye view may be misaligned when the camera position alters.

A line on the ground may be mis- aligned and is not seen as being straight at the seam of the views. The misalignment will increase as the line proceeds away from the vehicle.

Front-side view:

Guiding lines

Guiding lines that indicate the approximate width and the front end of the vehicle are displayed on the monitor.

The front-of-vehicle line 1 shows the front part of the vehicle.

The side-of-vehicle line 2 shows the approxi- mate vehicle width including the outside mirrors.

The extensions 3 of both the front 1 and side 2 lines are shown with a green dotted line.

DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTED AND ACTUAL DISTANCES The displayed guidelines and their locations on the ground are for approximate reference only. Objects on uphill or downhill surfaces or project- ing objects will be actually located at distances different from those displayed in the monitor rela- tive to the guidelines (refer to illustrations). When in doubt, turn around and view the objects as you are backing up, or park and exit the vehicle to view the positioning of objects behind the ve- hicle.

Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-15

Backing up on a steep uphill

When backing up the vehicle up a hill, the dis- tance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown closer than the actual distance. Note that any object on the hill is further than it appears on the monitor.

Backing up on a steep downhill When backing up the vehicle down a hill, the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown farther than the actual distance. Note that any object on the hill is closer than it appears on the monitor.

Backing up near a projecting object

The predicted course lines A do not touch the object in the display. However, the vehicle may hit the object if it projects over the actual backing up course.

4-16 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

Backing up behind a projecting object

The position C is shown farther than the position B in the display. However, the position C is actually at the same distance as the position A . The vehicle may hit the object when backing up to

the position A if the object projects over the actual backing up course.

HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTED COURSE LINES

WARNING

If the tires are replaced with different sized tires, the predicted course lines may be displayed incorrectly.

On a snow-covered or slippery road, there may be a difference between the predicted course line and the actual course line.

If the battery is disconnected or be- comes discharged, the predicted course lines may be displayed incor- rectly. If this occurs, please perform the following procedures: - Turn the steering wheel from lock to lock while the EV (electric vehicle) Sys- tem is running. - Drive the vehicle on a straight road for more than 5 minutes.

When the steering wheel is turned with the power switch in the ACC position, the predicted course lines may be dis- played incorrectly.

Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-17

1. Visually check that the parking space is safe before parking your vehicle.

2. The rear view of the vehicle is displayed on the screen A when the shift lever is moved to the R (Reverse) position.

3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjusting the steering wheel so that the predicted course lines B enter the parking space C .

4. Maneuver the steering wheel to make the vehicle width guide lines D parallel to the parking space C while referring to the pre- dicted course lines.

5. When the vehicle is parked in the space com- pletely, move the shift lever to the P (Park) position and apply the parking brake.

HOW TO SWITCH THE DISPLAY With the power switch in the ON position, press the CAMERA button or move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) position to operate the Around View Monitor.

The Around View Monitor displays different split screen views depending on the position of the shift lever. Press the CAMERA button to switch between the available views.

If the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position, the available views are:

Rear view/birds-eye view split screen

Rear view/front-side view split screen

If the shift lever is in the P (Park) position, the available views are:

Front view/birds-eye view split screen

Front view/front-side view split screen

The display will switch from the Around View Monitor screen when:

If the shift lever is in the D (Drive) position, the only available view is front view/front-side view split screen.

The shift lever is in the D (Drive) position and the vehicle speed increases above approximately 6 mph (10 km/h).

A different screen is selected.

4-18 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

ADJUSTING THE SCREEN 1. Touch the touch-screen display with the

Around View Monitor on.

2. Touch the Brightness, Contrast, Tint, Color, or Black Level key.

3. Adjust the item by touching the + or key on the touch-screen display.

NOTE: Do not adjust any of the display set- tings of the Around View Monitor while the vehicle is moving. Make sure the parking brake is firmly applied.

AROUND VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations for Around View Monitor. Failure to op- erate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death. Do not use the Around View Monitor

with the outside mirrors in the stored position, and make sure that the rear hatch is securely closed when operat- ing the vehicle using the Around View Monitor.

The apparent distance between ob- jects viewed on the Around View Monitor differs from the actual dis- tance.

The cameras are installed on the front grille, the outside mirrors and above the rear license plate. Do not put any- thing on the vehicle that covers the cameras.

When washing the vehicle with high pressure water, be sure not to spray it around the cameras. Otherwise, water may enter the camera unit causing wa- ter condensation on the lens, a mal- function, fire or an electric shock.

Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-19

Do not strike the cameras. They are precision instruments. Doing so could cause a malfunction or cause damage resulting in a fire or an electric shock.

There are some areas where the system will not show objects and the system does not warn of moving objects. When in the front or rear view display, an object below the bumper or on the ground may not be viewed 1 . When in the birds-eye view, a tall object near the seam 2 of the camera viewing areas will not appear in the monitor.

The following are operating limitations and do not represent a system malfunction:

There may be a delay when switching between views.

When the temperature is extremely high or low, the screen may not display objects clearly.

When strong light directly shines on the cam- era, objects may not be displayed clearly.

The screen may flicker under fluorescent light.

The colors of objects on the Around View Monitor may differ somewhat from the actual color of objects.

Objects on the Around View Monitor may not be clear and the color of the object may differ in a dark environment.

There may be differences in sharpness between each camera view of the birds-eye view.

Do not use wax on the camera lens. Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth that has been damp- ened with a diluted mild cleaning agent, then wipe with a dry cloth.

System temporarily unavailable When the ! icon is displayed on the screen, there are abnormal conditions in the Around View Monitor. This will not hinder normal driving operation but the system should be inspected. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

4-20 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

When the [X] icon is displayed on the screen, the camera image may be receiving temporary electronic disturbances from surrounding de- vices. This will not hinder normal driving opera- tion but the system should be inspected if it occurs frequently. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

CAUTION

Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner to clean the camera. This will cause discoloration.

Do not damage the cameras as the monitor screen may be adversely af- fected.

If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any of the cameras 1 , the Around View Monitor may not display objects clearly. Clean the camera by wip- ing with a cloth dampened with a diluted mild cleaning agent and then wiping with a dry cloth.

CENTER VENTS Open/close the vents by moving the control to either direction.

: This symbol indicates that the vents are closed. Moving the side control to this direction will close the vents.

: This symbol indicates that the vents are open. Moving the side control to this direction will open the vents.

Adjust the air flow direction of the vents by mov- ing the vent slide (up/down) until the desired position is achieved.

VENTS

Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-21

SIDE VENTS Open/close the vents by moving the control to either direction.

: This symbol indicates that the vents are closed. Moving the side control to this direction will close the vents.

: This symbol indicates that the vents are open. Moving the side control to this direction will open the vents.

Adjust the air flow direction of the vents by mov- ing the vent slide (up/down, left/right) until the desired position is achieved.

WARNING

The air conditioning cooling function operates only when the power switch is in the ON position or when the READY to drive indicator light is ON.

Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle. Pets should also not be left alone. They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle. Also, on hot, sunny days, temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to causes severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals.

Do not use the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the inte- rior air to become stale and the win- dows to fog up.

Driver side Passenger side

HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER (AUTOMATIC)

4-22 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

NOTE: Odors from inside and outside the vehicle can build up in the air conditioner unit. Odor can enter the passenger compart- ment through the vents.

When parking, set the heater or air condi- tioner controls to turn off air recirculation to allow fresh air into the passenger com- partment. This should help reduce odors inside the vehicle.

The climate control system (air conditioner and heater functions) can be operated when the READY to drive indicator light is illuminated. However, while charging, the climate control sys- tem can be used when the power switch is in the ON position.

The fan, heater and air conditioning can be turned on manually, using the timer function and using the remote climate control function.

These functions operate in the following condi- tions.

Power switch position LOCK/OFF ACC ON READY to drive

Fan - - Available Available

Heater and air conditioner - - Available*1 Available

Timer (Climate Ctrl. Timer) Available*2 Available*2 - -

Remote control*3 Available Available - -

*1: The climate control system will only start when charging is being performed. After charging is complete, it will continue to operate if the EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) is connected. *2: The EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) must be connected. *3: Models with navigation system.

NOTE: A series of operation sounds may be heard immediately after climate control ON/OFF operation. This is not a malfunc- tion.

Compressor and motor fan may suddenly start to operate during charging opera- tion. This is not a malfunction.

Condensation forms inside the air condi- tioning unit when the air conditioner is running, and is safely discharged under- neath your vehicle. Traces of water on the ground are therefore normal. Water may drop underneath the vehicle when climate control is operating.

Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-23

DISPLAYING CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM STATUS SCREEN (MODELS WITH NAVIGA- TION SYSTEM)

Press the STATUS button to display the climate control system status on the navigation system screen. For additional information, please refer to the separate LEAF Navigation System Owners Manual.

NOTE: If the READY to drive indicator light is illumi-

nated and the EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) is connected to the vehicle, the power switch will change to the ON position. At the same time, the climate control system will stop operating. However, the fan will continue to operate. If you want to turn on climate control again, place the power switch in the OFF position and then place it in the ON position again after confirming that the vehicle has started charging.

When the power switch is in the ON posi- tion, if the power supply from the EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) is inter- rupted due to an electrical outage, etc., the system will operate in the following ways.

If it occurs while charging is being per- formed: The climate control system will stop

once. If the power supply is restored within approximately 5 minutes, the climate control system will restart. However, if more than 5 minutes have elapsed, the climate control system will not restart.

If it occurs after charging has finished: The climate control system will stop.

OPERATING TIPS The automatic climate control is equipped with

sensors as illustrated. The sensors A and B help maintain a constant temperature. Do not put anything on or around these sensors.

Power consumption of the climate control sys- tem varies depending on the outside tempera- ture and the temperature set for the climate control system. Power consumption increases if the interior temperature is cooled down too much in summer or if it warmed up too much in winter. This will result in a reduced driving range.

4-24 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

Using the AUTO mode will help reduce the power consumption of the climate control.

When the AUTO button is pressed, the AUTO indicator illuminates. The HEAT button indicator or the A/C button indicator illuminates according to the operation of the climate control system.

If any of the MODE, A/C, HEAT, fan speed control , front defroster, intake air control is pushed when the AUTO indicator illuminates, the AUTO indicator will be turned off.

If the charger is connected to the vehicle when it is in the READY to drive mode and the air conditioner or heater is on, the power switch automatically changes to the ON position. The climate control system automatically turns off the heater or air conditioner and switches to the air recirculation mode. Place the power switch in the off position to begin charging. Turn on the desired climate control function.

For normal charge, the climate control system is operative when charging operation is complete. For quick charge however, the climate control system stops operating when charging opera- tion stops.

The climate control timer or remote climate con- trol (for models with Navigation) may fog up windows depending on the set temperature (for models with Navigation) or outside temperature.

When turning on the seat heater switch prior to operating the climate control timer or the remote climate control (for models with Navigation), the seat heater will also turn on automatically when the outside temperature is low.

IN-CABIN MICROFILTER The climate control system is equipped with an in-cabin microfilter which collects dirt, dust etc. To make sure the air conditioner heats defogs, and ventilates efficiently, replace the filter regu- larly. To replace the filter, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.

The filter should be replaced if the air flow decreases significantly or if windows fog up easily when operating the climate con- trol system.

Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-25

AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL (MODELS WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM)

1. (fan speed control) dial 2. (intake air control) button 3. (front defroster) button

4. Climate Ctrl. display 5. Rear window and outside mirror (if

so equipped) defroster switch 6. Temperature control dial 7. AUTO climate control ON button 8. A/C (air conditioner) button 9. MODE (manual air flow control) button

10. HEAT button 11. Climate control system OFF button

Automatic operation (AUTO) The AUTO mode may be used year-round as the system automatically controls constant tempera- ture, air flow distribution and fan speed.

1. Press the AUTO button. The AUTO indicator will be illuminated.

2. Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature.

When any of the following functions are oper- ated, the AUTO indicator will turn off.

The HEAT or A/C button is pressed.

The fan speed control or ventilator air flow con- trol is operated.

The intake air control is switched.

However, the functions that were not operated continue operating in AUTO mode.

4-26 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

NOTE: If the fan speed control dial, MODE button, or intake air control button is operated while AUTO is in use, all the other buttons operate in AUTO mode.

While the AUTO indicator is illuminated, electric power consumption of the air con- ditioner can be economized compared to the amount consumed while the AUTO indicator is not illuminated.

The HEAT indicator light and the A/C indicator light illuminates according to the operation modes of the climate control system. Operation mode

A/C indicator HEAT indica- tor

Cooling ON OFF Heating (A/C off)

OFF ON

Manual operation The manual mode can be used to control the heater and air conditioner to your desired tem- perature.

The HEAT indicator light and the A/C indicator light illuminates according to the operation modes.

Operation mode

A/C indicator HEAT indica- tor

Cooling ON OFF Dehumidified heating

ON ON

Heating (A/C off)

OFF ON

Ventilation OFF OFF

Cooling:

1. Press the A/C button to illuminate the A/C indicator light.

2. Press the HEAT button to turn off the HEAT indicator light.

Do not set the temperature higher than the outside air temperature. Doing so may prevent the temperature from being controlled properly.

A visible mist may be seen coming from the ventilators in hot, humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly. This does not indicate a malfunction.

Dehumidified heating:

1. Press the A/C button to illuminate the A/C indicator light.

2. Press the HEAT button to illuminate the HEAT indicator light

NOTE: Electric power consumption of climate con- trol increases while A/C button indicator and HEAT button indicator simultane- ously illuminate. As a result, the driving range may be decreased.

Heating (A/C off):

1. Press the HEAT button to illuminate the HEAT indicator light.

2. Press the A/C button to turn off the A/C indicator light.

Do not set temperature lower than the outside air temperature. Doing so may prevent the tem- perature from being controlled properly.

If the windows fog up, use dehumidified heating instead of the A/C off heating.

Ventilation:

Press the HEAT button and A/C button if the indicator lights are on so that both indicator lights turn off.

Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-27

NOTE: The ventilation mode requires a lower power consumption, so cruising distance will increase.

In ventilation mode, temperature is not indicated on the air conditioner display.

Dehumidified defrosting/defogging:

Press the front defroster button (the indi- cator light will illuminate).

To remove moisture or fog on the front window quickly, set the temperature to the high tem- perature and the fan speed to their maximum level.

After the windshield is cleared, press the front defroster button again (the indicator light will turn off).

When the front defroster button is pressed, the air conditioner will automatically turn on to defog the windshield. The outside air recirculation mode will be selected to improve the defogging performance.

Fan speed control:

Turn the fan speed control dial to manually control the fan speed.

Press the AUTO button to change the fan speed to the automatic mode.

Air flow control:

Press the MODE button to change the air flow mode.

Air flows from the center and side ventilators.

Air flows from the center and side ventilators and foot outlets.

Air flows mainly from the foot outlets. Air flows from the defroster outlets

and foot outlets.

Temperature control:

Turn the temperature control dial to set the de- sired temperature.

Air recirculation:

Press the intake air control button to change the air circulation mode. When the indi- cator light illuminates, the flowing air is recircu- lated inside the vehicle.

Outside air circulation:

Press the intake air control button to change the air circulation mode. When the indi- cator light does not illuminate, the flowing air is drawn from outside the vehicle.

Automatic air intake control:

To set the automatic control mode, press and hold the intake air control button. The indicator light will blink twice and the inside/ outside circulation will then be controlled auto- matically. When in automatic mode, the indicator light will come on when inside air recirculation is active.

Rear window and outside mirror (if so equipped) defroster switch:

For additional information, refer to Rear window and outside mirror (if so equipped) defroster switch in the Instruments and controls section of this manual

4-28 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

To turn the system off To turn off the climate control, press the Climate control system OFF button. The same operating mode (Heater or A/C) that was active when the system is turned off is active when system is turned back on.

Climate Ctrl. Timer While the charger is connected to the vehicle, this function pre-heats or pre-cools the passen- ger compartment of the vehicle to the tempera- ture set by default before driving. This helps reduce power consumption from the Li-ion bat- tery.

As the temperature is set to the factory default setting, the user cannot adjust the temperature.

The Climate Ctrl. Timer operates the air condi- tioner using power from the charger. Electric power from the Li-ion battery is not used.

Once the Climate Ctrl. Timer is set, it automati- cally starts so the vehicle compartment will be cooled/heated to the temperature set by default by the registered departure time. It is therefore not necessary to set the Climate Ctrl. Timer ev- eryday.

WARNING

Even if the Climate Ctrl. Timer is set, the temperature in the passenger compart- ment may become high or low if the sys- tem automatically stops. Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle. Pets should not be left alone either. On hot, sunny days, tem- peratures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals. Also on cold days, tempera- ture in a vehicle could become low enough to cause severe or possible fatal injuries to people or animals.

1. Push the switch A on the left side of the combination meter panel.

2. Push the switch B until Climate Ctrl. Timer is highlighted on the vehicle informa- tion display and then push the switch A .

Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-29

3. The Climate Ctrl. Timer screen is displayed. To change the time of day and the day of the week that the climate control timer turns on or off, or to turn the climate control timer on or off, push the switch.

4. To turn the timer on or off, use the switch to highlight On or Off and then push the switch. If On is selected, an additional screen is displayed that allows you to change the time or the climate control timer.

4-30 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

5. The hour portion of the time is highlighted on the screen. Push the switch to change the hour field in increments of one hour. Push and hold the switch to move to the minutes field.

6. Push the switch to change the minute field in increments of ten minutes. Push and hold the the switch to move to fast forward the minutes.

Push the switch to move to the day of the week setting.

7. Push the switch to set the day to on or off. increments of ten minutes.

Push the switch and then set the next day with the same procedure. When all days of the week have been set, push the switch.

Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-31

8. The settings confirmation screen will be dis- played. To confirm and finish setting the cli- mate control timer, push the switch.

4-32 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL (MODELS WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM)

1. Temperature control button 2. HEAT button 3. Climate Ctrl. Timer indicator

4. (front defroster) button 5. (fan speed control) button 6. Rear window and outside mirror de-

froster switch 7. (intake air control) button 8. Climate control system ONOFF button 9. AUTO climate control ON button

10. MODE (manual air flow control) button 11. A/C (air conditioner) ONOFF button

Automatic operation (AUTO) The AUTO mode may be used year-round as the system automatically controls constant tempera- ture, air flow distribution and fan speed.

1. Press the AUTO button. The AUTO indicator will be illuminated.

2. Press the temperature control button to set the desired temperature.

When any of the following functions are oper- ated, the AUTO indicator will turn off.

The HEAT or A/C button is pressed.

The fan speed control or ventilator air flow con- trol is operated.

The intake air control is switched.

However, the functions that were not operated continue operating in AUTO mode.

Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-33

NOTE: If the fan speed control button, MODE button, or intake air control button is operated while AUTO is in use, all the other buttons operate in AUTO mode.

While the AUTO indicator is illuminated, electric power consumption of the air con- ditioner can be economized compared to the amount consumed while the AUTO indicator is not illuminated.

The HEAT indicator light and the A/C indicator light illuminates according to the operation modes of the climate control system. Operation mode

A/C indica- tor

HEAT indi- cator

Cooling ON OFF Heating (A/C off)

OFF ON

Manual operation The manual mode can be used to control the heater and air conditioner to your desired tem- perature.

The HEAT indicator light and the A/C indicator light illuminates according to the operation modes. Operation mode

A/C indica- tor

HEAT indi- cator

Cooling ON OFF Dehumidified heating

ON ON

Heating (A/C off)

OFF ON

Ventilation OFF OFF

Cooling:

1. Press the A/C button to illuminate the A/C indicator light.

2. Press the HEAT button to turn off the HEAT indicator light.

Do not set the temperature higher than the outside air temperature. Doing so may prevent the temperature from being controlled properly.

A visible mist may be seen coming from the ventilators in hot, humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly. This does not indicate a malfunction.

Dehumidified heating:

1. Press the A/C button to illuminate the A/C indicator light.

2. Press the HEAT button to illuminate the HEAT indicator light

NOTE: Electric power consumption of climate con- trol increases while A/C button indicator and HEAT button indicator simultane- ously illuminate. As a result, the driving range may be decreased.

Heating (A/C off):

1. Press the HEAT button to illuminate the HEAT indicator light.

2. Press the A/C button to turn off the A/C indicator light.

Do not set temperature lower than the outside air temperature. Doing so may prevent the tem- perature from being controlled properly.

If the windows fog up, use dehumidified heating instead of the A/C off heating.

Ventilation:

Press the HEAT button and A/C button if the indicator lights are on so that both indicator lights turn off.

4-34 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

NOTE: The ventilation mode requires a lower power consumption, so cruising distance will increase.

In ventilation mode, temperature is not indicated on the navigation monitor or on the air conditioner display.

Dehumidified defrosting/defogging:

Press the front defroster button (the indi- cator light will illuminate).

To remove moisture or fog on the front window quickly, set the temperature to the high tem- perature and the fan speed to their maximum level.

After the windshield is cleared, press the front defroster button again (the indicator light will turn off).

When the front defroster button is pressed, the air conditioner will automatically turn on to defog the windshield. The outside air recirculation mode will be selected to improve the defogging performance.

Fan speed control:

Press the fan speed control button to manually control the fan speed.

Press the AUTO button to change the fan speed to the automatic mode.

Air flow control:

Press the MODE button to change the air flow mode.

Air flows from the center and side ventilators.

Air flows from the center and side ventilators and foot outlets.

Air flows mainly from the foot outlets. Air flows from the defroster outlets

and foot outlets.

Temperature control:

Press the temperature control buttons to set the desired temperature.

Air recirculation:

Press the intake air control button to change the air circulation mode. When the indi- cator light illuminates, the flowing air is recircu- lated inside the vehicle.

Outside air circulation:

Press the intake air control button to change the air circulation mode. When the indi-

cator light does not illuminate, the flowing air is drawn from outside the vehicle.

Automatic air intake control:

To set the automatic control mode, press and hold the intake air control button. The indicator light will blink twice and the inside/ outside circulation will then be controlled auto- matically. When in automatic mode, the indicator light will come on when inside air recirculation is active.

Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch:

For additional information, refer to Rear window and outside mirror (if so equipped) defroster switch in the Instruments and controls section of this manual

To turn the system off To turn off the climate control, press the Climate control system ONOFF button. The same oper- ating mode (Heater or A/C) that was active when the system is turned off is active when system is turned back on.

Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-35

Climate Ctrl. Timer While the charging connector is connected to the vehicle, this function pre-heats or pre-cools the passenger compartment of the vehicle to the temperature before driving. This helps reduce power consumption from the Li-ion battery.

The Climate Ctrl. Timer operates the air condi- tioner using power from the charger. Electric power from the Li-ion battery is not used.

The Climate Ctrl. Timer function allows two dif- ferent timer settings. Each timer charge function can be set to activate on a different day of the week.

Once the Climate Ctrl. Timer is set, it will com- plete air conditioning by the time that is set. It is not necessary to set the Climate Ctrl. Timer ev- eryday.

WARNING

Even if the Climate Ctrl. Timer is set, the temperature in the passenger compart- ment may become high or low if the sys- tem automatically stops. Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle. Pets should not be left alone either. On hot, sunny days, tem- peratures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals. Also on cold days, tempera- ture in a vehicle could become low enough to cause severe or possible fatal injuries to people or animals.

How to set Climate Ctrl. Timer

1. Push the (Zero Emission menu) button.

4-36 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

2. Touch Climate Ctrl. Timer. 3. Touch Edit Schedule. The Climate Ctrl. Timer setting screen is displayed. Set pre- ferred time and day of the week for Climate Ctrl. Timer.

4. After the setting is complete, place the power switch in the OFF position, and then connect the charge connector to the vehicle.

Climate Ctrl. Timer setting screen

1 Touch to turn on/off the timer. The indicator light will turn on when the timer setting is turned on.

2 Indicates the departure time. Climate Con- trol system will be activated in order that the vehicle compartment will be cooled/ heated to set temperature and turn off itself by the departure time.

Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-37

3 Touch corresponding keys to adjust the time setting.

[-]: Touch or touch and hold to decrease the value. [+]: Touch or touch and hold to increase the value. [ ]: Touch to delete the numbers entered. 4 Touch the keys to set the days of the week

you wish to activate the Climate Control system.

5 Touch to save the setting.

Priority setting between timer charge and Climate Ctrl. Timer If the timer charge function and the Climate Ctrl. Timer function are in operation at the same time due to an overlap of the timer settings , either function can be set to be preferentially provided with electric power.

1. Push < > and touch [Climate Ctrl. Timer].

2. Touch {Timer With Priority}. Priority setting screen is displayed.

3. Select the preferred setting.

Available settings

Setting item Result

[Charging Timer] When charging is set as the first priority, the Climate Ctrl. Timer does not start until 10 segments (80%) of the Li-ion battery available charge gauge are illuminated.

[Clim. Ctrl. Timer] When the Climate Control is set as the first priority, the Cli- mate Control system will start to operate when the remaining Li-ion battery power displayed in the meter reaches 2 segments (15%) or higher.

Operating tips for using Climate Ctrl. Timer Temperature setting for the Climate Ctrl. can be

changed from [Timer/ Remote Set Climate Temp].

The Climate Ctrl. Timer will only start when the power switch is in the OFF position. Always turn the power switch to the OFF position after the Climate Ctrl. Timer is set.

To turn off the Climate Ctrl. Timer function, touch [ON] until the indicator turns off. The start and stop time settings will not be deleted even if the Climate Ctrl. Timer function is turned off.

While the Climate Ctrl. Timer is operating, the Climate Ctrl. indicator and the charging status indicator lights flash. If the Climate Ctrl. Timer is set to activate, the Climate Ctrl. Timer indicator illuminates.

If the timer charge function and the Climate Ctrl. Timer are in operation at the same time due to an overlap of the timer settings, either function can be set to be preferentially provided with electric power.

If the Climate Ctrl. Timer starts operating while the vehicle is being charged, the time required for charging will be longer.

Operating the Climate Ctrl. Timer or remote climate control in an environment where the temperature is low may decrease the rate of battery charge.

Timer setting can also be changed while Cli- mate Ctrl. Timer is operated. When the power

4-38 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

position is switched to OFF, the air conditioner starts or enters waiting mode depending on the new timer settings.

When the difference in temperature between the air conditioner setting temperature and the temperature outside the vehicle is large, the temperature inside the vehicle may not be main- tained at the setting temperature.

The charging status indicator lights illuminate in a specific pattern when the Li-ion battery warmer operates. The charging status indicator lights use the same pattern to indicate 12volt battery charging, Climate Ctrl. Timer operation or Remote Climate Control operation. The charging status indicator lights do not change if the Li-ion battery warmer operates at the same time as the above features.

The temperature in the passenger compartment may not be comfortable if entering the vehicle too soon before or too long after the scheduled time of departure.

Air conditioning is limited to the capacity of the electric power when the charge connector is connected. Therefore, the temperature may not reach the set temperature due to limitations in air conditioning performance, if ambient tem- perature is excessively high or low, or if the

charge connector is connected to a 120volt plug outlet.

The Climate Ctrl. Timer operates the climate control function so that a comfortable tempera- ture is provided in the passenger compartment at the scheduled time of departure. The climate control is set to stop at the scheduled time of departure.

Remote climate control This vehicle incorporates a communication de- vice that is called a TCU (Telematics Communi- cation Unit). The communication connection be- tween this unit and Nissan Data Center allows for various remote function services.

Even when away from the vehicle, climate control can be started by accessing the Nissan Data Center website using a cellular phone or a per- sonal computer.

When operation is started, or at the set start time, the Nissan Data Center accesses the vehicle. When the vehicle receives a command for re- mote operation, the climate control immediately turns ON and operates for the specified period of time. Confirmation of the ON/OFF of the climate control operation can be checked by accessing the website or by e-mail.

Completing registration for the NissanCon- nectSM Mobile Apps service is necessary before using the service. For additional information, refer to the separate LEAF Navigation System Own- ers Manual.

WARNING

Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment. For addi- tional information, refer to your elec- tric medical equipment manufacturer for the possible effect on pacemakers before using the remote climate con- trol.

Even if the remote climate control is set, the temperature in the passenger room may become high if the system automatically stops. Do not leave chil- dren or adults who would normally re- quire the support of others alone in your vehicle. Pets should not be left alone either. On hot, sunny days, tem- peratures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals.

Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-39

NOTE: To check the Li-ion battery charging status using an internet enabled smart phone or personal computer.

The vehicle must be located in a cellu- lar phone coverage area.

The cellular phone must be located in an area with cellular phone coverage.

The computer must be connected to the internet.

Some cellular phones are not compatible with this system and cannot be used to check the Li-ion battery charging status. Confirm this beforehand.

Operating tips: When the charge connector is connected, the

climate control operates using electric power. When the charge connector is disconnected from the vehicle, the climate control operates using vehicle battery electric power.

The climate control can be operated for a maxi- mum of 2 hours when the charge connector is connected to the vehicle, or a maximum of 15 minutes when the charge connector is disconnected.

The remote climate control will only start to operate when the power switch is in the OFF position. Be sure to check that the power switch is in the OFF position.

Remote climate control operation is not avail- able when the vehicle is in an area of cellular communication range.

Communication becomes unavailable when the vehicle is not used for two weeks or more. When the power switch is placed in the ON position, communication with the Nissan Data Center can be restored.

Air conditioning is limited to the capacity of the electric power when the charge connector is connected to the vehicle. Therefore, the tem- perature may not reach a comfortable level due to performance of the air conditioning being limited, if the outside temperature is excessively high or low, or if the charge connector is con- nected to a 120-volt outlet.

If the power switch is in the ON position or the charge connector is disconnected, while the remote climate control is being operated, re- mote climate control operation is automatically stopped and an e-mail is sent.

If remote climate control operation is started while the vehicle is in normal charge mode, the climate control operates in climate control pri- ority mode and charging is continued.

If remote climate control operation is started and charging is stopped while the vehicle is in quick charge mode, climate control operation is also stopped.

If the quick charge connector is connected and charging is not performed, remote climate con- trol operation starts using the battery electric power of the vehicle.

Temperature settings This procedure sets the temperature of Climate Ctrl. timer and remote climate control.

4-40 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

1. Press the Zero Emission menu key. Touch Zero Emission Settings.

2. Touch Timer/Remote Set Climate Temp.

3. Set the temperature and the touch OK.

NOTE: The temperature in the passenger com- partment may not be comfortable if enter- ing the vehicle too soon before or too long after the scheduled time of departure.

Air conditioning is limited to the capacity of the electric power when the charge connector is connected. Therefore, the temperature may not reach the set tem- perature due to limitations in air condi- tioning performance, if ambient tempera- ture is excessively high or low, or if the

charge connector is connected to a 120- volt plug outlet.

The Climate Ctrl. Timer operates the cli- mate control function so that a comfort- able temperature is provided in the pas- senger compartment at the scheduled time of departure. The climate control is set to stop at the scheduled time of departure.

SERVICING CLIMATE CONTROL The climate control system in your NISSAN is charged with a refrigerant designed with the en- vironment in mind. This refrigerant will not harm the earths ozone layer. Special charging equip- ment and lubricant are required when servicing your NISSAN climate control. Using improper refrigerants or lubricants will cause severe dam- age to your climate control system. For additional information, refer to Recommended fluids/ lubricants and capacities in the Technical and consumer information section.

It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certi- fied LEAF dealer to service your environmentally friendly climate control system.

Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-41

RADIO Push the power switch to the ACC or ON posi- tion and press the radio band select button to turn on the radio. If you listen to the radio while the READY to drive indicator light is off, the power switch should be pushed to the ACC position.

Radio reception is affected by station signal strength, distance from radio transmitter, build- ings, bridges, mountains and other external influ- ences. Intermittent changes in reception quality normally are caused by these external influences.

Using a cellular phone in or near the vehicle may influence radio reception quality.

Radio reception Your NISSAN radio system is equipped with state-of-the-art electronic circuits to enhance ra- dio reception. These circuits are designed to extend reception range, and to enhance the qual- ity of that reception.

However, there are some general characteristics of both FM and AM radio signals that can affect radio reception quality in a moving vehicle, even when the finest equipment is used. These char- acteristics are completely normal in a given re- ception area and do not indicate any malfunction in your NISSAN radio system.

Reception conditions will constantly change be- cause of vehicle movement. Buildings, terrain, signal distance and interference from other ve- hicles can work against ideal reception. De- scribed below are some of the factors that can affect your radio reception.

Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers. Storing the de- vice in a different location may reduce or elimi- nate the noise.

FM RADIO RECEPTION Range: FM range is normally limited to 25 30 mi (40 48 km), with monaural (single channel) FM having slightly more range than stereo FM. Exter- nal influences may sometimes interfere with FM station reception even if the FM station is within 25 mi (40 km). The strength of the FM signal is directly related to the distance between the transmitter and receiver. FM signals follow a line- of-sight path, exhibiting many of the same char- acteristics as light. For example, they will reflect off objects.

AUDIO SYSTEM (MODELS WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM)

4-42 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

Fade and drift: As your vehicle moves away from a station transmitter, the signals will tend to fade and/or drift.

Static and flutter: During signal interference from buildings, large hills or due to antenna position (usually in conjunction with increased distance from the station transmitter), static or flutter can be heard. This can be reduced by adjusting the treble control to reduce treble response.

Multipath reception: Because of the reflective characteristics of FM signals, direct and reflected signals reach the receiver at the same time. The signals may cancel each other, resulting in mo- mentary flutter or loss of sound.

AM RADIO RECEPTION AM signals, because of their low frequency, can bend around objects and skip along the ground. In addition, the signals can be bounced off the ionosphere and bent back to earth. Because of these characteristics, AM signals are also sub- ject to interference as they travel from transmitter to receiver.

Fading: Occurs while the vehicle is passing through freeway underpasses or in areas with many tall buildings. It can also occur for several seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in areas where no obstacles exist.

Static: Caused by thunderstorms, electrical power lines, electric signs and even traffic lights.

SATELLITE RADIO RECEPTION When the satellite radio is used for the first time or the battery has been replaced, the satellite radio may not work properly. This is not a mal- function. Wait more than 10 minutes with satellite radio ON and the vehicle outside of any metal or large building for satellite radio to receive all of the necessary data.

No satellite radio reception is available and NO SAT is displayed when the SAT band option is selected unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and a SiriusXM Satellite Radio service subscription is active. Satellite ra- dio is not available in Alaska, Hawaii and Guam.

Satellite radio performance may be affected if cargo carried on the roof blocks the satellite radio signal.

If possible, do not put cargo over the satellite antenna.

A build up of ice on the satellite radio antenna can affect satellite radio performance. Remove the ice to restore satellite radio reception.

Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-43

AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS

Compact disc (CD) player

CAUTION

Do not force a compact disc into the CD insert slot. This could damage the CD and/or CD player.

Trying to load a CD with the CD door closed could damage the CD and/or CD player.

Only one CD can be loaded into the CD player at a time.

Only use high quality 4.7 in (12 cm) round discs that have the COMPACT disc DIGI- TAL AUDIOlogo on the disc or packaging.

During cold weather or rainy days, the player may malfunction due to the humid- ity. If this occurs, remove the CD and de- humidify or ventilate the player completely.

The player may skip while driving on rough roads.

The CD player sometimes cannot function when the compartment temperature is ex- tremely high or low. Decrease/increase the temperature before use.

Do not expose the CD to direct sunlight.

CDs that are in poor condition or are dirty, scratched or covered with fingerprints may not work properly.

The following CDs may not work properly. Copy control compact discs (CCCD) Recordable compact discs (CD-R) Rewritable compact discs (CD-RW)

Do not use the following CDs as they may cause the CD player to malfunction:

3.1 in (8 cm) discs with an adapter CDs that are not round CDs with a paper label CDs that are warped, scratched, or

have abnormal edges

This audio system can only play prere- corded CDs. It has no capability to record or burn CDs.

If the CD cannot be played, one of the following messages will be displayed.

CHECK DISC:

Confirm that the CD is inserted correctly (the label side is facing up, etc.).

Confirm that the CD is not bent or warped and it is free of scratches.

4-44 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

PRESS EJECT:

This is an error due to excessive tempera- ture inside the player. Remove the CD by pressing the EJECT button. After a short time, reinsert the CD. The CD can be played when the temperature of the player returns to normal.

UNPLAYABLE:

The file is unplayable in this audio system (only MP3 orWMA(if so equipped) CD).

Compressed audio files (MP3/WMA) Terms

MP3 MP3 is short for Moving Pictures Ex- perts Group Audio Layer 3. MP3 is the most well-known compressed digital audio file for- mat. This format allows for near CD quality sound, but at a fraction of the size of normal audio files. MP3 conversion of an audio track from CD-ROM can reduce the file size by ap- proximately a 10:1 ratio with virtually no percep- tible loss in quality. MP3 compression removes the redundant and irrelevant parts of a sound signal that the human ear doesnt hear.

WMA Windows Media Audio (WMA)* is a compressed audio format created by Microsoft as an alternative to MP3. The WMA codec offers greater file compression than the MP3 codec, enabling storage of more digital audio tracks in the same amount of space when compared to MP3s at the same level of quality.

Bit rate Bit rate denotes the number of bits per second used by a digital music file. The size and quality of a compressed digital audio file is determined by the bit rate used when encoding the file.

Sampling frequency Sampling frequency is the rate at which the samples of a signal are converted from analog to digital (A/D conver- sion) per second.

Multisession Multisession is one of the meth- ods for writing data to media. Writing data once to the media is called a single session, and writing more than once is called a multisession.

ID3/WMA Tag The ID3/WMA tag is the part of the encoded MP3 or WMA file that contains information about the digital music file such as song title, artist, encoding bit rate, track time duration, etc. ID3 tag information is displayed on the Artist/song title line on the display.

* Windows and Windows Media are regis- tered trademarks and trademarks in the United States of America and other countries of Micro- soft Corporation of the USA.

Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-45

Playback order

Musical playback order of a CD with MP3 or WMA files is as illustrated.

The names of folders not containing MP3 or WMA files are not shown in the display.

If there is a file in the top level of the disc, Root Folder is displayed.

The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software. Therefore, the files might not play in the desired order.

Playback order chart

4-46 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

Specification chart

Supported media CD, CD-R, CD-RW

Supported file systems ISO9660 LEVEL1, ISO9660 LEVEL2, Apple ISO, Romeo, Joliet * ISO9660 Level 3 (packet writing) is not sup- ported.

Supported versions*1

MP3

Version MPEG1, MPEG2, MPEG2.5

Sampling frequency 8 kHz - 48 kHz

Bit rate 32 kbps - 320 kbps, VBR

WMA

Version WMA7, WMA8, WMA9

Sampling frequency 32 kHz - 48 kHz

Bit rate 32 kbps - 320 kbps, VBR

Tag information ID3 tag VER1.0, VER1.1, VER2.2, VER2.3 (MP3 only) VER2.4

Folder levels Folder levels: 8, Max folders: 255 (including root folder), Files: 999 (Max. 255 files for one folder)

Displayable character codes*2 01: ASCII, 02: ISO-8859-1, 03: UNICODE (UTF-16 BOM Big Endian), 04: UNICODE (UTF-16 Non-BOM Big En- dian), 05: UNICODE (UTF-8)

*1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played.

*2 Available codes depend on what kind of me- dia, versions and information are going to be displayed.

Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-47

Troubleshooting guide

Symptom Cause and Countermeasure

Cannot play

Check if the disc was inserted correctly.

Check if the disc is scratched or dirty.

Check if there is condensation inside the player. If there is, wait until the condensation is gone (about 1 hour) before us- ing the player.

If there is a temperature increase error, the CD player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature.

If there is a mixture of music CD files (CD-DA data) and MP3/WMA files on a CD, only the music CD files (CD-DA data) will be played.

Files with extensions other than .MP3,.WMA, .mp3 or .wma cannot be played. In addition, the character codes and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications.

Check if the finalization process, such as session close and disc close, is done for the disc.

Check if the disc is protected by copyright.

Poor sound quality Check if the disc is scratched or dirty.

Bit rate may be too low.

It takes a relatively long time before the music starts play- ing.

If there are many folders or file levels on the MP3/WMA disc, or if it is a multisession disc, some time may be required before the music starts playing.

Music cuts off or skips The writing software and hardware combination might not match, or the writing speed, writing depth, writing width, etc., might not match the specifications. Try using the slowest writing speed.

Skipping with high bit rate files Skipping may occur with large quantities of data, such as for high bit rate data.

Moves immediately to the next song when playing When a non-MP3/WMA file has been given an extension of .MP3, .WMA, .mp3or .wma, or when play is prohibited by copyright protection, there will be approximately 5 seconds of no sound and then the player will skip to the next song.

Songs do not play back in the desired order The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software. Therefore, the files might not play in the desired order.

4-48 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

USB (Universal Serial Bus) connection port

WARNING

Do not connect, disconnect or operate the USB device while driving. Doing so can be a distraction. If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident or serious injury.

CAUTION

Do not force the USB device into the USB port. Inserting the USB device tilted or up-side-down into the port may damage the port. Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port.

Do not grab the USB port cover (if so equipped) when pulling the USB de- vice out of the port. This could damage the port and the cover.

Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally. Pulling the cable may damage the port.

The vehicle is not equipped with a USB device. USB devices should be purchased separately as necessary. This system cannot be used to format

USB devices. To format a USB device, use a personal computer. In some states/area, the USB device for the front seats plays only sound with- out images for regulatory reasons, even when the vehicle is parked.

This system supports various USB memory de- vices, USB hard drives and iPod players. Some USB devices may not be supported by this sys- tem.

Partitioned USB devices may not play correctly.

Some characters used in other languages (Chi- nese, Japanese, etc.) may not appear properly in the display. Using English language characters with a USB device is recommended.

General notes for USB use:

For additional information refer to your device manufacturers owner information regarding the proper use and care of the device.

Notes for iPod use:

iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.

Improperly plugging in the iPod may cause a checkmark to be displayed on and off (flicker- ing). Always make sure that the iPod is con- nected properly.

An iPod nano (1st Generation) may remain in fast forward or rewind mode if it is connected during a seek operation. In this case, please manually reset the iPod.

An iPod nano (2nd Generation) will continue to fast-forward or rewind if it is disconnected during a seek operation.

An incorrect song title may appear when the Play Mode is changed while using an iPod nano (2nd Generation).

Audiobooks may not play in the same order as they appear on an iPod.

Large video files cause slow responses in an iPod. The vehicle center display may momen- tarily black out, but will soon recover.

If an iPod automatically selects large video files while in the shuffle mode, the vehicle center display may momentarily black out, but will soon recover.

Bluetooth streaming audio Some Bluetooth audio devices may not be

recognized by the in-vehicle audio system.

It is necessary to set up the wireless connection between a compatible Bluetooth audio device and the in-vehicle Bluetooth module before using the Bluetooth audio.

Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-49

Operating procedure of the Bluetooth audio will vary depending on the devices. Make sure how to operate your audio device before using it with this system.

The Bluetooth audio may be stopped under the following conditions:

Receiving a call on the Hands-Free Phone System.

Checking the connection to the hands-free phone.

Do not place the Bluetooth audio device in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in-vehicle Bluetooth module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection disruption.

While an audio device is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connection, the battery power of the device may discharge quicker than usual.

This system supports the Bluetooth Audio Distribution Profile (A2DP, AVRCP).

BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and licensed to Visteon.

FM/AM/SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC (CD) PLAYER

1. CD EJECT button 2. RPT (repeat) button 3. RDM (random) button 4. Display screen 5. SCAN button

6. SEEK/CAT button 7. iPod MENU button 8. BACK button 9. TUNE/SCROLL knob /ENTER/SETTING

button

4-50 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

10. Station select (16) buttons 11. (power) button /VOL (volume)

control knob 12. DISP button 13. MEDIA button 14. XM button 15. FMAM button

For additional information, refer to Audio opera- tion precautions in this section.

No satellite radio reception is available when the SAT band option is selected unless a SiriusXM Satellite Radio subscription is active.

The satellite radio is not available in Alaska, Hawaii and Guam.

Audio main operation (Power)/VOL (Volume) control knob

Place the power switch in the ACC or ON posi- tion, and then press the button while the system is off to turn on the last audio source, which was playing immediately before the system was turned off. While the system is on, pressing the button turns the system off.

Turn the VOL control knob to adjust the volume.

This vehicle may be equipped with speed sensi- tive volume. When this feature is active, the audio volume changes as the driving speed changes.

ENTER/SETTING button

When the audio screen is displayed, press the ENTER/SETTING button to show the Settings screen on the display. Turn the TUNE/SCROLL knob to navigate the options and then press the ENTER/SETTING button to make a selection.

Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-51

Audio

Bass Adjusts the bass to the desired level.

Treble Adjusts the treble to the desired level.

Balance Adjusts the balance to the desired level. Balance adjusts the sound level between the left and right speakers.

Fade Adjusts the fade to the desired level. Fade adjusts the sound level between the front and rear speakers.

Brightness Adjust the brightness to adjust the appearance of the display screen.

Contrast Adjust the contrast to adjust the appearance of the display screen.

Clock Adjust Allows the user to set time manually. To set the clock: 1. Press the ENTER/SETTING button. 2. Turn the TUNE/FOLDER knob to select CLOCK. 3. Press the ENTER/SETTING button. 4. Turn the TUNE/FOLDER knob to select set time. 5. Press the ENTER/SETTING button. 6. Rotate the TUNE/FOLDER knob to adjust hours. 7. Press the ENTER/SETTING button. 8. Turn the TUNE/FOLDER knob to adjust minutes. 9. Press the ENTER/SETTING button. 10. Press the BACK button to finish.

On-Screen Clock Toggles ON or OFF the clock display on the upper right corner of the display screen.

RDS Display Toggles ON or OFF the RDS information displayed on the screen while the radio is playing.

Speed Sens Vol. (Speed Sen- sitive Volume)

Adjusts the speed sensitive volume function, which increases the volume of the audio system as the speed of the vehicle increases. Set to OFF to disable the feature. The higher the setting, the more the volume increases in relation to vehicle speed.

AUX Vol. Choose a setting from 0 to +3 to control the boost of incoming auxiliary device volume. A setting of 0 provides no additional boost in vol- ume. A setting of +3 provides the greatest boost in volume.

Language Select Select the desired language for the system from the available options.

4-52 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

Bass, treble, balance and fade can also be ad- justed by pressing the ENTER/SETTING button and turning the TUNE/SCROLL control knob to select the item to adjust. When the desired item is shown on the display, turn the tuning to adjust and then press the ENTER/SETTING button until the display returns to the main audio screen. If the button is not pressed for approximately 10 sec- onds, the radio or CD display will automatically reappear.

DISP button

Display of the screen can be canceled by press- ing the DISP button. You can then listen to music that is being played back. If you want to display the screen again, either press the DISP button once more or press the FMAM, XM Satellite Radio or CDAUX button.

MEDIA button

Pressing the MEDIA button will switch the dis- plays as follows:

iPod/USBBluetooth AudioAUXCDiPod/USB

BACK button

When the BACK button is pressed, it returns to the previous display.

iPod MENU button

Press the iPod MENU button while the iPod is connected to show the iPod operation menu on the audio display. Scroll through the menu list using the TUNE/SCROLL knob. Press the ENTER/SETTING button to select a menu item.

For additional information, refer to the iPod Owners Manual.

FM/AM/SAT radio operation FMAM band select

Pressing the radio band select button will change the band as follows:

AMFM1FM2AM

XM band select

Pressing the XM band select button will change the band as follows:

XM1XM2XM3XM1

When the XM band select button is pressed while the power switch is in the ACC or ON position, the radio will come on at the channel last played.

The last station played will also come on when the button is pressed to radio ON.

*When the XM button is pressed, the satellite radio mode will be skipped unless a SiriusXM Satellite Radio service subscription is active. Satellite radio is not available in Alaska, Hawaii and Guam.

If a compact disc is playing when the XM button is pressed, the compact disc will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will come on.

TUNE/SCROLL knob (Tuning)

Turn the TUNE/SCROLL knob to the left or right for manual tuning.

SEEK tuning

Press the SEEK/CAT or button or to tune from low to high or high to low frequencies and to stop at the next broadcasting station.

SCAN tuning

Press the SCAN button to stop at each broad- casting station for 5 seconds. SCAN will appear on the screen while the radio is scan tuning.

Pressing the button again during this 5 second period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station. If the SCAN button is not pressed within 5 seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the next station.

Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-53

1 to 6 Station memory operations

Six stations can be set for the AM band. Twelve stations can be set for the FM band (6 for FM1, 6 for FM2). Eighteen channels can be set for the satellite radio (6 for XM1, 6 for XM2, 6 for XM3).

1. Choose the radio band AM, FM1 or FM2 us- ing the FMAM select button, or choose the satellite band XM1, XM2 or XM3 using the XM button.

2. Tune to the desired station using manual, SEEK or SCAN tuning. Press and hold any of the desired station memory buttons (1 6) until the preset number is updated on the display and the sound is briefly muted.

3. The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume. Programming is now complete.

4. Other buttons can be set in the same manner.

If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the fuse opens, the radio memory will be canceled. In that case, reset the desired stations.

Compact disc (CD) player operation Place the power switch in the ACC or ON posi- tion and insert the Compact Disc (CD) into the slot with the label side facing up. The CD will be guided automatically into the slot and start play- ing.

After loading the CD, the number of tracks on the CD and the play time will appear on the display.

If the radio is already operating, it will automati- cally turn off and the CD will play.

If the system has been turned off while the CD was playing, pressing the (power) button will start the CD.

Do not use 3.1 in (8 cm) discs.

SEEK/CAT buttons

When the FF or REW button is pressed for more than 1.5 seconds while the CD is being played, the CD will play while fast forwarding or rewind- ing. When the button is released, the CD will return to normal play speed.

When the FF or REW button is pressed for less than 1.5 seconds while the CD is being played, the next track or the beginning of the current track on the CD will be played.

Repeat (RPT)

When the RPT play button is pressed while the CD is played, the play pattern can be changed as follows:

(CD)

Normal1 Track Repeat

(CD with compressed audio files)

Normal1 Folder Repeat1 Track Repeat- Normal

Random (RDM)

When the RDM play button is pressed while a CD is being played, the play pattern can be changed as follows:

(CD)

Normal1 Disc Random

(CD with compressed audio files)

Normal1 Disc Random1 Folder Random- Normal

CD EJECT

When the CD EJECT button is pressed with a compact disc loaded, the CD will be ejected.

When this button is pressed while the CD is being played, the CD will be ejected.

4-54 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

If the CD comes out and is not removed, it will be pulled back into the slot to protect it.

AUX IN jack

The AUX IN jack is located under the control panel. The AUX IN audio jack accepts any stan- dard analog audio input such as from a portable cassette tape/CD player, MP3 player or laptop computer.

MEDIA

With a CD loaded, press the MEDIA button until the CD mode is displayed on the screen. Press- ing the MEDIA button repeatedly will maneuver through CD, USB, Bluetooth Audio and AUX modes.

For additional information, refer to NissanCon- nect SM Mobile Apps in this section regarding My Apps key.

CD/MP3 display mode

While listening to an MP3/WMA CD, certain text may be displayed on the screen if the CD has been encoded with the text information. Depend- ing on how the MP3/WMA CD is encoded, infor- mation such as artist, song and folder will be displayed.

The track number and total number of tracks in the current folder or on the current disc are displayed on the screen as well.

TUNE/SCROLL knob (MP#/WMA CD only)

If a MP3/WMA CD with multiple folders is play- ing, turn the TUNE/SCROLL knob to change folders. Turn the knob to the left to skip back a folder. Turn the knob to the right to skip ahead a folder.

Additional features For additional information about the iPod player available with this system, refer to iPod player operation (models without Navigation System) in this section.

For additional information about the USB (Uni- versal Serial Bus) Connection Port available with this system, refer to USB (Universal Serial Bus) Connection Port Operation (models without Navigation System) in this section.

For additional information about the Bluetooth audio interface available with this system, refer to Bluetooth streaming audio (models without Navigation System) in this section.

USB (UNIVERSAL SERIAL BUS) CONNECTION PORT (MODELS WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM)

Connecting a device to the USB (Universal Serial Bus) connection port

WARNING

Do not connect, disconnect or operate the USB device while driving. Doing so can be a distraction. If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident or serious injury.

Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-55

CAUTION

Do not force the USB device into the USB port. Inserting the USB device tilted or up-side-down into the port may damage the port. Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port.

Do not grab the USB port cover (if so equipped) when pulling the USB de- vice out of the port. This could damage the port and the cover.

Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally. Pulling the cable my damage the port.

For additional information, refer to your device manufacturers owner information regarding the proper use and care of the device.

The USB connection port is located in the center console. Insert the USB device into the port.

When a compatible storage device is plugged into the port, compatible audio files on the stor- age device can be played through the vehicles audio system.

Audio file operation MEDIA button

Place the power switch in the ON or ACC posi- tion and press the MEDIA button to switch to the USB input mode. If a CD is playing or another audio source is plugged in through the AUX input jack, the MEDIA button toggles among four sources. .

SEEK/CAT buttons

When the or button is pressed for more than 1.5 seconds while a USB memory is being played, the USB memory will play while fast forwarding or rewinding. When the button is re- leased, the USB memory will return to normal play speed.

When the or button is pressed for less than 1.5 seconds while the USB memory is being played, the next track or the beginning of the current track on the USB memory will be played.

The multi-function controller can also be used to select tracks when the USB memory is being played.

REPEAT (RPT)

When the RPT button is pressed while the USB memory is being played, the play pattern can be changed as follows:

To change the play mode, press the RPT button repeatedly and the mode will change as follows:

Normal1 Folder Repeat1 Track Repeat- Normal

RANDOM (RDM)

When the RDM button is pressed while a USB memory device is being playing, the play pattern can be changed as follows:

To change the play mode, press the RDM button repeatedly and the mode will change as follows:

NormalAll Random1 Folder RandomNor- mal

TUNE/SCROLL knob

If there are multiple folders with audio files on the USB device, turn the TUNE/SCROLL knob to change folders. Turn the knob to the left to skip back a folder. Turn the knob to the right to skip ahead a folder. If there is only one folder of audio files on the USB device, turning the TUNE/ SCROLL knob in either direction will return to the first track on the USB device.

4-56 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

BACK button

When the BACK button is pressed, it returns to the previous display.

IPOD PLAYER OPERATION (MODELS WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM)

Connecting iPod

WARNING

Do not connect, disconnect or operate the USB device while driving. Doing so can be a distraction. If distracted you

could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident or serious injury.

CAUTION

Do not force the USB device into the USB port. Inserting the USB device tilted or up-side-down into the port may damage the port. Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port.

Do not grab the USB port cover (if so equipped) when pulling the USB de- vice out of the port. This could damage the port and the cover.

Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally. Pulling the cable my damage the port.

For additional information, refer to your device manufacturers owner information regarding the proper use and care of the device.

To connect an iPod to the vehicle so that the iPod can be controlled with the audio system controls and display screen, use the USB con- nection port located in the center console. Con- nect the iPod-specific end of the cable to the iPod and the USB end of the cable to the USB connection port on the vehicle. If your iPod

supports charging via a USB connection, its bat- tery will be charged while connected to the ve- hicle with the power switch in the ACC or ON position.

While connected to the vehicle, the iPod can only be operated by the vehicle audio controls.

To disconnect the iPod from the vehicle, re- move the USB end of the cable from the USB connection port on the vehicle, then remove the cable from the iPod.

iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc, registered in the U.S. and other countries.

Compatibility The following models are available:

Third generation iPhone (Firmware version IOS 2.14.2.1)

Fourth generation iPhone (Firmware version IOS 4.06.1.3)

Fifth generation iPhone (firmware version IOS6/6.0)

Fifth generation iPod (Firmware version iOS 6.0.06.1.4)

First generation iPod Classic (Firmware ver- sion 1.1.1 or 2.0.1)

Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-57

Second generation iPod Classic (Firmware version 2.0.1)

First generation iPod touch (Firmware version 1.12.2.1)

Second generation iPod touch (Firmware ver- sion IOS 2.1.12.2.1)

Third generation iPod touch (Firmware ver- sion IOS 3.13.1.3)

Fourth generation iPod touch (Firmware ver- sion IOS 4.16.1.3)

Fifth generation iPod touch (Firmware version IOS 6.0.06.1.3)

First generation iPod nano (Firmware version 1.3.1)

Second generation iPod nano (Firmware ver- sion 1.1.3)

Third generation iPod nano (Firmware version 1.0.01.1.3)

Fourth generation iPod nano (Firmware ver- sion 1.0.21.0.4)

Fifth generation iPod nano (Firmware version 1.0.11.0.2)

Sixth generation iPod nano (Firmware version 1.01.2)

Seventh generation iPod nano (Firmware ver- sion 1.0.01.0.1)

The iPod touch may not respond quickly with the system in some cases.

Make sure that the iPod firmware is updated.

Audio main operation Place the power switch in the ACC or ON posi- tion. Then, press the MEDIA button repeatedly to switch to the iPod mode.

If the system has been turned off while the iPod was playing, pressing the (power) button will start the iPod.

iPod MENU button

Press the iPod MENU button while the iPod operation menu on the audio display. Scroll through the menu list using the TUNE/SCROLL knob. Press the ENTER button to select a menu item. Items in the iPod menu appear on the display in the following order:

Now playing

Playlists

Artists

Albums

Songs

Podcasts

Genres

Composers

Audiobooks

Shuffle songs

For additional information about each iten, refer to the iPod Owners Manual.

MEDIA button

Place the power switch in the ACC or ON posi- tion. Then, press the MEDIA button to switch to the iPod mode.

If another audio source is playing and the iPod is connected, pressing the MEDIA button changes to the iPod mode.

If the system has been turned off while the iPod was playing, pressing the (power) button will start the iPod.

When the MEDIA button is pressed while the iPod is connected, the interface for iPod op- eration is shown on the audio display. The items on the menu list can be scrolled by turning the TUNE/SCROLL dial while the iPod is opera- tional. To select an item, press ENTER/SETTING. Items in the iPod menu appear on the display in the following order:

Now Playing

Playlists

4-58 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

Artists

Albums

Songs

Podcasts

Genres

Composers

Audiobooks

Shuffle Songs

For additional information, refer to the iPod Owners Manual.

SEEK/CAT buttons

When the or button is pressed for more than 1.5 seconds while the iPod is play- ing, the iPod will play while fast forwarding or rewinding. When the button is released , the iPod will return to the normal play speed.

When the or button is pressed for less than 1.5 seconds while the iPod is playing, the next track or the beginning of the current track on the iPod will be played.

REPEAT (RPT)

When the RPT play button is pressed while a track is being played, the play pattern can be changed as follows:

Repeat Off1 Track RepeatAll RepeatRe- peat Off

RANDOM (RDM)

When the RDM play button is pressed while a track is being played, the play pattern can be changed as follows:

Shuffle OffTrack ShuffleAlbum Shuffle- Shuffle Off

BACK button

When the BACK button is pressed, it returns to the previous display.

BLUETOOTH STREAMING AUDIO (MODELS WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM) If you have a compatible Bluetooth audio de- vice that is capable of playing audio files, the device can be connected to the vehicles audio system so that the audio files on the device play through the vehicles speakers. For additional information, refer to FM-AM-SAT radio with compact disc (CD) player in this section.

NOTE: For additional information regarding Bluetooth Streaming Audio, refer to the Cellular Phone Owners Manual.

Connecting Bluetooth audio To connect your Bluetooth audio device to the vehicle, follow the procedure below:

1. Press the ENTER/SETTING button.

2. Select Bluetooth.

3. Select Add Phone. This same screen can be accessed to remove, replace or select a dif- ferent Bluetooth device.

4. The system acknowledges the command and asks you to initiate connecting from the phone handset. The connecting procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cellu- lar phone model. For additional information, refer to the cellular phones Owners Manual. You can also visit www.NissanUSA.com/bluetooth for instruc- tions on connecting NISSAN-recommended cellular phones.

Audio main operation:

To switch to the Bluetooth audio mode, press the MEDIA button repeatedly until the

Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-59

Bluetooth audio mode is displayed on the screen. Use the vehicle audio controls or the Bluetooth devices controls to play, pause, skip or reverse tracks.

AUX DEVICE PLAYER OPERATION The AUX input jack is located in the center con- sole. The AUX input jack accepts any standard analog audio input such as from a portable cas- sette tape/CD player, MP3 player or laptop com- puter.

NISSAN strongly recommends using a stereo mini plug when connecting your music device to the audio system. Music may not play properly when monaural cable is used.

To switch the AUX mode, press the MEDIA but- ton until the AUX mode is selected, while the power switch is in the ON or ACC position.

CD CARE AND CLEANING Handle a CD by its edges. Do not bend the disc.

Never touch the surface of the disc.

Always place the discs in the storage case when they are not being used.

To clean a disc, wipe the surface from the center to the outer edge using a clean, soft cloth. Do not wipe the disc using a circular motion.

Do not use a conventional record cleaner or alcohol intended for industrial use.

A new disc may be rough on the inner and outer edges. Remove the rough edges by rubbing the inner and outer edges with the side of a pen or pencil as illustrated.

STEERING WHEEL SWITCH FOR AUDIO CONTROL The audio system can be operated using the controls on the steering wheel.

SOURCE switch Push the SOURCE switch to change the mode in the following sequence:

AMFM1FM2XM1XM2XM3CD* USB/iPod*Bluetooth Audio AUX*AM.

1. SOURCE button/tuning switch 2. Volume control button

4-60 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

* These modes are only available when compat- ible media storage is inserted into the device or connected to the system.

Volume control switch Push the volume control switch to increase or decrease the volume.

Tuning switch While the display is showing an audio screen, tilt the tuning switch upward or downward to select a station, track, CD or folder. For most audio sources, tilting the switch up/down for more than 1.5 seconds provides a different function than a tilting up/down for less than 1.5 seconds.

AM and FM:

Tilt up/down for less than 1.5 seconds to in- crease or decrease the preset station.

Tilt up/down for more than 1.5 seconds to seek up or down to the next station.

XM:

Tilt up/down for less than 1.5 seconds to in- crease or decrease the preset station.

Tilt up/down for more than 1.5 seconds to go to the next or previous category.

iPod:

Tilt up/down for less than 1.5 seconds to in- crease or decrease the track number.

CD:

Tilt up/down for less than 1.5 seconds to in- crease or decrease the track number.

Tilt up/down for more than 1.5 seconds to in- crease or decrease the folder number (if playing compressed audio files).

USB:

Tilt up/down for less than 1.5 seconds to in- crease or decrease the track number.

Tilt up/down for more than 1.5 seconds to in- crease or decrease the folder number.

ANTENNA

Removing antenna The antenna cannot be shortened, but can be removed. When you need to remove the antenna, turn the antenna rod counterclockwise B .

To install the antenna rod, turn the antenna rod clockwise A and hand tighten.

CAUTION

To avoid damaging or deforming the antenna, be sure to remove the an- tenna under the following conditions.

Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-61

The vehicle enters an automatic car wash.

The vehicle enters a garage with a low ceiling.

The vehicle is covered with a car cover.

Always properly tighten the antenna rod during installation. Otherwise, the antenna rod may break during vehicle operation.

CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO When installing a CB, ham radio or car phone in your vehicle, be sure to observe the following precautions; otherwise, the new equipment may adversely affect the EV control system and other electronic parts.

WARNING

A cellular phone should not be used for any purpose while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle op- eration. Some jurisdictions prohibit the use of cellular phones while driv- ing.

If you must make a call while your vehicle is in motion, the hands free cellular phone operational mode is highly recommended. Exercise ex- treme caution at all times so full atten- tion may be given to vehicle operation.

If you are unable to devote full atten- tion to vehicle operation while talking on the phone, pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle.

CAUTION

Keep the antenna as far away as pos- sible from the electronic control mod- ules.

Keep the antenna wire more than 20 cm (8 in) away from the electronic control system harnesses. Do not route the antenna wire next to any har- ness.

Adjust the antenna standing-wave ra- tio as recommended by the manufac- turer.

Connect the ground wire from the CB radio chassis to the body.

For additional information, it is recom- mended that you visit a NISSAN certi- fied LEAF dealer.

WARNING

Use a phone after stopping your ve- hicle in a safe location. If you have to use a phone while driving, exercise ex- treme caution at all times so full atten- tion may be given to vehicle operation.

If you are unable to devote full atten- tion to vehicle operation while talking on the phone, pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle.

CAUTION

To avoid draining the vehicle battery, use a phone after the READY to drive indica- tor light is on.

BLUETOOTH HANDS-FREE PHONE SYSTEM WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM (IF SO EQUIPPED)

4-62 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

Your NISSAN is equipped with the Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone System. If you have a com- patible Bluetooth enabled cellular phone, you can set up the wireless connection between your cellular phone and the in-vehicle phone module. With Bluetooth wireless technology, you can

make or receive a hands-free telephone call with your cellular phone in the vehicle.

Once your cellular phone is connected to the in- vehicle phone module, no other phone connecting procedure is required. Your phone is automatically connected with the in-vehicle phone module when

the power switch is placed in the ON position with the previously connected cellular phone turned on and carried in the vehicle.

NOTE: Some devices require the user to accept specific connections for certain features (such as phonebook download). If your phone does not connect automatically to the system, consult the phones Owners Manual for details on device operation.

You can connect up to five different Bluetooth cellular phones to the in-vehicle phone module. However, you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time.

Before using the Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone System, refer to the following notes:

Set up the wireless connection between a com- patible cellular phone and the in-vehicle phone module before using the hands-free phone system.

Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized or work properly. Please visit www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth or www.nissan.ca/bluetooth for a recommended phone list and connecting instructions.

Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-63

You will not be able to use a hands-free phone under the following conditions:

Your vehicle is outside of the cellular service area.

Your vehicle is in an area where it is difficult to receive a cellular signal; such as in a tunnel, in an underground parking garage, near a tall building or in a mountainous area.

Your cellular phone is locked to prevent it from being dialed.

When the radio wave condition is not ideal or ambient sound is too loud, it may be difficult to hear the other persons voice during a call.

Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in- vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection disruption.

While a cellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connection, the battery power of the cellular phone may discharge quicker than usual. The Bluetooth Hands- Free Phone System cannot charge cellular phones.

For additional information, refer to Trouble- shooting guide in this section. You can also visit www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth or

www.nissan.ca/bluetooth for troubleshooting help if the hands-free phone system seems to be malfunctioning.

Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers. Storing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise.

For additional information, refer to the cellular phone Owners Manual regarding the telephone charges, cellular phone antenna and body, etc.

REGULATORY INFORMATION FCC Regulatory information

CAUTION: To maintain compliance with FCCs RF exposure guidelines, use only the supplied antenna. Unauthorized antenna, modification, or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regulations.

Operation is subject to the following two condi- tions:

1. This device may not cause interference and

2. this device must accept any interference, in- cluding interference that may cause unde- sired operation of the device.

IC Regulatory information

Operation is subject to the following two condi- tions: (1) this device may not cause interfer- ence, and (2) this device must accept any inter- ference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

This Class B digital apparatus meets all require- ments of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations.

BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and licensed to Visteon.

USING THE SYSTEM The NISSAN Voice Recognition system allows hands-free operation of the Bluetooth Hands- Free Phone System.

If the vehicle is in motion, some commands may not be available so full attention may be given to vehicle operation.

Initialization When the power switch is placed in the ON position, NISSAN Voice Recognition is initialized, which takes a few seconds. If the button is pressed before the initialization completes, the

4-64 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

system will announce Hands-free phone system not ready and will not react to voice commands.

Operating tips To get the best performance out of the NISSAN Voice Recognition system, observe the following:

Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible. Point all vents away from the micro- phone area and close the windows to eliminate surrounding noises (traffic noises, vibration sounds, etc.), which may prevent the system from recognizing voice commands correctly.

Wait until the tone sounds before speaking a command. Otherwise, the command will not be received properly.

Start speaking a command within 5 seconds after the tone sounds.

Speak in a natural voice without pausing be- tween words.

Giving voice commands To operate NISSAN Voice Recognition, press and release the button located on the steering wheel. After the tone sounds, speak a command.

The command given is picked up by the micro- phone, and voice feedback is given when the command is accepted.

If you need to hear the available commands for the current menu again, say Help and the system will repeat them.

If a command is not recognized, the system announces, Command not recognized. Please try again.Make sure the command is said ex- actly as prompted by the system and repeat the command in a clear voice.

If you want to go back to the previous command, you can say Go back or Correction any time the system is waiting for a response.

You can cancel a command when the system is waiting for a response by saying, Cancel or Quit. The system announces Cancel and ends the Voice Recognition session. You can also press and hold the button on the steering wheel for 5 seconds at any time to end the Voice Recognition session. Whenever the

Voice Recognition session is canceled, a double beep is played to indicate you have exited the system.

If you want to adjust the volume of the voice feedback, press the volume control switches (+ or -) on the steering wheel while being provided with feedback. You can also use the radio vol- ume control knob.

Voice Prompt Interrupt

In most cases you can interrupt the voice feed- back to speak the next command by pressing the

button on the steering wheel. After inter- rupting the system, wait for a beep before speak- ing your command.

One Shot Call

To use the system faster, you may speak the second level commands with the main menu command on the main menu. For example, press the button and after the tone say Call Redial.

Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-65

CONTROL BUTTONS The control buttons for the Bluetooth Hands- Free Phone System are located on the steering wheel.

Phone/send Press the button to initiate a Voice Recog- nition session or answer an incoming call.

You can also use the button to interrupt the system feedback and give a command at once. For additional information, refer to Voice com- mands and During a call in this section.

Phone/end While the Voice Recognition system is active, press and hold the button for 5 seconds to quit the Voice Recognition system at any time.

Tuning switch While using the Voice Recognition system, tilt the tuning switch up or down to manually control the phone system.

1. Phone/send button 2. Phone/end button 3. Tuning switch

4-66 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

CONNECTING PROCEDURE

NOTE: The connecting procedure must be per- formed when the vehicle is stationary. If the vehicle starts moving during the procedure, the procedure will be canceled.

1. Press the ENTER/SETTING button.

2. Use the TUNE/SCROLL knob to select Bluetooth and then press the ENTER/ SETTING button.

Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-67

Menu Item Result Bluetooth ON/OFF Allows user to switch Bluetooth on and off. Bluetooth must be turned on in order to connect device.

On Turns Bluetooth functionality on.

Off Turns Bluetooth functionality off.

Add Phone or Device Upon pressing this button, a message with a PIN appears on the screen. Operate the Bluetooth phone to enter the PIN and complete the connection process.

Replace Phone Replace the phone currently connected to the system. This option allows the user to keep any voicetags that were re- corded using the previous phone if vehicle is equipped with voice recognition.

The connecting procedure varies according to each phone. For additional information, refer to the phones Owners Manual. You can also visit www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth or www.nissan.ca/bluetooth or call the NISSAN Consumer Affairs Department for instructions on connecting recommended cellular phones.

VOICE COMMANDS Voice commands can be used to operate the Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone System. Press the button and say Phone to bring up the phone command menu. The available options are:

Call

Phonebook

Recent Calls

Messaging (if so equipped)

Show Applications (if so equipped)

Select Phone or Device

Call For additional information, refer to Making a call in this section.

Phonebook The following commands are available under Phonebook:

(a name)

Say a name in the phonebook to bring up a list of options for a list of options for that phonebook entry. The system will say the name it inter- preted based on the voice command provided. If the name is incorrect, say Correction to hear another name.

Once the correct phonebook entry is identified, say Dial to dial the number or Send Text to send a text message to that number. Say Re- cord Name to record a name for the phone- book entry. Say Delete Recording to delete a recorded name for the phonebook entry.

List Names

Speak this command to have the system list the names in the phonebook one by one alphabeti- cally. Say Dial to dial the number of the current name or Send Text to send a text message to that number. Say Next Entry,Previous Entry or Help to move through the list alphabetically. Say Record Name to record a name for the current phonebook entry. Say Delete Record- ing to delete a recorded name for the current phonebook entry.

4-68 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

Recent Calls The following commands are available under Recent Calls:

Incoming

Speak this command to list the last five incom- ing calls to the vehicle. If the call is from an entry in the phonebook, the name will be displayed. Otherwise, the phone number of the incoming call will be displayed.

Say Dial to call the number or Send Text to send a text message to that number. Say Next Entry, Previous Entryor Help to move through the list of incoming calls.

Missed

Speak this command to list the last five missed calls to the vehicle. If the call is from an entry in the phonebook, the name will be displayed. Otherwise, the phone number of the missed call will be displayed.

Say Dial to call the number or Send Text to send a text message to that number. Say Next Entry, Previous Entryor Help to move through the list of missed calls.

Outgoing

Speak this command to list the last five outgo- ing calls from the vehicle. If the call was to an entry in the phonebook, the name will be dis- played. Otherwise, the phone number of the outgoing call will be displayed.

Say Dial to call the number or Send Text to send a text message to that number. Say Next Entry, Previous Entryor Help to move through the list of outgoing calls.

Redial

Speak this command to call the last number dialed.

Call back

Speak this command to call the number of the last incoming call to the vehicle.

Messaging (if so equipped) Speak this command to access text messaging functions. For additional information, refer to Text messaging in this section.

Show Applications (if so equipped) Speak this command to display list of smart- phone apps available.

Select Phone or Device Speak this command to select a phone to use from a list of those phones connected to the vehicle.

MAKING A CALL To make a call from a phone connected to the vehicles Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone Sys- tem:

1. Press the button.

2. The system will prompt you for a command. Say Call.

3. Select on of the available voice commands to continue:

(a name) Speak the name of a phone- book entry to place a call to that entry. The system will respond with the name it inter- preted from your command and will prompt you to confirm that the name is correct. Say Yes to initiate the call or No to hear an- other name from the phonebook.

Number Speak this command to place a call by inputting numbers.

For 7- and 10-digit phone numbers, speak the numbers. When finished, say Dial to initiate the call. Say Correction at any time

Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-69

in the process to correct a misspoken or misinterpreted number.

For phone numbers with more digits or spe- cial characters, say Special Number, then speak the digits. Up to 24 digits can be entered. Available special characters are star, pound, plus and pause. When finished, say Dial to initiate the call. Say Correction at any time in the process to correct a misspoken or misinterpreted num- ber or character.

Redial Speak this command to dial the number of the last outgoing call. The system will display Redialing . The name of the phonebook entry will be displayed if it available, otherwise the number being redialed will be displayed.

Call Back Speak this command to dial the number of the last incoming call. The system will display Calling back . The name of the phonebook entry will be displayed if it available, otherwise the number being called back will be displayed.

RECEIVING A CALL When a call is received by the phone connected to the vehicles Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone System, the call information is displayed on the control panel display.

Press the button to accept the call. Press the button to reject the call.

DURING A CALL When a call is active, press the button to access additional options. Speak one of the fol- lowing commands.

Send Speak this command followed by the digits to enter digits during the phone call.

Mute Onor Mute Off Speak the command to mute or unmute the system.

Transfer Call Speak this command to trans- fer the call to the handset. To transfer the call back from the handset to the Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone System, press the button and confirm when prompted.

If supported by the phone, the Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone System allows for call waiting functionality. If a call is received while another call is already active, a message will be displayed on the screen. Press the button to hold the active call and switch to the second call. Press the button to reject the second call.

While the second call is active, pressing the button will allow the same commands that

are available during any calls as well as two additional commands:

Switch Call Speak this command to hold the second call and switch back to the original call.

End Other Call Speak this command to stay with the second call and end the original call.

Press the button to accept the call. Press the button to reject the call.

ENDING A CALL To end an active call, press the button.

4-70 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

TEXT MESSAGING (IF SO EQUIPPED)

WARNING

Laws in some jurisdictions may restrict the use of Text-to-Speech. Check lo- cal regulations before using this fea- ture.

Laws in some jurisdictions may restrict the use of some of the applications and features, such as social network- ing and texting. Check local regula- tions for any requirements.

Use the text messaging feature after stopping your vehicle in a safe loca- tion. If you have to use the feature while driving, exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation.

If you are unable to devote full atten- tion to vehicle operation while using the text messaging feature, pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle.

NOTE: Many phones may require special per- mission to enable text messaging. Check the phones screen during Bluetooth pairing. For some phones, you may need to enable Notifications in the phones Bluetooth menu for text messages to appear on the headunit. Please consult your phones Owners manual. Text mes- sage integration requires that the phone support MAP (Message Access Profile) for both receiving and sending text mes- sages. Some phones may not support all text messaging features. For additional information about compatibility, please visit www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth or www.nissan.ca/bluetooth, as well as your devices Owners manual.

The system allows for the sending and receiving of text messages through the vehicle interface.

Sending a text message:

1. Press the button on the steering wheel.

2. Say Phone after the tone.

3. Say Send Text after the tone.

4. The system will provide a list of available commands in order to determine the recipient

of the text message. Choose from the following:

(a name)

Missed Calls

Incoming Calls

Outgoing Calls

For additional information, refer to Voice com- mands in this section.

5. Once a recipient is chosen, the system prompts for which message to send. Five predefined messages are available as well as three custom messages. To choose one of the predefined messages, speak one of the fol- lowing after the tone:

Driving, cant text

Call me

On my way

Running late

Custom message

To send one of the custom messages, say Custom Messages. If more than one custom message is stored, the system will prompt for the number of the desired custom message.

Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-71

For additional information on setting and man- aging custom text messages, refer to Bluetooth settings in this section.

Reading a received text message:

1. Press the button on the steering wheel.

2. Say Messaging after the tone.

3. Say Read Text after the tone.

The text message, sender and delivery time are shown on the screen. Use the tuning switch to scroll through all text messages if more than one are available. Press the button to exit the text message screen. Press the button to access the following options for replying to the text message:

Call Back

Speak this command to call the sender of the text message using the Bluetooth Hands- Free Phone System.

Send Text

Speak this command to send a text message response to the sender of the text message.

Read Text

Speak this command to read the text message again.

Previous Text

Speak this command to move to the previous text message.

Next Text

Speak this command to move to the next text message.

NOTE: Text messages are only displayed if the vehicle speed is less than 5 mph (8 km/h).

BLUETOOTH SETTINGS To access and adjust the settings for the Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone System:

1. Press the ENTER/SETTING button.

2. Use the TUNE/SCROLL knob to select Bluetooth and then press the ENTER/ SETTING button:

Bluetooth

Select On or Off to turn the vehicles Bluetooth system on or off.

4-72 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

Add Phone or Device

For additional information, refer to Con- necting procedure in this section.

Delete Phone or Device

Select to delete a phone from the displayed list. The system will ask to confirm before deleting the phone.

Replace Phone

Select to replace a phone from the dis- played list. When a selection is made, the system will ask to confirm before proceed- ing. The recorded phonebook for the phone being deleted will be saved as long as the new phones phonebook is the same as the old phones phonebook.

Select Phone or Device

Select to connect to a previously connected phone from the displayed list.

Phonebook Download

Select to turn on or off the automatic down- load of a connected phones phonebook.

Show Incoming Calls

Select Driver Only to have incoming call information displayed only in the vehicle in- formation display. Select Both to have in-

coming call information displayed in both the vehicle information display and the cen- ter display screen.

Text Message (if so equipped)

Select to adjust the volume of the sound that plays when a new text is received by a phone connected to the Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone System. The setting all the way to the left indicates that the new text sound will be muted.

Show Incoming Text

Select Driver Only to have incoming text messages displayed only in the vehicle in- formation display. Select Both to have in- coming text messages displayed in both the vehicle information display and the center display screen. Select None to have no display of incoming text messages.

Edit Custom Messages

Select to set a custom message that will be available with the standard options when sending a text message. To set a custom message, send a text message to your own phone number while the phone is con- nected to the system. Three custom mes-

sages can be set. Custom messages can only be set while the vehicle is stationary.

Auto Reply

Select to turn on or off the Auto Reply func- tion. When enabled, the vehicle will auto- matically send a predefined text message to the sender when a text message is received while driving.

Auto Reply Message

Select to choose the message that is sent when the Auto Reply function is enabled. Choose from Im Driving or one of the three custom messages stored in the sys- tem.

Vehicle Signature On/Off

Select to choose whether or not the vehicle signature is added to outgoing text mes- sages from the vehicle. This message can- not be changed or customized.

MANUAL CONTROLS While using the Voice Recognition system, it is possible to select menu options by using the steering wheel controls instead of speaking voice commands. This can be especially helpful if the

Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-73

noise of driving makes it difficult for Voice Rec- ognition system to accurately interpret com- mands. The manual control mode does not allow dialing a phone number by digits. The user may select an entry from the Phonebook or Recent Calls lists. To re-activate Voice Recognition, exit the manual control mode by pressing and holding the PHONE/END ( ) button. At the time, pressing the PHONE/SEND ( ) button will start the Hands Free Phone System.

Operating tips To enter manual control mode, start the Voice

Recognition system and tilt the tuning ( ) switch up or down. The system will speak Showing Manual Options when manual con- trols are initially activated.

To browse the menu options, tilt the tuning ( ) switch up or down. The system will al-

ways speak the current menu option. Depend- ing on the audio display, it will also show the current menu option.

To select the current menu option, press the PHONE/SEND ( ) button.

To go back to the previous menu, press the PHOEN/END ( ) button. If the current menu is the Main Menu, pressing the PHONE/ END ( ) button will exit the Phone system.

To exit the manual control mode, press and hold the PHONE/END ( ) button for 5 seconds.

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty. If problems are en- countered, try the following solutions.

Where the solutions are listed by number, try each solution in turn, starting with number 1, until the problem is resolved.

4-74 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

Symptom Solution

System fails to interrupt the command correctly.

1. Ensure that the command is valid. For additional information, refer to Voice commands in this section.

2. Ensure that the command is spoken after the tone.

3. Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level in the vehicle.

4. Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive (for example, windows open or defroster on). NOTE: if it is too noisy to use the phone, it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized.

5. If more than one command was said at a time, try saying the commands separately.

6. If the system consistently fails to recognize commands, the voice training procedure should be carried out to improve the recognition response for the speaker.

The system consistently selects the wrong entry from the phone book.

1. Ensure that the phone book entry name requested matches what was originally stored. This can be confirmed by using the List Names command. For additional information, refer to Phonebook in this section.

2. Replace one of the names being confused with a new name.

3. Say First Name and Last Name of the desired contact to improve recognition.

Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-75

For additional information, refer to the separate LEAF Navigation System Owners Manual.

For additional information, refer to the separate LEAF Navigation System Owners Manual.

BLUETOOTH HANDS-FREE PHONE SYSTEM WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM (IF SO EQUIPPED)

NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM (IF SO EQUIPPED)

4-76 Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

5 Starting and driving

Precautions when starting and driving . . . . . . . . . . .5-2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) . . . . . . .5-2 Avoiding collision and rollover . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-5 Off-road recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-5 Rapid air pressure loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-6 Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving . . . . . . . . . . .5-6

Push-button power switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-7 NISSAN Intelligent Key system . . . . . . . . . . . .5-7 Operating range for EV start function . . . . . . . . .5-8 Power switch operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-8 Power switch positions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-9 Emergency EV shut off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10 NISSAN Intelligent Key battery discharge . . . . .5-10

Before starting the EV system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-11 Starting the EV system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-11 Driving the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-11

Electric shift control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-11 Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15 Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16

Precautions on cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16 Cruise control operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17

Increasing power economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18 Parking/parking on hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19 Power steering system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20 Brake system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21

Brake precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21 Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . .5-22

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system . . . . . . . . .5-24 Hill start assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25 Cold weather driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26

Freeing a frozen door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27 Antifreeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27 12-volt battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27 Draining of coolant water. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27 Tire equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27 Special winter equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27 Driving on snow or ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28 Freeing a frozen charge port lid . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28

WARNING

Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle. Pets should not be left alone either. They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle. Also, on hot, sunny days, temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals.

Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting. Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks. In a sudden stop or collision, unsecured cargo could cause personal injury.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold and in- flated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label,

you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a signifi- cantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to over- heat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces power efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicles handling and stop- ping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the drivers responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMS mal- function indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approxi-

mately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the mal- function exists. When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alter- nate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replac- ing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly.

Additional information The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is

driven at speeds above 16 mph (25 km/h). Also, this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure (for example, a flat tire while driving).

The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted. After the tire is inflated to the recom- mended pressure, the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 mph (25 km/h) to active the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning

PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING

5-2 Starting and driving

light. Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure.

The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning also appears on the vehicle information display when the low tire pressure warning light is illuminated and low tire pressure is detected. The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning turns off when the low tire pressure warning light turns off.

The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning ap- pears each time the power switch is placed in the ON position as long as the low tire pressure warning light remains illuminated.

The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning does not appear if the low tire pressure warning light illuminates to indicate a TPMS malfunction.

Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the heat caused by operation of the vehicle and the outside temperature. Do not reduce the tire pressure after driving because the tire pressure rises after driving. Low outside temperature can lower the temperature of the air inside the tire, which can cause a lower tire inflation pressure. This may cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate. If the warning light illuminates in low ambient temperature, check the tire pres- sure for all four tires.

The pressure of all tires can also be checked on the display screen. The order of the tire pres- sure figures displayed on the screen does not correspond with the actual order of the tire position.

For additional information, refer to Low tire pres- sure warning light in the Instruments and con- trols section and Tire Pressure Monitoring Sys- tem (TPMS) in the In case of emergency section of this manual.

WARNING

Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment. Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manu- facturer for the possible influences be- fore use.

If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving, avoid sud- den steering maneuvers or abrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed, pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible. Driving with under-inflated tires may perma- nently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure. Serious vehicle damage could occur and may

lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury. Check the tire pressure for all four tires. Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF. If the tire is flat, repair it as soon as possible. (For additional informa- tion, refer to Flat tire in the In case of emergency section of this manual.)

When replacing a wheel without the TPMS such as the spare tire, TPMS will not function and the tow tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi- mately 1 minute. The light will remain on after 1 minute. Have your tires re- placed and/or TPMS system reset as soon as possible. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

Replacing tires with those not origi- nally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS.

Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires, as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pres- sure sensors.

Starting and driving 5-3

CAUTION

The TPMS may not function properly when the wheels are equipped with tire chains or the wheels are buried in snow.

Do not place metalized film or any metal parts (antenna, etc.) on the win- dows. This may cause poor reception of the signals from the tire pressure sensors, and the TPMS will not func- tion properly.

Some devices and transmitters may temporarily interfere with the operation of the TPMS and cause the low tire pressure warning light to illu- minate. Some examples are:

Facilities or electric devices using similar radio frequencies that are near the vehicle.

If a transmitter set to similar frequencies is being used in or near the vehicle.

If a computer (or similar equipment) or a DC/AC converter is being used in or near the vehicle.

The low tire pressure warning light may illumi- nate in the following cases:

If the vehicle is equipped with a wheel and tire without TPMS.

If the TPMS has been replaced and the ID has not been registered.

If the wheel is not originally specified by NISSAN.

FCC Notice:

For USA:

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol- lowing two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference re- ceived, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

NOTE: Changes or modifications not expressly ap- proved by the party responsible for compli- ance could void the users authority to op- erate the equipment.

For Canada:

This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Opera- tion is subject to the following two condi- tions: (1) this device may not cause inter- ference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

TPMS with Easy-Fill Tire Alert When tire pressure is low, the low tire pressure warning light illuminates.

This vehicle provides visual and audible signals to help you inflate the tires to the recommended COLD tire pressure.

Vehicle set-up:

1. Park the vehicle in a safe and level place.

2. Apply the parking brake and push the P (Park) position switch on the shift lever.

3. Place the power switch in the ON position. Do not place in the READY to drive mode.

Operation:

1. Add air to the tire.

2. After a few seconds, the hazard indicators will start flashing.

3. When the designated pressure is reached, the horn beeps once and the hazard indica- tors stop flashing.

4. Perform the above steps for each tire.

If the tire is over-inflated more than approxi- mately 4 psi (30 kPa), the horn beeps and the hazard indicators flash three times. To correct the pressure, push the core of the valve stem on the tire briefly to release pressure. When the

5-4 Starting and driving

pressure reaches the designated pressure, the horn beeps once.

If the hazard indicator does not flash within approximately 15 seconds after starting to in- flate the tire, it indicates that the Easy-Fill Tire Alert is not operating.

The TPMS will not activate the Easy-Fill Tire Alert under the following conditions:

If there is interference from an external de- vice or transmitter.

The air pressure from the inflation device is not sufficient to inflate the tire, such as those using a power socket.

If electrical equipment is being used in or near the vehicle.

There is a malfunction in the TPMS system. There is a malfunction in the horn or hazard

indicators. If the Easy-Fill Tire Alert does not operate

due to TPMS interference, move the vehicle about 3 ft (1 m) backward or forward and try again.

If the Easy-Fill Tire Alert is not working, use a tire pressure gauge.

AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLLOVER

WARNING

Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe and prudent manner may result in loss of control or an accident.

Be alert and drive defensively at all times. Obey all traffic regulations. Avoid excessive speed, high speed cornering, or sudden steering ma- neuvers, because these driving practices could cause you to lose control of your vehicle. As with any vehicle, a loss of control could result in a collision with other vehicles or objects, or cause the vehicle to rollover, particularly if the loss of control causes the vehicle to slide sideways. Be attentive at all times, and avoid driving when tired. Never drive when under the influence of alcohol or drugs (including pre- scription or over-the-counter drugs which may cause drowsiness). Always wear your seat belt as outlined in Seat belts in the Safety Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual, and also instruct your passengers to do so.

Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in colli- sions and rollovers. In a rollover crash, an unbelted or improperly belted person is significantly more likely to be injured or killed than a person properly wearing a seat belt.

OFF-ROAD RECOVERY While driving, the right side or left side wheels may unintentionally leave the road surface. If this occurs, maintain control of the vehicle by follow- ing the procedure below. Please note that this procedure is only a general guide. The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the con- ditions of the vehicle, road and traffic.

1. Remain calm and do not overreact.

2. Do not apply the brakes.

3. Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course.

4. When appropriate, slowly release the accel- erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle.

5. If there is nothing in the way, steer the vehicle to follow the road while the vehicle speed is reduced. Do not attempt to drive the vehicle back onto the road surface until vehicle speed is reduced.

Starting and driving 5-5

6. When it is safe to do so, gradually turn the steering wheel until both tires return to the road surface. When all tires are on the road surface, steer the vehicle to stay in the appro- priate driving lane.

If you decide that it is not safe to return the vehicle to the road surface based on vehicle, road or traffic conditions, gradually slow the vehicle to a stop in a safe place off the road.

RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS Rapid air pressure loss or a blow-out can occur if the tire is punctured or is damaged due to hitting a curb or pothole. Rapid air pressure loss can also be caused by driving on under-inflated tires.

Rapid air pressure loss can affect the handling and stability of the vehicle, especially at highway speeds.

Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by maintain- ing the correct air pressure and visually inspect- ing the tires for wear and damage. For additional information, refer to Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do-it-yourself section of this manual.

If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or blows-out while driving, maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure below. Please note that this procedure is only a general guide. The ve- hicle must be driven as appropriate based on the conditions of the vehicle, road and traffic.

WARNING

The following actions can increase the chance of losing control of the vehicle if there is a sudden loss of tire air pressure. Losing control of the vehicle may cause a collision and result in personal injury. The vehicle generally moves or pulls in

the direction of the flat tire. Do not rapidly apply the brakes. Do not rapidly release the accelerator

pedal. Do not rapidly turn the steering wheel.

1. Remain calm and do not overreact.

2. Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course.

3. When appropriate, slowly release the accel- erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle.

4. Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe location off the road and away from traffic if possible.

5. Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradually stop the vehicle.

6. Turn on the hazard warning flashers and con- tact a roadside emergency service to change the tire. For additional information, refer to Flat tire in the In case of emergency sec- tion of this manual.

DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS AND DRIVING

WARNING

Never drive under the influence of alco- hol or drugs. Alcohol in the bloodstream reduces coordination, delays reaction time and impairs judgement. Driving af- ter drinking alcohol increases the likeli- hood of being involved in an accident injuring yourself and others. Additionally, if you are injured in an accident, alcohol can increase the severity of the injury.

NISSAN is committed to safe driving. However, you must choose not to drive under the influence of alcohol. Every year thousands of people are injured or killed in alcohol-related accidents. Al- though the local laws vary on what is considered to be legally intoxicated, the fact is that alcohol

5-6 Starting and driving

affects all people differently and most people underestimate the effects of alcohol.

Remember, drinking and driving dont mix! That is true for drugs too (over-the-counter, prescrip- tion, and illegal drugs). Do not drive if your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alcohol, drugs, or some other physical condition.

WARNING

Do not operate the power switch while driving the vehicle except in an emer- gency. (The EV system shuts down when the power switch is pushed 3 consecutive times or the power switch is pushed and held for more than 2 seconds.) If the EV system stops while the vehicle is being driven, this could lead to a crash and serious injury.

Before operating the power switch, make sure the vehicle is in the P (Park) position.

NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM The Intelligent Key system allows the driver to start the EV system without taking the key out of the pocket or purse. The operating environment and/or conditions may affect Intelligent Key sys- tem operation.

Some indicators and warnings for operation are displayed on the vehicle information display in the lower display. For additional information, refer to Vehicle information display in the Instruments and controls section of this manual.

CAUTION

Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when operating the vehicle.

Never leave the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle when you leave the vehicle.

PUSH-BUTTON POWER SWITCH

Starting and driving 5-7

OPERATING RANGE FOR EV START FUNCTION The Intelligent Key function can only be used for starting the EV system when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range 1 .

When the Intelligent Key battery is almost dis- charged or strong radio waves are present near the operating location, the Intelligent Key sys- tems operating range becomes narrower and it may not function properly.

If the Intelligent Key is within the operating range, it is possible for anyone, even someone who does not carry the Intelligent Key, to push the power switch to start the EV system.

The cargo area is not included in the operating range but the Intelligent Key may function.

If the Intelligent Key is placed on the instrument panel, inside the glove box or door pocket, the Intelligent Key may not function.

If the Intelligent Key is placed near a door or window outside the vehicle, the Intelligent Key may not function.

POWER SWITCH OPERATION When the power switch is pushed without de- pressing the brake pedal, the power switch posi- tion will change as follows.

Push once to change to ACC.

Push two times to change to ON.

Push three times to change to OFF.

Push four times to return to ACC.

Open or close any door to return to LOCK while in the OFF position.

The indicator light A on the power switch illumi- nates when the power switch is in the ACC or ON position.

The power lock is designed so that the power switch position cannot be switched to LOCK until the vehicle is placed in the P (Park) position.

When the power switch cannot be placed in the LOCK position, proceed as follows.

1. Push the P (Park) position switch on the shift lever to place the vehicle in the P (Park) position.

2. Push the power switch to the OFF position. The power switch position indicator A will not illuminate.

5-8 Starting and driving

3. Open the door. The power switch will change to the LOCK position.

POWER SWITCH POSITIONS

LOCK (Normal parking position) The power switch can only be locked in this position.

The power switch will be unlocked when it is pushed to the ACC position while the driver is carrying the Intelligent Key.

ACC (Accessories) This position activates electrical accessories, such as the radio, when the EV system is off.

ON This position turns on the EV system and electri- cal accessories.

READY (Normal operating position) This position turns on the EV system and electri- cal accessories and the vehicle can be driven.

OFF This position turns off the EV system.*Push while the brake pedal is depressed.

Starting and driving 5-9

The power switch cannot be placed in the LOCK position until the vehicle is in the P (Park) posi- tion.

CAUTION

Do not leave the vehicle with the power switch in the ACC position for an ex- tended period of time. This can discharge the 12-volt battery.

NOTE: If the power switch is pushed quickly or is pushed twice quickly, the switch may not function even if a chime sound is heard. Push the switch again more slowly.

EMERGENCY EV SHUT OFF To shut off the EV system in an emergency situ- ation while driving, perform the following proce- dure.

Rapidly push the power switch three consecu- tive times in less than 1.5 seconds, or

Push and hold the power switch for more than 2 seconds.

NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DISCHARGE If the Intelligent Key battery is discharged, or environmental conditions interfere with the Intel- ligent Key operation, start the EV system in the READY to drive mode according to the following procedure:

1. Push the P (Park) position switch on the shift lever.

2. Firmly apply the foot brake.

3. Touch the power switch with the Intelligent Key as illustrated. (A chime will sound.)

4. Push the power switch while depressing the brake pedal within 10 seconds after the chime sounds. The power switch position changes to the READY to drive mode.

After step 3 is performed, if the power switch is pushed without depressing the brake pedal, the power switch position will change to ACC.

NOTE: When the power switch is pushed to the ACC or ON position or READY to drive mode by the above procedure, the EV sys- tem operation for discharged Intelligent Key system indicator appears on the ve- hicle information display even if the Intel- ligent Key is inside the vehicle. This is not a malfunction. To stop the warning indica- tor from blinking, touch the power switch with the Intelligent Key again.

If the Intelligent Key battery discharge indicator appears on the vehicle informa- tion display, replace the battery as soon as possible. For additional information, refer to NISSAN Intelligent Key battery replacement in the Maintenance and do-it-yourself section of this manual.

5-10 Starting and driving

Make sure that the area around the vehicle is clear.

Check fluid levels such as coolant, brake fluid, and windshield-washer fluid as frequently as possible.

Check that all windows and lights are clean.

Visually inspect tires for their appearance and condition. Also check tires for proper inflation.

Check that all doors are closed.

Adjust the inside and outside mirrors.

Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers to do likewise.

Check the operation of the warning lights when the power switch is pushed to the ON position. For additional information, refer to Warning lights, indicator lights and audible reminders in the Instruments and controls section of this manual.

1. Confirm the parking brake is applied.

2. Confirm that the vehicle is in the P (Park) position.

When the power switch is placed in the ON position, the EV is designed not to operate unless the shift lever is in the P (Park) or N (Neutral) positions.

The Intelligent Key must be carried with you when operating the power switch.

3. Depress the brake pedal and push the power switch to place the EV system in the READY to drive position.

To place the vehicle in the READY to drive position immediately, push and release the power switch while depressing the brake pedal with the power switch in any position. The READY to drive indicator light in the meter illuminates.

4. To stop the EV system, push the P (Park) position switch on the shift lever, and push the power switch to the OFF position.

ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM This vehicle is electronically controlled to pro- duce maximum available power and smooth op- eration.

The recommended operating procedures for this vehicle are shown on the following pages.

Starting vehicle 1. After placing the vehicle in the READY to drive

position, fully depress the foot brake pedal before moving the shift lever to the D (Drive) position.

The shift lever of this vehicle is designed so that the foot brake pedal must be depressed before shifting from the P (Park) position to any driving position while the power switch is in the ON po- sition.

The shift lever cannot be moved out of the P (Park) position and into any of the other positions if the power switch is placed in the LOCK, OFF or ACC position or if the key is removed.

2. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed, and move the shift lever to the D (Drive) position.

BEFORE STARTING THE EV SYSTEM STARTING THE EV SYSTEM DRIVING THE VEHICLE

Starting and driving 5-11

3. Release the parking brake and foot brake pedal, and then gradually start the vehicle in motion.

WARNING

Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from P (Park) or N (Neu- tral) to R (Reverse) or D (Drive) posi- tion. Always depress the brake pedal until shifting is completed. Failure to do so could cause you to lose control, which could result in an accident.

Never shift to P (Park) or R (Reverse) position while vehicle is moving for- ward and P (Park) or D (Drive) position while the vehicle is reversing. This could cause you to lose control and have an accident.

Do not shift to the B position abruptly on slippery roads. This may cause a loss of control.

CAUTION

To avoid possible damage to your ve- hicle, when stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade, do not hold the vehicle by depressing the accelerator pedal. The foot brake should be used for this pur- pose.

Do not hang items on the shift lever. This may cause an accident due to a sudden start.

Shifting

To move the shift lever,

: Slide along the gate while the brake pedal is depressed.

: After sliding, maintain it in the same position until the vehicle placed to N (Neutral) position.

: When in the D (Drive) position, slide along the gate.

5-12 Starting and driving

NOTE: Confirm that the vehicle is in the desired shift position by checking the shift indica- tor 1 located near the shift lever or the vehicle information display in the meter.

To place the vehicle into the D (Drive) position from the B position, move the shift lever into the D (Drive) position.

After placing the vehicle in the READY to drive position, fully depress the brake pedal, and move the shift lever to any of the preferred shift posi- tions.

If the power switch is placed in the OFF or ACC position for any reason while the shift position is in any position other than the P (Park) position, the power switch cannot be placed in the LOCK position.

If the power switch cannot be placed in the LOCK position, perform the following steps.

1. Apply the parking brake when the vehicle is stopped.

2. Place the power switch in the ON position while depressing the foot brake pedal.

3. Push the P (Park) position switch and confirm the vehicle is in the P (Park) position.

4. Place the power switch in the OFF position.

NOTE: The vehicle automatically applies the P (Park) position when the power switch is in the OFF position.

WARNING

The shift lever is always in the center position when released. When the power switch is placed in the READY to drive position, the driver needs to con- firm that the vehicle is in the P (Park) position. The indicator next to the P by the shift lever is illuminated and the P is displayed on the meter. If the vehicle is in the D (Drive) position or R (Reverse) position when the power switch is placed in the READY to drive position, this may cause a sudden start which could result in an accident.

On a hilly road, do not allow the vehicle to roll backwards while in the D (Drive) position or B position, or allow the vehicle to roll forward while in the R (Reverse) position. This may cause an accident.

CAUTION

Do not slide the shift lever while push- ing the P (Park) position switch. This may damage the electric motor.

When switching to the preferred posi- tion by operating the shift lever, check that the shift lever returns to the cen- tral position by releasing your hand from the lever. Holding the shift lever in a mid-way position may also dam- age the shift control system.

Do not operate the shift lever while the accelerator pedal is depressed, except when switching to the B position. This may cause a sudden start which could result in an accident.

The following operations are not al- lowed because excessive force would be applied to the traction motor and this may result in damage to the ve- hicle: Moving the shift lever to the R (Re-

verse) position when driving for- ward

Moving the shift lever to the D (Drive) position when reversing

If these operations are attempted, a chime sounds and the vehicle shifts to the N (Neutral) position.

Starting and driving 5-13

P (Park):

Use this shift position when the vehicle is parked or when placing the vehicle in the READY to drive position. Make sure that the vehicle is completely stopped. In order to switch to the P (Park) position, push the P (Park) position switch as shown in the illustration above once the vehicle has come to a complete stop. If the P (Park) position switch is pushed while the vehicle is in motion, a chime sounds and the current shift position is maintained. Af- ter switching to the P (Park) position, apply the parking brake. When parking on a hill, apply the parking brake first while keeping the foot brake pedal depressed then push the P (Park) position switch and place the vehicle in the P (Park)

position. For additional information, refer to Parking brake in this section.

NOTE: While the vehicle is stationary, if the shift position is placed in any position other than the P (Park) position when the power switch is set to OFF, it will automatically switch to the P (Park) position.

If the P (Park) position switch is pushed while sliding the shift lever, the shift posi- tion will not switch to the P (Park) posi- tion. When pushing the P (Park) position switch be sure to first allow the shift lever to return to its center position.

R (Reverse):

Use this position to back up. Make sure that the vehicle is completely stopped before selecting the R (Reverse) position. If the vehicle is placed in the D (Drive) position while re- versing, the chime will sound and the ve- hicle will switch into the N (Neutral) position.

N (Neutral):

Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged. The vehicle can be placed in the READY to drive position in this position.

Do not shift to the N (Neutral) position while driving. The regenerative brake system does not operate in the N (Neutral) position. However, the vehicle brakes will still stop the car.

D (Drive):

Use this position for all normal forward driving. If the vehicle is placed in the D (Drive) posi- tion while reversing, the chime will sound and the vehicle will switch into the N (Neu- tral) position.

5-14 Starting and driving

B mode:

The B mode engages the regenerative braking system more aggressively on downhill slopes, and helps reduce brake use. It is activated by moving the shift lever left and down. The shift lever will then return to the center position. For additional information, refer to Brake system in this section.

ECO mode:

Use ECO in order to help extend the driving range.

In comparison to the D (Drive) position, ECO consumes less power for the traction motor and enables the range of the vehicle to be extended. For additional information, refer to ECO switch in the Instruments and controls section of this manual.

WARNING

Be sure the parking brake is released before driving. Failure to do so could cause brake failure and lead to an ac- cident.

Do not release the parking brake from outside the vehicle.

To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended operation of the vehicle and/or its systems, do not leave children, people who require the assistance of others or pets unat- tended in your vehicle. Additionally, the temperature inside a closed ve- hicle on a warm day can quickly be- come high enough to cause a signifi- cant risk of injury or death to people and pets.

When leaving the vehicle, apply the parking brake and push the P (Park) position switch on the shift lever.

PARKING BRAKE

Starting and driving 5-15

To engage: Firmly depress the parking brake.

To release:

1. Firmly apply the foot brake.

2. Firmly depress the parking brake and it will release.

3. Before driving, be sure the brake warning light goes out.

PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CONTROL If the cruise control system malfunctions, it will

cancel automatically. The SET indicator on the vehicle information display will then blink to warn the driver.

If the SET indicator on the vehicle information display blinks, turn the cruise control MAIN switch off and have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.

The SET indicator on the vehicle information display may blink when the cruise control MAIN switch is turned ON while pushing the ACCEL/ RES, COAST/SET or CANCEL switch. To properly set the cruise control system, perform the following procedure.

WARNING

Do not use the cruise control when driv- ing under the following conditions: when it is not possible to keep the

vehicle at a set speed in heavy traffic or in traffic that varies

in speed on winding or hilly roads on slippery roads (rain, snow, ice, etc.) in very windy areas Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident.

CRUISE CONTROL

5-16 Starting and driving

CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION

1. ACCELERATE (ACCEL)/RESUME (RES) switch

2. COAST/SET switch 3. CANCEL switch 4. CRUISE (ON/OFF) switch

The cruise control allows driving at a speed be- tween 25 to 93 mph (40 to 149 km/h) without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal.

To turn on the cruise control, push the CRUISE ON/OFF switch on. The CRUISE indi- cator on the vehicle information display will illu- minate.

To set the cruising speed, accelerate the ve- hicle to the preferred speed, push the COAST/ SET switch and release it. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal. The vehicle will maintain the set speed.

To pass another vehicle, depress the accel- erator pedal. When you release the pedal, the vehicle will return to the previously set speed.

The vehicle may not maintain the set speed on winding or hilly roads. If this happens, drive without using the cruise control.

To cancel the preset speed, use one of the following methods.

1. Push the CANCEL switch.

2. Tap the brake pedal.

3. Turn the CRUISE ON/OFF switch off. The CRUISE indicator on the vehicle information display will turn off.

If you depress the brake pedal while pushing the ACCEL/RES or COAST/SET switch and reset at the cruising speed, the cruise control will

disengage. Turn the CRUISE ON/OFF switch off once and then turn it on again.

The cruise control will automatically cancel if the vehicle slows more than 8 mph (13 km/h) below the set speed.

If you move the shift lever to the N (Neutral) position, the cruise control will be canceled.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one of the following methods.

Depress the accelerator pedal. When the ve- hicle attains the preferred speed, push and re- lease the COAST/SET switch.

Push and hold the ACCEL/RES switch. When the vehicle attains the preferred speed, release the switch.

Push, then quickly release the ACCEL/RES switch. Each time you do this, the set speed will increase by about 1 mph or 1.6 km/h.

To reset at a slower cruising speed, use one of the following methods.

Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the vehicle attains the preferred speed, push the COAST/ SET switch and release it.

Push and hold the COAST/SET switch. Re- lease the switch when the vehicle slows down to the preferred speed.

Starting and driving 5-17

Push, then quickly release, the COAST/SET switch. Each time you do this, the set speed will decrease by about 1 mph or 1km/h.

To resume the preset speed, push and re- lease the ACCEL/RES switch. The vehicle will resume the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 mph (40 km/h).

Vehicle range depends on a number of factors.

Actual vehicle range will vary depending upon:

speed

vehicle load

electrical load from vehicle accessories

traffic and road conditions

NISSAN recommends the following driving habits to help maximize vehicle range:

Before driving:

Follow recommended periodic maintenance.

Keep tires inflated to correct pressure.

Keep wheels in correct alignment.

Pre-heat or pre-cool the interior cabin while the vehicle is charging.

Remove unnecessary cargo from the vehicle.

While driving:

Drive in ECO mode The ECO mode helps reduce power con-

sumption by reducing acceleration when compared to the same accelerator pedal position in the D (Drive) position.

Drive at a constant speed. Maintain cruising speeds with a constant accelerator position or by using cruise control when appropriate.

Accelerate slowly and smoothly. Gently press and release the accelerator pedal for accelera- tion and deceleration.

Drive at moderate speeds on the highway.

Avoid frequent stopping and braking. Maintain a safe distance behind other vehicles.

Turn off the air conditioner/heater when it is not necessary.

Select a moderate temperature setting for heat- ing or cooling to help reduce power consumption.

Use the air conditioner/heater and close win- dows to reduce drag when cruising at highway speed.

Release the accelerator pedal to slow down and do not apply the brakes when traffic and road conditions allow.

This vehicle is equipped with a regenerative brake system. The primary purpose of the regenerative brake system is to provide some power to recharge the Li-ion battery and extend driving range. A secondary ben- efit is engine braking that operates based on Li-ion battery conditions. In the D (Drive)

INCREASING POWER ECONOMY

5-18 Starting and driving

position, when the accelerator pedal is re- leased, the regenerative brake system pro- vides some deceleration and some power to the Li-ion battery.

WARNING

Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass, waste paper or rags. They may ignite and cause a fire.

Never leave the vehicle in the READY to drive mode while the vehicle is un- attended.

Do not leave children unattended in- side the vehicle. They could unknow- ingly activate switches or controls. Un- attended children could become involved in serious accidents.

Safe parking procedures require that both the parking brake be applied and the vehicle placed in the park position. Failure to do so could cause the ve- hicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in an accident.

To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended operation of the vehicle and/or its systems, do not leave children, people who require the assistance of others or pets unat- tended in your vehicle. Additionally, the temperature inside a closed ve- hicle on a warm day can quickly be- come high enough to cause a signifi- cant risk of injury or death to people and pets.

PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS

Starting and driving 5-19

1. Firmly apply the parking brake.

2. Push the P (Park) position switch on the shift lever.

3. To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into the street when parked on a slope, it is a good practice to turn the wheels as illustrated.

HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB: 1 Turn the wheels into the curb and move

the vehicle forward until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb.

HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB: 2 Turn the wheels away from the curb and

move the vehicle back until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb.

HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NO CURB: 3 Turn the wheels toward the side of the

road so the vehicle will move away from the center of the road if it moves.

4. Place the power switch in the OFF position.

WARNING

If the READY to drive indicator light is OFF while driving, the power assist for the steering will not work. Steering will be harder to operate.

When the power steering warning light illuminates while the READY to drive indicator light is ON, the power assist for the steering will cease operation. You will still have control of the vehicle but the steering will be harder to oper- ate.

The power steering system is designed to pro- vide power assistance while driving to operate the steering wheel with less effort.

When the steering wheel is operated repeatedly or continuously while parking or driving at a very low speed, the power assist for the steering wheel will be reduced. This is to prevent over- heating of the power steering system and help protect it from getting damaged. When the power assistance is reduced, steering wheel op- eration will become harder. When the tempera- ture of the power steering system goes down, the power assistance level will return to normal. Avoid repeating such steering wheel operations

POWER STEERING SYSTEM

5-20 Starting and driving

that could cause the power steering system to overheat.

You may hear a noise when the steering wheel is operated quickly. However, this is not a malfunc- tion.

If the power steering warning light illumi- nates while the READY to drive indicator light is ON, it may indicate the power steering system is not functioning properly and may need servicing. Have the power steering system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service. For additional infor- mation, refer to Power steering warning light in the Instruments and controls section of this manual.

The power assist for steering stops operating when both the power steering warning light and READY to drive indicator light are illuminated. You will still have control of the vehicle. However, greater steering effort is needed, especially in sharp turns and at low speeds.

BRAKE PRECAUTIONS This vehicle is equipped with two braking sys- tems:

1. Hydraulic brake system

2. Regenerative brake system

Hydraulic brake system The hydraulic brake system is similar to the brakes used on conventional vehicles.

The brake system has two separate hydraulic circuits. If one circuit malfunctions, you will still have braking at two wheels.

Regenerative brake system The primary purpose of the regenerative brake system is to provide some power to help re- charge the Li-ion battery and extend driving range. A secondary benefit is engine braking that operates based on battery conditions.

In the D (Drive) range, when the accelerator is released, the regenerative brake system provides some deceleration and generates power for the Li-ion battery. Power is also generated when the brake pedal is applied.

When you put the shift lever in the B position and take your foot off the accelerator pedal, more regenerative brake is applied than in the D (Drive) position. However, during high-speed driving you may feel that regenerative brake provides less deceleration than the engine braking in an ordi- nary vehicle. This is normal.

Less deceleration is provided by the regenerative brake system when the Li-ion battery is fully charged. Regenerative brake is automatically re- duced when the Li-ion battery is fully charged to prevent the Li-ion battery from becoming over- charged. Regenerative brake is also automati- cally reduced when the battery temperature is high/low (indicated by the red/blue zones on the battery temperature gauge) to prevent Li-ion bat- tery damage.

The brake pedal should be used to slow or stop the vehicle depending on traffic or road condi- tions. The vehicle brakes are not affected by regenerative brake system operation.

NOTE: When applying the regenerative brakes, you may hear a sound coming from the regenerative brake system. This is a nor- mal operating characteristic of an EV.

BRAKE SYSTEM

Starting and driving 5-21

If the power switch position is in a posi- tion other than ON or READY to drive, you can stop the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal. However, greater foot pres- sure on the brake pedal will be required to stop the vehicle, and the stopping dis- tance will be longer.

When depressing the brake pedal, the brake pedal feel will not be smooth or may change when the cooperative regen- erative brake system activates. However, the electronically controlled brake system is operating normally and this does not indicate a malfunction.

Using brakes Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving. This will cause overheating of the brakes, wearing out of the brake pads and shoes faster, and will reduce driving range.

To help reduce brake wear, and to prevent the brakes from overheating, reduce speed and se- lect B position before going down a slope or long grade. Overheated brakes may reduce braking performance and could result in loss of vehicle control.

WARNING

While driving on a slippery surface, be careful when braking or accelerating. Abrupt braking or accelerating could cause the wheels to skid, which could result in an accident.

If the brake pedal is depressed with the EV system OFF, you may feel an increased brake pedal effort and a de- creased pedal stroke. If the BRAKE warning light does not illuminate and the brake pedal feels like it has re- turned to its normal state after the EV system is started, this indicates that there is no malfunction and the vehicle can be operated normally.

Wet brakes When the vehicle is washed or driven through water, the brakes may get wet. As a result, the braking distance will be longer and the vehicle may pull to one side during braking.

To dry brakes, drive the vehicle at a safe speed while lightly tapping the brake pedal to heat up the brakes. Do this until the brakes return to normal. Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes have dried.

Parking brake break-in Break-in the parking brake shoes whenever the stopping effect of the parking brake is weakened or whenever the parking brake shoes and/or drum/rotors are replaced, in order to assure the best braking performance.

This procedure is described in the Genuine NISSAN Service Manual, and it can be per- formed by a certified repair facility. It is recom- mended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)

WARNING

The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) is a sophisticated device, but it cannot prevent accidents resulting from care- less or dangerous driving techniques. It can help maintain vehicle control during braking on slippery surfaces. Remember that stopping distances on slippery surfaces will be longer than on normal surfaces even with ABS. Stopping distances may also be longer on rough, gravel or snow covered

5-22 Starting and driving

roads, or if you are using tire chains. Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you. Ultimately, the driver is responsible for safety.

Tire type and condition may also affect braking effectiveness. When replacing tires, install the

specified size of tires on all four wheels.

For additional information, refer to Wheels and tires in the Mainte- nance and do-it-yourself section of this manual.

The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) controls the brakes so the wheels do not lock during hard braking or when braking on slippery surfaces. The system detects the rotation speed at each wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to pre- vent each wheel from locking and sliding. By preventing each wheel from locking, the system helps the driver maintain steering control and helps to minimize swerving and spinning on slip- pery surfaces.

Using the system Depress the brake pedal and hold it down. De- press the brake pedal with firm steady pressure, but do not pump the brakes. The ABS will oper-

ate to prevent the wheels from locking up. Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles.

WARNING

Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing so may result in increased stopping dis- tances.

Self-test feature The ABS includes electronic sensors, electric pumps, hydraulic solenoids and a computer. The computer has a built-in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you push the power switch in the READY to drive position and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward or reverse. When the self-test occurs, you may hear a clunk noise and/or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal. This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction. If the computer senses a malfunc- tion, it switches the ABS off and illuminates the ABS warning light on the instrument panel. The brake system then operates normally, but without anti-lock assistance.

If the ABS warning light illuminates during the self-test or while driving, have the vehicle checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

Normal operation The ABS operates at speeds above 3 to 6 mph (5 to 10 km/h). The speed varies according to road conditions.

When the ABS senses that one or more wheels are close to locking up, the actuator rapidly ap- plies and releases hydraulic pressure. This action is similar to pumping the brakes very quickly. You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise from under the hood or feel a vibration from the actuator when it is operating. This is normal and indicates that the ABS is operating properly. However, the pulsation may indicate that road conditions are hazardous and extra care is re- quired while driving.

Starting and driving 5-23

The VDC system uses various sensors to monitor driver inputs and vehicle motion. Under certain driving conditions, the VDC system helps to per- form the following functions.

Controls brake pressure to reduce wheel slip on one slipping drive wheel so power is transferred to a drive wheel on the same axle that is not slipping.

Controls brake pressure and traction motor out- put to reduce drive wheel slip based on vehicle speed (traction control function).

Controls brake pressure at individual wheels and traction motor output to help the driver maintain control of the vehicle in the following conditions.

understeer (vehicle tends to not follow the steered path despite increased steering in- put).

oversteer (vehicle tends to spin due to cer- tain road or driving conditions).

The VDC system can help the driver maintain control of the vehicle, but it cannot prevent loss of vehicle control in all driving situations.

When the VDC system operates, the warning in the instrument panel flashes. When the warning flashes, note the following items.

The road may be slippery or the system may determine some action is required to help keep the vehicle on the steered path.

You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or vibration from under the hood. This is normal and indicates that the VDC sys- tem is working properly.

Adjust your speed and driving according to the road conditions.

For additional information, refer to Vehicle Dy- namic Control (VDC) warning light and Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF indicator light in the Instruments and controls section of this manual.

If a malfunction occurs in the system, the warning illuminates in the lower display. The VDC system automatically turns off when this warning light is lit.

The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the VDC system. The VDC OFF indicator illuminates to indicate that the VDC system is off. When the VDC switch is used to turn off the system, the VDC system still operates to prevent one drive wheel from slipping by transferring power to a non slipping wheel. The flashes if this occurs. All other VDC functions are off and the

warning will not flash. The VDC System is

automatically reset to ON when the power switch is placed in the OFF position then back to the ON position.

The computer has a built-in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the EV and move the vehicle forward or in reverse at a slow speed. When the self-test occurs, you may hear a clunk noise and/or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal. This is normal and is not an indica- tion of a malfunction.

WARNING

The VDC system is designed to help the driver maintain stability but does not prevent accidents due to abrupt steering operation at high speeds or by careless or dangerous driving tech- niques. Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slippery surfaces and al- ways drive carefully.

Do not modify the vehicles suspen- sion. If suspension parts such as shock absorbers, struts, springs, stabilizer bars, bushings and wheels are not NISSAN recommended for your ve- hicle or are extremely deteriorated the VDC system may not operate properly.

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC) SYSTEM

5-24 Starting and driving

This could adversely affect vehicle handling performance, and the

warning may flash or may illuminate.

If brake related parts such as brake pads, rotors and calipers are not NISSAN recommended or are ex- tremely deteriorated, the VDC system may not operate properly and may illuminate.

If traction motor control related parts are not NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated, the may illuminate.

When driving on extremely inclined surfaces such as higher banked cor- ners, the VDC system may not operate properly and the warning may illu- minate. Do not drive on these types of roads.

When driving on an unstable surface such as a turntable, ferry, elevator or ramp, the warning may illuminate. This is not a malfunction. Restart the EV system after driving onto a stable surface.

If wheels or tires other than the NISSAN recommended ones are used, the VDC system may not operate prop- erly and the warning may illumi- nate.

The VDC system is not a substitute for winter tires or tire chains on a snow covered road.

WARNING

Never rely solely on the hill start assist system to prevent the vehicle from moving backward on a hill. Always drive carefully and attentively. Depress the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped on a steep hill. Be especially careful when stopped on a hill on fro- zen or muddy roads. Failure to prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards may result in a loss of control of the vehicle and possible serious injury or death.

The hill start assist system is not de- signed to hold the vehicle at a stand- still on a hill. Depress the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped on a steep hill. Failure to do so may cause the vehicle to roll backwards and may re- sult in a collision or serious personal injury.

The hill start assist may not prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards on a hill under all load or road conditions. Always be prepared to depress the brake pedal to prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards. Failure to do so may result in a collision or serious personal injury.

HILL START ASSIST SYSTEM

Starting and driving 5-25

The hill start assist system automatically keeps the brakes applied to help prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards in the time it takes the driver to release the brake pedal and apply the accelerator when the vehicle is stopped on a hill.

Hill start assist will operate automatically under the following conditions:

The shift lever is shifted into D (Drive), B, or R (Reverse) position.

The vehicle is stopped completely on a hill by applying the brake.

The maximum holding time is 2 seconds. After 2 seconds the vehicle will begin to roll back and hill start assist will stop operating completely.

Hill start assist will not operate when the shift lever is shifted into N (Neutral) or P (Park) posi- tion or on a flat and level road.

CAUTION

To prevent damage to the Li-ion battery: Do not store the vehicle in temperatures below -13F (-25C) for over seven days. If the outside temperature is -13F (-25C) or less, the Li-ion battery may freeze and it cannot be charged or provide power to run the vehicle. Move the vehicle to a warm location.

NOTE: Connect the charger to the vehicle and place the power switch in the OFF posi- tion when parking the vehicle if tempera- tures may go below -4F (-20C). This pro- vides external power to the Li-ion battery warmer (if so equipped) when it operates and does not discharge the Li-ion battery. Vehicle driving range is reduced if the Li-ion battery warmer (if so equipped) op- erates (Li-ion battery temperature ap- proximately -4F (-20C) or colder) while driving the vehicle. You may need to charge the Li-ion battery sooner than in warmer temperatures.

The Li-ion battery requires more time to charge when the Li-ion battery warmer (if so equipped) operates.

The predicted charging time displayed on the meter and navigation system in- creases when the Li-ion battery warmer (if so equipped) operates.

Vehicle range may be substantially re- duced in extremely cold conditions (for example under -4F (-20C)).

Using the climate control system to heat the cabin when outside temperature is below 32F (0C) uses more electricity and affects vehicle range more than when us- ing the heater when the temperature is above 32F (0C).

Climate control performance is reduced when using the Climate Ctrl. Timer or Re- mote Climate Control while the Li-ion bat- tery warmer (if so equipped) operates. Set only the charging timer [End Time] when charging in cold weather. The vehicle au- tomatically determines when to start charging to fully charge the Li-ion battery, even if the Li-ion battery warmer operates. Charging ends before the set end time if the Li-ion battery is fully charged.

COLD WEATHER DRIVING

5-26 Starting and driving

FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK To prevent a door lock from freezing, apply deicer through the key hole. If the lock becomes frozen, heat the key before inserting it into the key hole or use the remote keyless entry key fob.

ANTIFREEZE In the winter when it is possible that the outside temperature will drop below 32F (0C), check the antifreeze to ensure proper winter protection. For additional information, refer to Cooling sys- tem in the Maintenance and do-it-yourself sec- tion of this manual.

12-VOLT BATTERY If the 12-volt battery is not fully charged during extremely cold weather conditions, the 12-volt battery fluid may freeze and damage the 12-volt battery. To maintain maximum efficiency, the 12- volt battery should be checked regularly. For ad- ditional information, refer to 12-volt battery in the Maintenance and do-it-yourself section of this manual.

DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti- freeze, drain the cooling system. Refill before operating the vehicle. For additional information, refer to Cooling system in the Maintenance and do-it-yourself section of this manual.

TIRE EQUIPMENT SUMMER tires have a tread designed to provide superior performance on dry pavement. How- ever, the performance of these tires will be sub- stantially reduced in snowy and icy conditions. If you operate your vehicle on snowy or icy roads, NISSAN recommends the use of MUD & SNOW or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for the tire type, size, speed rating and availability information.

For additional traction on icy roads, studded tires may be used. However, some U.S. states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use. Check local, state and provincial laws before installing studded tires.

Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires, on wet or dry surfaces, may be poorer than that of non-studded snow tires.

Tire chains may be used. For additional informa- tion, refer to Tire chains in the Maintenance and do-it-yourself section of this manual.

SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT It is recommended that the following items be carried in the vehicle during winter:

A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to remove ice and snow from the windows and wiper blades.

A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snow-drifts.

Extra windshield-washer fluid to refill the reser- voir tank.

Starting and driving 5-27

DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE

WARNING

Wet ice (32F, 0C and freezing rain), very cold snow or ice can be slick and very hard to drive on. The vehicle will have much less traction or gripunder these conditions. Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or sanded.

Whatever the conditions, drive with caution. Accelerate and slow down with care. If accelerating too fast, the drive wheels will lose even more trac- tion.

Allow more stopping distance under these conditions. Braking should be started sooner than on dry pavement.

Allow greater following distances on slippery roads.

Watch for slippery spots (glare ice). These may appear on an otherwise clear road in shaded areas. If a patch of ice is seen ahead, brake before reach- ing it. Try not to brake while on the ice, and avoid any sudden steering maneu- vers.

Do not use cruise control on slippery roads.

FREEING A FROZEN CHARGE PORT LID When the charge port is frozen, melt the ice using a hair dryer.

5-28 Starting and driving

6 In case of emergency

Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-2 Roadside assistance program. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-2 Emergency EV (Electric Vehicle) shut off . . . . . . . . .6-3 Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) . . . . . . .6-3 Repairing flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-4

Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-10

If the Li-ion battery becomes completely discharged. .6-12 Push starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-13 Towing your vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-13

Towing recommended by NISSAN . . . . . . . . . .6-14 Vehicle recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) . . . . . .6-14

Push the switch on to warn other drivers when you must stop or park under emergency condi- tions. All turn signal lights will flash.

WARNING

If stopping for an emergency, be sure to move the vehicle well off the road.

Do not use the hazard warning flash- ers while moving on the highway un- less unusual circumstances force you to drive so slowly that your vehicle might become a hazard to other traffic.

Turn signals do not work when the hazard warning flasher lights are on.

The flasher can be actuated with the power switch in any position.

Some jurisdictions may prohibit the use of the hazard warning flasher switch while driving.

In the event of a roadside emergency, Roadside Assistance Service is available to you. For addi- tional information, please refer to your Warranty Information Booklet (U.S.) or Warranty & Road- side Assistance Information Booklet (Canada) for details.

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM

6-2 In case of emergency

To shut off the EV system in an emergency situ- ation while driving, perform the following proce- dure.

Rapidly push the power switch three consecu- tive times in less than 1.5 seconds, or

Push and hold the power switch for more than 2 seconds.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) This vehicle is equipped with TPMS. It monitors tire pressure of all tires. When the low tire pres- sure warning light is lit, and the CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning appears on the vehicle in- formation display, one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure, the TPMS will acti- vate and warn you of it by the low tire pressure warning light. This system will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 mph (25 km/h). For additional information, refer to Warning lights, indicator lights and audible re- minders in the Instruments and controls sec- tion and Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) in the Starting and driving section of this manual.

WARNING

Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment. Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manu- facturer for the possible influences be- fore use.

If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving, avoid sud- den steering maneuvers or abrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed, pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible. Driving with underinflated tires may perma- nently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure. Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury. Check the tire pressure for all four tires. Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF. If the light still illuminates while driving after adjusting the tire pres- sure, a tire may be flat. If you have a flat tire, repair it as soon as possible.

When replacing a wheel without the TPMS such as the spare tire, TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi- mately 1 minute. The light will remain on after 1 minute. Have your tires re- placed and/or TPMS system reset as soon as possible. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for these services.

EMERGENCY EV (ELECTRIC VEHICLE) SHUT OFF FLAT TIRE

In case of emergency 6-3

Replacing tires with those not origi- nally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS.

The Genuine NISSAN Emergency Tire Repair Sealant or equivalent can be used for temporarily repairing a tire. Do not inject any other tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires, as this may cause a malfunction of tire pressure sensors.

NISSAN recommends using only NISSAN Genuine Emergency Tire Seal- ant provided with your vehicle. Other tire sealants may damage the valve stem seal which can cause the tire to lose air pressure. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer as soon as possible after using tire repair sealant (for models equipped with the emergency tire puncture repair kit).

REPAIRING FLAT TIRE

WARNING

After using Emergency Tire Sealant to repair a minor tire puncture, do not drive the vehicle at speeds faster than 50 mph (80 km/h).

Immediately after using the Emer- gency Tire Sealant to repair a minor tire puncture, take your vehicle to a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer to in- spect, and repair or replace the tire. The Emergency Tire Sealant cannot permanently seal a punctured tire. Continuing operation of the vehicle without a permanent tire repair can lead to a crash.

If you used the Emergency Tire Sealant to repair a minor tire puncture, a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer will also need to replace the TPMS sensor in addition to repairing or replacing the tire.

NISSAN recommends using only NISSAN Genuine Emergency Tire Seal- ant provided with your vehicle. Other tire sealants may damage the valve stem seal which can cause the tire to lose air pressure.

This vehicle does not have a spare tire. The emergency tire puncture repair kit (Emergency Tire Sealant) is supplied with the vehicle instead of a spare tire. It can be used to temporarily repair minor tire punctures.

If possible, have the vehicle towed to a facility that can repair or replace the flat tire. Using the emer- gency tire puncture repair kit may cause a mal- function of the tire pressure sensor and cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate.

CAUTION

To avoid the emergency tire puncture kit being damaged during storage or use: Only use the emergency tire punc-

ture repair kit on your vehicle. Do not use it on other vehicles.

6-4 In case of emergency

Only use the kit to inflate the tires of your vehicle and to check the vehi- cles tire pressure.

Only plug the compressor into a 12- volt DC car power point.

Keep the kit free of water and dirt. Do not disassemble or modify the

kit. Do not drop the kit or allow hard

impacts to the kit. Do not use the emergency tire punc-

ture repair kit under the following con- ditions. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer or professional road assistance. when the sealant has passed its ex-

piration date (shown on the label attached to the bottle)

when the cut or the puncture is ap- proximately 0.25 in (6 mm) or longer

when the tire sidewall is damaged when the vehicle has been driven

with extremely low tire pressure when the tire has come off the in-

side or the outside of the wheel when the tire wheel is damaged when two or more tires are flat

If you have a flat tire, follow the instructions below.

Stopping the vehicle 1. Safely move the vehicle off the road and away

from traffic.

2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.

3. Park on a level surface and apply the parking brake.

4. Push the P (Park) position switch on the shift lever to the P (Park) position.

5. Turn off the EV system.

6. Raise the hood to warn other traffic and to signal professional road assistance personnel that you need assistance.

7. Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and stand in a safe place, away from traffic and clear of the vehicle.

WARNING

Make sure the parking brake is se- curely applied and the vehicle is placed into the P (Park) position.

Never repair tires when the vehicle is on a slope, ice or slippery areas. This is hazardous.

Never repair tires if oncoming traffic is close to your vehicle. Wait for profes- sional road assistance.

In case of emergency 6-5

Getting emergency tire puncture repair kit Take out the emergency tire puncture repair kit located under the cargo area. The repair kit con- sists of the following items:

1 Tire sealant bottle 2 Air compressor* 3 Speed restriction sticker

* The compressor shape may differ depending on the models.

Before using emergency tire puncture repair kit If any foreign object (for example, a screw or

nail) is embedded in the tire, do not remove it.

Check the expiration date of the sealant (shown on the label attached to the bottle). Never use a sealant whose expiration date has passed.

Repairing tire:

WARNING

Observe the following precautions when using the tire repair compound. Swallowing the compound is danger-

ous. Immediately drink as much water as possible and seek prompt medical assistance.

Rinse well with lots of water if the compound comes into contact with skin or eyes. If irritation persists, seek prompt medical attention.

Keep the repair compound out of the reach of children.

The emergency repair compound may cause a malfunction of the tire pres- sure sensors and cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate. Have the tire pressure sensor replaced as soon as possible.

6-6 In case of emergency

1. Take out the speed restriction sticker from the air compressor, then put it in a location where the driver can see it while driving.

CAUTION

Do not put the speed restriction label on the steering wheel pad, the speedometer or the warning light locations.

2. Take the hose 1 and the power plug 2 out of the air compressor. Remove the cap of the bottle holder from the air compressor.

3. Remove the cap from the tire sealant bottle, and screw the bottle clockwise onto the bottle holder. (Leave the bottle seal intact. Screwing the bottle onto the bottle holder will pierce the seal of the bottle.)

4. Remove the cap from the tire valve on the flat tire.

In case of emergency 6-7

5. Remove the protective cap A of the hose and screw the hose securely onto the tire valve. Make sure that the pressure release valve B is securely tightened. Make sure that the air compressor switch is in the OFF (O) position, and then insert the power plug into the power outlet in the vehicle.

6. Push the power switch to the ACC position. Then turn the compressor switch to the ON () position and inflate the tire up to the pressure that is specified on the Tire and Loading Information label affixed to the driv- ers side center pillar if possible, or to the minimum of 26 psi (180 kPa). Turn the air compressor off briefly in order to check the tire pressure with the pressure gauge.

If the tire is inflated to higher than the specified pressure, lower the tire pressure by releasing air with the pressure release valve.

NOTE: The compressor tire pressure gauge may show a pressure reading of 87 psi (600 kPa) for about 30 seconds while inflating the tire. The pressure gauge is indicating the pressure inside the seal- ant can. When the sealant has been in- jected into the tire the pressure gauge will drop and indicate actual tire pressure.

WARNING

To avoid serious personal injury while using the emergency tire puncture repair kit: Securely tighten the compressor hose to the tire valve. Failure to do so can cause the sealant to spray into the air and get into your eyes or on the skin.

Do not stand directly beside the dam- aged tire while it is being inflated be- cause of the risk of the rupture. If there are any cracks or bumps, turn the com- pressor off immediately.

6-8 In case of emergency

If the tire pressure does not increase to 26 psi (180 kPa) within 10 minutes, the tire may be seriously damaged and the tire cannot be repaired with this tire repair kit. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certi- fied LEAF dealer.

7. When the tire pressure is at the specified amount, turn the air compressor off. If the tire cannot be inflated to the specified amount, the air compressor can be turned off at the minimum of 26 psi (180 kPa). Remove the power plug from the power outlet and quickly remove the hose from the tire valve. Attach the protective cap and valve cap. Properly stow the emergency tire puncture repair kit in the cargo area.

CAUTION

To avoid serious personal injury when stowing the emergency tire puncture re- pair kit: Keep the sealant bottle screwed into the compressor. Failure to do so can cause the sealant to spray into the air and get into your eyes or on the skin.

8. Immediately drive the vehicle for 10 minutes or 2 miles (3 km) at a speed below 50 mph (80 km/h).

9. After driving, make sure that the air compres- sor switch is in the OFF position, then screw the hose securely onto the tire valve. Check the tire pressure with the pressure gauge. Temporary repair is completed if the tire pres- sure does not drop.

Make sure the pressure is adjusted to the pressure that is specified on the Tire and Loading Information label before driving.

10. If the tire pressure drops, repeat the steps from 5 to 9. If the pressure drops again or under 19 psi (130 kPa), the tire cannot be repaired with this tire repair kit. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN cer- tified LEAF dealer.

The sealant bottle and hose cannot be re- used to repair another punctured tire. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN cer- tified LEAF dealer to purchase replace- ments.

After repairing tire:

It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certi- fied LEAF dealer for tire repair/replacement as soon as possible.

WARNING

After using Emergency Tire Sealant to repair a minor tire puncture, do not drive the vehicle at speeds faster than 50 mph (80 km/h).

Immediately after using Emergency Tire Sealant to repair a minor tire puncture, take your vehicle to a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer to in- spect, and repair or replace the tire. The Emergency Tire Sealant cannot permanently seal a punctured tire. Continuing operation of the vehicle without a permanent tire repair can lead to a crash.

Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires, as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pres- sure sensors.

If you used the Emergency Tire Sealant to repair a minor tire puncture, a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer will also need to replace the TPMS sensor in addition to repairing or replacing the tire.

In case of emergency 6-9

NISSAN recommends using only NISSAN Genuine Emergency Tire Seal- ant provided with your vehicle. Other tire sealants may damage the valve stem seal which can cause the tire to lose air pressure.

To start your EV system with a booster battery, the instructions and precautions below must be followed.

Jump starting provides power to the 12-volt sys- tem to allow the electrical systems to operate. The electrical systems must be operating to allow the Li-ion battery to be charged. Jump starting does not charge the Li-ion battery. The Li-ion battery must be charged before the vehicle can be driven.

WARNING

If done incorrectly, jump starting can lead to a 12-volt battery explosion, re- sulting in severe injury or death. It could also damage your vehicle.

Explosive hydrogen gas is always present in the vicinity of the 12-volt battery. Keep all sparks and flames away from the 12-volt battery.

Do not allow battery fluid to come into contact with eyes, skin, clothing or painted surfaces. Battery fluid is a cor- rosive sulfuric acid solution that can cause severe burns. If the fluid comes into contact with anything, immedi- ately flush the contacted area with water.

Keep the 12-volt battery out of the reach of children.

The booster battery must be rated at 12 volt. Use of an improperly rated battery can damage your vehicle.

Whenever working on or near a 12-volt battery, always wear suitable eye pro- tectors (for example, goggles or indus- trial safety spectacles) and remove rings, metal bands, or any other jew- elry. Do not lean over the 12-volt bat- tery when jump starting.

Do not attempt to jump start a frozen battery. It could explode and cause se- rious injury.

Your vehicle has an automatic cooling fan. It could come on at any time. Keep hands and other objects away from it.

WARNING

Always follow the instructions below. Failure to do so could result in damage to the DC/DC converter and cause per- sonal injury.

JUMP STARTING

6-10 In case of emergency

Do not attempt to perform a jump start on the 12-volt battery at the same time that the Li-ion battery is being charged. Doing so may damage the vehicle or charging equipment and could cause an injury.

CAUTION

LEAF cannot be used as a booster vehicle because it cannot supply enough power to start a gasoline engine. However, a gasoline engine vehicle can be used to jump start LEAFs 12-volt battery.

1. If the booster battery is in another vehicle B , position the two vehicles ( A and B ) to bring their 12-volt batteries into close proximity to each other.

Do not allow the two vehicles to touch.

2. Apply the parking brake.

If the 12-volt battery is discharged, the power switch cannot be moved from the OFF position. Connect the jumper cables to the booster vehicle B before pushing the power switch.

3. Push the P (Park) position switch to place the vehicle in the P (Park) position.

4. Switch off all unnecessary electrical systems (headlights, heater, air conditioner, etc.).

5. Place the power switch in the OFF position.

6. Ensure vent caps are level and tight.

7. Connect jumper cables in the sequence as illustrated ( 1 2 3 4 ).

CAUTION

Always connect positive (+) to positive (+) and negative () to body ground (for example, as illustrated), not to the 12- volt battery.

Make sure the jumper cables do not touch moving parts in the motor com- partment and that the cable clamps do not contact any other metal.

8. Start the engine of the booster vehicle B .

In case of emergency 6-11

9. While the booster vehicle B engine is run- ning, place the EV system in the READY to drive position.

CAUTION

If the system does not start right away, push the power switch to the OFF posi- tion and wait 10 seconds before trying again.

10. After starting your EV system, carefully dis- connect the negative cable and then the positive cable ( 4 3 2 1 ) and keep the READY to drive position over 20 minutes to charge the 12-volt battery.

11. If necessary, connect the vehicle to a charg- ing station or EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) to charge the Li-ion battery. For additional information, refer to Charging section. The vehicle cannot be driven until the Li-ion battery is charged.

NOTE: If it is not possible to turn the system ON by following this procedure, it is recom- mended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer immediately.

If the power limitation indicator light illumi- nates, the traction motor output is limited result- ing in reduced vehicle speed. Stop the vehicle in a safe location before the Li-ion battery becomes completely discharged and no power is available to drive the vehicle. Contact Roadside assis- tance; refer to a NISSAN Warranty Information Booklet.

If possible, place the power switch in the OFF position while waiting for assistance to prevent discharging the 12-volt battery.

NOTE: If the Li-ion battery becomes completely discharged:

The vehicle is automatically placed in the ON position and it will not be possible to switch to the READY to drive position.

The vehicle is automatically switched to the N (Neutral) position and it will not be possible to drive the vehicle.

WARNING

If the vehicle is in the N (Neutral) position and the Li-ion battery and the 12-volt battery become completely discharged, the vehicle cannot be placed in the P (Park) position. If this occurs, place suit- able blocks at both the front and back of a wheel to prevent the vehicle from mov- ing. Failure to block a wheel may allow the vehicle to move unexpectedly which may result in serious personal injury or death.

To place the vehicle in the READY to drive posi- tion so the vehicle can be driven, charge the Li-ion battery until the driving range on the instru- ment panel changes from --- to a numeric dis- tance.

IF THE LI-ION BATTERY BECOMES COMPLETELY DISCHARGED

6-12 In case of emergency

Do not attempt to start the system by pushing the vehicle.

CAUTION

An EV cannot be push-started or tow- started. Attempting to do so may cause traction motor damage.

When towing your vehicle, all State (Provincial in Canada) and local regulations for towing must be followed. Incorrect towing equipment could dam- age your vehicle. Towing instructions are avail- able from a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. Local service operators are familiar with the applicable laws and procedures for towing. To assure proper towing and to prevent accidental damage to your vehicle, NISSAN recommends that you have a service operator tow your vehicle. It is advisable to have the service operator carefully read the following precautions.

WARNING

Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed.

Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by a tow truck.

CAUTION

When towing, make sure that the ax- les, steering system and power train are in working condition. If any unit is damaged, dollies must be used.

Always attach safety chains before towing.

For additional information about towing your ve- hicle behind a Recreational Vehicle (RV), refer to Flat towing in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual.

PUSH STARTING TOWING YOUR VEHICLE

In case of emergency 6-13

TOWING RECOMMENDED BY NISSAN NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be towed with the driving (front) wheels off the ground or that the vehicle be placed on a flatbed truck as illustrated.

CAUTION

Never tow with the front wheels on the ground or four wheels on the ground (forward or backward), as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the motor.

When towing this vehicle with the rear wheels on the ground (if you do not use towing dollies): Always release the parking brake.

NOTE: If your vehicle cannot be moved because the vehicle cannot to be shifted to the N (Neutral) position, please refer to the LEAF Roadside Assistance Guide which is lo- cated at www.NISSANUSA.com. If your ve- hicle cannot be moved because the parking brake cannot be released, refer to Parking brake in the Starting and driving section of this manual.

VEHICLE RECOVERY (FREEING A STUCK VEHICLE)

WARNING

To avoid vehicle damage, serious per- sonal injury or death when recovering a stuck vehicle: Contact a professional towing service

to recover the vehicle if you have any questions regarding the recovery pro- cedure.

Tow chains or cables must be attached only to main structural members of the vehicle.

Do not use the vehicle tie-downs to tow or free a stuck vehicle.

Only use devices specifically designed for vehicle recovery and follow the manufacturers instructions.

Always pull the recovery device straight out from the front of the ve- hicle. Never pull at an angle.

Route recovery devices so they do not touch any part of the vehicle except the attachment point.

6-14 In case of emergency

If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc., use a tow strap or other device designed specifi- cally for vehicle recovery. Always follow the manufacturers instructions for the recovery de- vice.

Rocking a stuck vehicle If the vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc., try to free it by following the procedure below.

1. Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system.

2. Make sure the area in front and behind the vehicle is clear of obstructions.

3. Turn the steering wheel left and right to clear an area around the front tires.

4. Slowly rock the vehicle forward and backward.

Shift back and forth between the R (Re- verse) and D (Drive) positions.

Apply the accelerator as little as possible to maintain the rocking motion.

Release the accelerator pedal before shift- ing between R (Reverse) and D (Drive).

Do not spin the tires above 35 mph (55 km/h).

5. If the vehicle cannot be freed after a few tries, contact a professional towing service to re- move the vehicle.

In case of emergency 6-15

NOTES

6-16 In case of emergency

7 Appearance and care

Cleaning exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-2 Washing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-2 Waxing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-2 Removing spots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3 Underbody . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3 Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3 Solar cell module (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . .7-3 Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3 Chrome parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-4 Tire dressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-4

Cleaning interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-4 Air fresheners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-5 Floor mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-5 Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-6

Corrosion protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-7 Most common factors contributing to vehicle corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-7 Environmental factors influence the rate of corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-7 Protect your vehicle from corrosion. . . . . . . . . . .7-7

In order to maintain the appearance of your ve- hicle, it is important to take proper care of it.

To protect the paint surfaces, wash your vehicle as soon as you can:

After a rainfall to prevent possible damage from acid rain.

After driving on coastal roads.

When contaminants such as soot, bird drop- pings, tree sap, metal particles or bugs get on the paint surface.

When dust or mud builds up on the surface.

Whenever possible, store or park your vehicle inside a garage or in a covered area.

When it is necessary to park outside, park in a shady area or protect the vehicle with a body cover.

Be careful not to scratch the paint surface when putting on or removing the body cover.

WASHING Wash dirt off the vehicle with a wet sponge and plenty of water. Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mild soap, a special vehicle soap or general purpose dishwashing liquid mixed with clean, lukewarm (never hot) water.

CAUTION

Do not use car washes that use acid in the detergent. Some car washes, espe- cially brushless ones, use some acid for cleaning. The acid may react with some plastic vehicle components, causing them to crack. This could af- fect their appearance, and also could cause them not to function properly. Always check with your car wash to confirm that acid is not used.

Do not wash the vehicle with strong household soap, strong chemical de- tergents, gasoline or solvents.

Do not wash the vehicle in direct sun- light or while the vehicle body is hot, as the surface may become water- spotted.

Avoid using tight-napped or rough cloths, such as washing mitts. Care must be taken when removing caked-on dirt or other foreign sub- stances so the paint surface is not scratched or damaged.

Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of clean water.

Inside flanges, seams and folds on the doors, hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to

the effects of road salt. Therefore, these areas must be regularly cleaned. Make sure that the drain holes in the lower edge of the door are open. Spray water under the body and in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away road salt.

Avoid leaving water spots on the paint surface by using a damp chamois to dry the vehicle.

WAXING Regular waxing protects the paint surface and helps retain new vehicle appearance. Polishing is recommended to remove built-up wax residue and to avoid a weathered appearance before reapplying wax.

A NISSAN certified LEAF dealer can assist you in choosing the proper product.

Wax your vehicle only after a thorough washing. Follow the instructions supplied with the wax.

Do not use a wax containing any abrasives, cutting compounds or cleaners that may dam- age the vehicle finish.

Machine compound or aggressive polishing on a base coat/clear coat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks.

CLEANING EXTERIOR

7-2 Appearance and care

REMOVING SPOTS Remove tar and oil spots, industrial dust, insects, and tree sap as quickly as possible from the paint surface to avoid lasting damage or staining. Spe- cial cleaning products are available at a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer or any automotive acces- sory stores.

UNDERBODY In areas where road salt is used in winter, the underbody must be cleaned regularly. This will prevent dirt and salt from building up and causing the acceleration of corrosion on the underbody and suspension. Before the winter period and again in the spring, the underseal must be checked and, if necessary, re-treated.

GLASS Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass surfaces. It is normal for glass to become coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun. Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inside of the windows, do not use sharp-edged tools, abrasive

cleaners or chlorine-based disinfectant cleaners. They could damage the electri- cal conductors, radio antenna elements or rear window defroster elements.

SOLAR CELL MODULE (IF SO EQUIPPED) The solar cell uses a plastic cover. When clean- ing the cell:

Do not polish the solar cell using a dry cloth or a wax that contains a compound. Doing so may strip off the hard coating.

In order to maintain the solar cells effective- ness, be sure to remove any leaves or dirt from the surface of the cell.

WHEELS Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to maintain their appearance.

Clean the inner side of the wheels when the wheel is changed or the underside of the vehicle is washed.

Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or corro- sion. Such damage may cause loss of pressure or poor seal at the tire bead.

NISSAN recommends that the road wheels be waxed to protect against road salt in areas where it is used during winter.

CAUTION

Do not use abrasive cleaners when wash- ing the wheels.

Aluminum alloy wheels (if so equipped) Wash regularly with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution, especially during winter months in areas where road salt is used. Salt could discolor the wheels if not removed.

CAUTION

Follow the directions below to avoid staining or discoloring the wheels: Do not use a cleaner that uses strong

acid or alkali contents to clean the wheels.

Do not apply wheel cleaners to the wheels when they are hot. The wheel temperature should be the same as ambient temperature.

Rinse the wheel to completely remove the cleaner within 15 minutes after the cleaner is applied.

Appearance and care 7-3

CHROME PARTS Clean chrome parts regularly with a non- abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish.

TIRE DRESSING NISSAN does not recommend the use of tire dressings. Tire manufacturers apply a coating to the tires to help reduce discoloration of the rub- ber. If a tire dressing is applied to the tires, it may react with the coating and form a compound. This compound may come off the tire while driving and stain the vehicle paint.

If you choose to use a tire dressing, take the following precautions:

Use a water-based tire dressing. The coating on the tire dissolves more easily with an oil-based tire dressing.

Apply a light coat of tire dressing to help prevent it from entering the tire tread/grooves (where it would be difficult to remove).

Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry towel. Make sure the tire dressing is completely re- moved from the tire tread/grooves.

Allow the tire dressing to dry as recommended by the tire dressing manufacturer.

Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior trim, plastic parts and seats using a vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush. Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with a clean, soft cloth damp- ened in mild soap solution, then wipe clean with a dry soft cloth.

Regular care and cleaning is required in order to maintain the appearance of the leather.

Before using any fabric protector, read the manu- facturers recommendations. Some fabric pro- tectors contain chemicals that may stain or bleach the seat material.

Use a cloth dampened only with water to clean the meter and gauge lens.

WARNING

Do not use water or acidic cleaners (hot steam cleaners) on the seat. This can damage the seat or occupant classifica- tion sensor (weight sensor). This can also affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury.

CAUTION

Never use benzine, thinner, or any similar material.

Small dirt particles can be abrasive and damaging to the leather surfaces and should be removed promptly. Do not use saddle soap, car waxes, pol- ishes, oils, cleaning fluids, solvents, detergents or ammonia-based clean- ers as they may damage the leathers natural finish.

Never use fabric protectors unless rec- ommended by the manufacturer.

Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on meter or gauge lens covers. It may damage the lens cover.

CLEANING INTERIOR

7-4 Appearance and care

AIR FRESHENERS Most air fresheners use a solvent that could affect the vehicle interior. If you use an air freshener, take the following precautions:

Hanging-type air fresheners can cause perma- nent discoloration when they contact vehicle interior surfaces. Place the air freshener in a location that allows it to hang free and not contact an interior surface.

Liquid-type air fresheners typically clip on the vents. These products can cause immediate damage and discoloration when spilled on inte- rior surfaces.

Carefully read and follow the manufacturers in- structions before using air fresheners.

FLOOR MATS

WARNING

To avoid potential pedal interference that may result in a collision, injury or death: NEVER place a floor mat on top of

another floor mat in the driver front position or install them upside down or backwards.

Use only Genuine NISSAN floor mats, or equivalent floor mats, that are spe- cifically designed for use in your ve- hicle model and model year.

Properly position the mats in the floor- well using the floor mat positioning hook. For additional information, refer to Floor mat installation in this sec- tion.

Make sure the floor mat does not in- terfere with pedal operation.

Periodically check the floor mats to make sure they are properly installed.

After cleaning the vehicle interior, check the floor mats to make sure they are properly installed.

The use of Genuine NISSAN floor mats can extend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it easier to clean the interior. Mats should be main- tained with regular cleaning and replaced if they become excessively worn.

Floor mat installation Your vehicle is equipped with floor mat position- ing hook(s). The number and shape of the floor mat positioning hooks for each seating position varies depending on the vehicle.

Appearance and care 7-5

When installing Genuine NISSAN floor mats, follow the installation instructions provided with the mat and the following:

1. Position the floor mat in the floorwell so that the floor mat grommet holes are aligned with the hook(s).

2. Secure the grommet holes into the hook(s) and ensure that the floor mat is properly positioned.

3. Make sure the floor mat does not interfere with pedal operation. With the ignition in the OFF position, the selector lever in the P (Park) position (Automatic Transmission models) or the shift lever in the N (Neutral) position (Manual Transmission models) fully apply and release all pedals. The floor mat must not interfere with pedal operation or prevent the pedal from returning to its normal position.

It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for details about installing the floor mats in your vehicle.

The illustration shows the location of floor mat positioning hooks.

SEAT BELTS The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution. Allow the belts to dry completely in the shade before using them.

For additional information, refer to Seat belts in the SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual.

WARNING

Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retractor. NEVER use bleach, dye, or chemical solvents to clean the seat belts, since these materials may severely weaken the seat belt webbing.

Positioning hooks

7-6 Appearance and care

MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION The accumulation of moisture-retaining dirt and

debris in body panel sections, cavities, and other areas.

Damage to paint and other protective coatings caused by gravel and stone chips or minor traffic accidents.

ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLUENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION

Moisture Accumulation of sand, dirt and water on the ve- hicle body underside can accelerate corrosion. Wet floor coverings will not dry completely inside the vehicle, and should be removed for drying to avoid floor panel corrosion.

Relative humidity Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high relative humidity, especially those areas where the temperatures stay above freezing, where at- mospheric pollution exists, or where road salt is used.

Temperature A temperature increase will accelerate the rate of corrosion to those parts which are not well ven- tilated.

Air pollution Industrial pollution, the presence of salt in the air in coastal areas, or heavy road salt use will accel- erate the corrosion process. Road salt will also accelerate the disintegration of paint surfaces.

PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM CORROSION Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the

vehicle clean.

Always check for minor damage to the paint and repair it as soon as possible.

Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors open to avoid water accumulation.

Check the underbody for accumulation of sand, dirt or salt. If present, wash with water as soon as possible.

CAUTION

NEVER remove dirt, sand or other de- bris from the passenger compartment by washing it out with a hose. Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner.

Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electronic com- ponents inside the vehicle as this may damage them.

Chemicals used for road surface deicing are extremely corrosive. They accelerate corrosion and deterioration of underbody components such as the brake lines, brake cables, floor pan and fenders.

In winter, the underbody must be cleaned periodically.

For additional protection against rust and corro- sion, which may be required in some areas, it is recommended that you consult a NISSAN certi- fied LEAF dealer.

CORROSION PROTECTION

Appearance and care 7-7

NOTES

7-8 Appearance and care

8 Maintenance and do-it yourself

Maintenance requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-2 Scheduled maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-2 General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-2 Where to go for service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-2

General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-2 Explanation of maintenance items . . . . . . . . . . .8-2

Maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-5 Motor compartment check locations . . . . . . . . . . . .8-7 Cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-8

Checking coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9 Changing coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9

Reduction gear fluid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10 Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10 Windshield-washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-11 12-volt battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-12

Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-13 Windshield wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-13

Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-13 Replacing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-14

Rear window wiper blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-16 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-16

Brake pad wear warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-16 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-17

Motor compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-17 Passenger compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-19

Nissan Intelligent Key battery replacement . . . . . .8-20 Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-22

Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-22 Exterior and interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-24

Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-26 Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-26 Tire labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-30 Types of tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-32 Tire chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-33 Changing wheels and tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-33 Emergency tire puncture repair kit . . . . . . . . . .8-36

Your new NISSAN has been designed to have minimum maintenance requirements with long service intervals to save you both time and money. However, some day-to-day and regular maintenance is essential to maintain your NISSA- Ns fine mechanical condition, and its Electric Vehicle (EV) system performance.

It is the owners responsibility to make sure that the scheduled maintenance, and general mainte- nance, is performed.

As the vehicle owner, you are the only one who can ensure that your vehicle receives the proper maintenance care. You are a vital link in the main- tenance chain.

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE For your convenience, both required and optional scheduled maintenance items are described and listed in your NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide. You must refer to that guide to ensure that necessary maintenance is performed on your NISSAN at regular intervals.

GENERAL MAINTENANCE General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during normal day-to-day op- eration. They are essential for proper vehicle op-

eration. It is your responsibility to perform these procedures regularly as prescribed.

Performing general maintenance checks requires minimal mechanical skill and only a few general automotive tools.

These checks or inspections can be done by yourself, a qualified technician or, if you prefer, a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.

WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICE If maintenance service is required or your vehicle appears to malfunction, have the systems checked and serviced. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

NISSAN technicians are well-trained specialists and are kept up-to-date with the latest service information through technical bulletins, service tips, and in-dealership information systems. They are completely qualified to work on NISSAN ve- hicles before work begins.

You can be confident that a NISSAN certified LEAF dealers service department performs the best job to meet the maintenance requirements on your vehicle in a reliable and economical way.

During the normal day-to-day operation of the vehicle, general maintenance should be per- formed regularly as prescribed in this section. If you detect any unusual sounds, vibrations or smell, be sure to check for the cause or have a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer do it promptly. In addition, you should notify a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer if you think that repairs are required.

When performing any checks or maintenance work, refer to Maintenance precautions in this section.

EXPLANATION OF MAINTENANCE ITEMS Additional information on the following items with * is found in this section.

Outside vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be performed from time to time, unless otherwise specified.

Doors and motor hood: Check that all doors and the motor hood operate properly. Also en- sure that all latches lock securely. Lubricate hinges, latches, latch pins, rollers and links if necessary. Make sure that the secondary latch

MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT GENERAL MAINTENANCE

8-2 Maintenance and do-it yourself

keeps the motor hood from opening when the primary latch is released.

When driving in areas using road salt or other corrosive materials, check lubrication frequently.

Lights*: Clean the headlights on a regular basis. Make sure that the headlights, stop lights, tail lights, turn signal lights and other lights are all operating properly and installed securely. Also check the aim of the headlights.

Road wheel nuts (lug nuts)*: When checking the tires, make sure that no wheel nuts are miss- ing, and check for any loose wheel nuts. Tighten if necessary.

Tire rotation*: Tires should be rotated every 5,000 miles (8,000 km).

Tires*: Check the pressure with a gauge often and always prior to long distance trips. If neces- sary, adjust the pressure in all tires to the pres- sure specified. Check carefully for damage, cuts or excessive wear.

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) transmitter components: Replace the TPMS transmitter grommet seal, valve core and cap when the tires are replaced due to wear or age.

Wheel alignment and balance: If the vehicle pulls to either side while driving on a straight and level road, or if you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear, there may be a need for wheel alignment.

If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highway speeds, wheel balancing may be needed.

For additional information regarding tires, refer to Important Tire Safety Information (US) or Tire Safety Information (Canada) in the Warranty In- formation Booklet.

Windshield: Clean the windshield on a regular basis. Check the windshield at least every six months for cracks or other damage. Have a dam- aged windshield repaired by a qualified repair facility.

Wiper blades*: Check for cracks or wear if they do not wipe properly.

Inside vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked on a regular basis, such as when per- forming scheduled maintenance, cleaning the ve- hicle, etc.

Accelerator pedal: Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure that the pedal does not

catch or require uneven effort. Keep the floor mat away from the pedal.

Brake pedal: Check the pedal for smooth op- eration. If the brake pedal suddenly goes down further than normal, the pedal feels spongy or the vehicle seems to take longer to stop, it is recom- mended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer immediately. Keep the floor mat away from the pedal.

Brakes: Check that the brakes do not pull the vehicle to one side when applied.

Electric shift P (Park) position mechanism: On a steep hill, check that the vehicle is held securely while the vehicle is in the P (Park) posi- tion without applying the brakes.

Parking brake: Check the parking brake opera- tion regularly. The vehicle should be securely held on a steep hill with only the parking brake applied. If the parking brake cannot keep a vehicle posi- tion, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

Seat: Check seat position controls such as the seat adjusters, seatback recliners, etc. to ensure that they operate smoothly and that all latches lock securely in every position. Check that the head restraints/headrests move up and down

Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-3

smoothly and that the locks (if so equipped) hold securely in all latched positions.

Seat belts: Check that all parts of the seat belt system (for example, buckles, anchors, adjusters and retractors) operate properly and smoothly, and are installed securely. Check the belt web- bing for cuts, fraying, wear or damage.

Steering wheel: Check for changes in the steering conditions, such as excessive free play, hard steering or strange noises.

Warning lights and chimes: Make sure that all warning lights and chimes are operating properly.

Windshield defroster: Check that the air emits from the defroster outlets properly and in suffi- cient quantity when operating the heater or air conditioner.

Windshield wiper and washer*: Check that the wipers and washers operate properly and that the wipers do not streak.

Under hood and vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked periodically.

12-volt battery (for serviceable battery)*:

Check the fluid level in each cell. It should be between the MAX and MIN lines. Vehicles oper-

ated in high temperatures or under severe condi- tions require frequent checks of the 12volt bat- tery fluid level.

NOTE: Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery discharge and potential no-start conditions such as:

1. Installation or extended use of elec- tronic accessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running (Phone chargers, GPS, DVD players, etc.)

2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/or only driven short distances.

In these cases, the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health.

Brake fluid level*: Make sure that the brake fluid level is between the MAX and MIN lines on the reservoir.

Coolant level*: Check the coolant level when the motor compartment is cold.

Fluid leaks: Check under the vehicle for water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a while. Water dripping from the air conditioner after use is normal. If you should

notice any leaks, check for cause and have it corrected immediately.

Radiator and hoses: Check the front of the radiator and clean off any dirt, insects, leaves, etc., that may have accumulated. Make sure that the hoses have no cracks, deformation, rot or loose connections.

Underbody: The underbody is frequently ex- posed to corrosive substances such as those used on icy roads or to control dust. It is very important to remove these substances, other- wise rust will form on the floor pan and frame. At the end of winter, the underbody should be thor- oughly flushed with plain water, being careful to clean those areas where mud and dirt may accu- mulate. For additional information, refer to Cleaning exterior in the Appearance and care section of this manual.

Windshield-washer fluid*: Check that there is an adequate amount of fluid in the reservoir.

8-4 Maintenance and do-it yourself

When performing any inspection or maintenance work on your vehicle, always take care to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to the vehicle. The following are general precau- tions that should be closely observed.

WARNING

The EV system uses high voltage up to approximately DC 400 volt. The system can be hot during and after starting and when the vehicle is shut off. Be careful of both the high voltage and the high temperature. Obey the labels that are attached to the vehicle.

Never disassemble, remove or replace high-voltage parts and cables as well as their connectors. High-voltage cables are colored orange.

Disassembling, removing or replacing those parts or cables can cause severe burns or electric shock that may result in serious injury or death. The vehicle high-voltage system has no user ser- viceable parts. Take your vehicle to the NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for any necessary maintenance.

Park the vehicle on a level surface, apply the parking brake securely and chock the wheels to prevent the ve- hicle from moving. Push the P (Park) position switch on the shift lever or place the vehicle into the N (Neutral) position.

If you must work with the EV (Electric vehicle) system is turned on, keep hands, clothing, hair and tools away from moving fans and any other mov- ing parts.

Make sure that the power switch is in the OFF or LOCK position when per- forming any part replacement or re- pairs.

It is advisable to secure or remove any loose clothing and remove any jewelry, such as rings, watches, etc. before working on your vehicle.

Always wear eye protection whenever you work on your vehicle.

Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by a jack. If it is neces- sary to work under the vehicle, support it with safety stands.

Keep smoking materials, flames and sparks away from the 12-volt battery.

CAUTION

Do not work under the hood while the motor compartment is hot. Push the power switch in the OFF position and wait until it cools down.

Avoid direct contact with used coolant. Improperly disposed coolant and/or other vehicle fluids can damage the environment. Always conform to local regulations for the disposal of vehicle fluids.

Never connect or disconnect the bat- tery or any transistorized component while the power switch is in the ON position.

Your vehicle is equipped with an auto- matic cooling fan. It may come on at any time without warning, even if the power switch is not in the ACC, ON or READY to drive position. To avoid in- jury, always disconnect the negative 12-volt battery cable before working near the fan.

Before performing any electrical main- tenance work on the vehicle such as the battery, fuses or bulb replacement, confirm the following: The charge connector is removed

from the vehicle.

MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS

Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-5

The Climate Ctrl. Timer is not active or operating. For additional infor- mation, refer to Climate Ctrl. Timer in the Display screen, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone system section of this manual.

The 12-volt battery is not being charged by the Li-ion battery and that all charging status indicator lights are off. For additional infor- mation, refer to Charging the 12- volt battery in the EV overview section and Charging status indica- tor lights in the Charging section of this manual.

The power switch is in the OFF posi- tion. Place the power switch in the ON position and then in the OFF position to prevent the 12-volt battery auto- matically being charged by the Li-ion battery. For additional information, re- fer to Charging the 12-volt battery in the EV overview section of this manual.

The Maintenance and do-it-yourself section gives instructions regarding only those items that are relatively easy for an owner to perform.

A Genuine NISSAN Service Manual is also avail- able. For additional information, refer to Owners manual/service manual order information in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual.

You should be aware that incomplete or improper servicing may result in operating difficulties and could affect your warranty coverage. If in doubt about any servicing, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.

8-6 Maintenance and do-it yourself

1. Brake fluid reservoir 2. 12-volt battery 3. Fuse/Fusible link holder 4. Fuse/Fusible link holder 5. Coolant reservoir cap 6. Windshield-washer fluid reservoir 7. Fuse/Fusible link holder

MOTOR COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS

Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-7

The cooling system is filled at the factory with a pre-diluted mixture of 50% Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) and 50% wa- ter to provide year-round antifreeze and coolant protection. The antifreeze solution contains rust and corrosion inhibitors. Additional cooling sys- tem additives are not necessary.

WARNING

Never remove the coolant tank cap when the motor compartment is hot. Wait until the motor compartment cool down.

The coolant tank is equipped with a special type coolant tank cap. To pre- vent damage to the motor compart- ment, use only a Genuine NISSAN coolant tank cap.

CAUTION

Never use any additives in the coolant such as radiator sealer in the cooling system. This may cause damage to electrical equipment such as the motor and inverter.

When adding or replacing coolant, be sure to use only a Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent. Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) is pre- diluted to provide antifreeze protec- tion to 34F (37C) . If additional freeze protection is needed due to the weather conditions where you operate your vehicle, add Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) concentrate following the directions on the container. If and equivalent coolant other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) is used, follow the coolant manufactures instructions to maintain minimum an- tifreeze protection to 34F (37C). The use of other types of coolant solu- tions other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent may damage the cooling system.

The life expectancy of the factory-fill coolant is 125,000 miles (200,000 km) or 15 years. Mixing any other type of coolant other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue), including Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (green), or the use of non-distilled water will reduce the life expectancy of the factory-filled coolant. For additional information, re- fer to the NISSAN Service and Mainte- nance Guide.

COOLING SYSTEM

8-8 Maintenance and do-it yourself

CHECKING COOLANT LEVEL Check the coolant level in the reservoir when the high-voltage parts are cold. If the coolant level is below the MIN level B , open the reservoir cap and add coolant up to the MAX level A . If the reservoir is empty, check the coolant level in the coolant reservoir when the high-voltage parts are cold. If there is insufficient coolant in the coolant reservoir, fill the coolant reservoir with coolant up to the reservoir cap opening and also add it to the reservoir up to the MAX level A .

Tighten the cap securely after adding coolant.

For additional information on the location of the coolant reservoir, refer to Motor compartment check locations in this section.

If the cooling system frequently requires coolant, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.

CHANGING COOLANT It is recommended that major cooling system repairs should be performed by a NISSAN certi- fied LEAF dealer. The service procedures can be found in the appropriate NISSAN Service Manual.

Improper servicing can result in reduced heater performance.

WARNING

To avoid the danger of being scalded, never change the coolant when the motor compartment is hot.

Never remove the coolant reservoir cap when the motor compartment is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high-pressure fluid escaping from the radiator.

Avoid direct skin contact with used coolant. If skin contact is made, wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible.

Keep coolant out of reach of children and pets.

Coolant must be disposed of properly. Check your local regulations.

Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-9

When checking or replacement is required, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

CAUTION

Use only Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF. Do not mix with other fluids.

Using reduction gear fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and reduction gear durability, and may damage the reduction gear, which is not covered by the NISSAN New Ve- hicle Limited Warranty.

For additional brake fluid information, refer to Recommended fluids/lubricants and capacities in the Technical and consumer information sec- tion of this manual.

WARNING

Use only new fluid from a sealed con- tainer. Old, inferior or contaminated fluid may damage the brake system. The use of improper fluids can damage the brake system, and affect the vehi- cles stopping ability.

Clean the filler cap before removing. Brake fluid is poisonous and should be

stored carefully in marked containers out of the reach of children.

CAUTION

Do not spill the fluid on any painted sur- faces. This will damage the paint. If fluid is spilled, immediately wash the surface with water.

Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If the fluid is below the MIN line B or the brake warning light illuminates, add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line A . If fluid must be added fre- quently, the system should be checked. It is rec- ommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

REDUCTION GEAR FLUID BRAKE FLUID

8-10 Maintenance and do-it yourself

Except for Canada

To check the fluid level, use your finger to plug the center hole 1 of the cap/tube assembly, then remove it from the reservoir. If there is no fluid in the tube, add fluid.

For Canada

Fill the windshield-washer fluid reservoir periodi- cally. Add windshield-washer fluid when the low washer fluid message appears on the vehicle information display. For additional information, refer to Indicators for operation in the Instru- ments and controls section of this manual.

To fill the windshield-washer fluid reservoir, lift the cap 1 and pour the windshield-washer fluid into the reservoir opening.

Add a windshield-washer solvent to the reservoir for better cleaning. In the winter season, add a windshield-washer antifreeze. Follow the manu- facturers instructions for the mixture ratio.

Fill the windshield-washer fluid reservoir periodi- cally.

Refill the reservoir more frequently when driving conditions require an increased amount of windshield-washer fluid.

Recommended fluid:

Genuine NISSAN Windshield-Washer Concen- trate Cleaner & Antifreeze or equivalent

CAUTION

Do not substitute antifreeze coolant for windshield-washer solution. This may result in damage to the paint.

Do not fill the windshield-washer res- ervoir with windshield-washer fluid concentrates at full strength. Some methyl alcohol based windshield- washer fluid concentrates may perma- nently stain the grille if spilled while filling the windshield-washer reser- voir.

Pre-mix windshield-washer fluid con- centrates with water to the manufac- turers recommended levels before pouring the fluid into the windshield- washer reservoir. Do not use the windshield-washer reservoir to mix the windshield-washer fluid concentrate and water.

WINDSHIELD-WASHER FLUID

Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-11

Keep the 12-volt battery surface clean and dry. Clean the 12-volt battery with a solution of baking soda and water.

Make certain the terminal connections are clean and securely tightened.

NOTE: Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery discharge and potential no-start conditions such as:

1. Installation or extended use of elec- tronic accessories that consume battery power when the motor is not running (Phone chargers, GPS, DVD players, etc.)

2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/or only driven short distances.

In these cases, the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health

WARNING

Do not expose the 12-volt battery to flames or electrical sparks. Hydrogen gas generated by the 12-volt battery is explosive. Do not allow 12-volt battery fluid to contact your skin, eyes, fabrics or painted surfaces. After touching a 12-volt battery or 12-volt battery cap, do not touch or rub your eyes. Thor- oughly wash your hands. If the acid contacts your eyes, skin or clothing, immediately flush with water for at least 15 minutes and seek medical at- tention.

Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid in the 12-volt battery is low. Low 12- volt battery fluid can cause a higher load on the 12-volt battery which can generate heat, reduce battery life, and in some cases lead to an explosion.

When working on or near a 12-volt battery, always wear suitable eye pro- tection and remove all jewelry.

12-volt battery posts, terminals and re- lated accessories contain lead and lead compounds. Wash hands after handling.

Keep the 12-volt battery out of the reach of children.

1. Remove the vent caps with a screwdriver as shown. Use a cloth to protect the battery case.

12-VOLT BATTERY

8-12 Maintenance and do-it yourself

2. Check the fluid level in each cell. If it is nec- essary to add fluid, add only distilled water to bring the level up to the bottom of the filler opening. Do not overfill. Reinstall the vent caps.

Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the 12-volt battery fluid level.

JUMP STARTING Jump starting provides power to the 12 volt sys- tem to allow the electrical systems to operate. The electrical systems must be operating to allow the Li-ion battery to be charged. Jump starting does not charge the Li-ion battery. The Li-ion battery must be charged before the vehicle can be driven.

For additional information, refer to Jump start- ing in the In case of emergency section of this manual. If the power switch does not switch to the READY to drive position by jump starting, the 12-volt battery may have to be replaced. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

CLEANING If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters when running, wax or other material may be on the blade or windshield.

Clean the outside of the windshield with a washer solution or a mild detergent. Your windshield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear water.

Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer solution or a mild detergent. Then rinse the blade with clear water. If your windshield is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using the wiper, replace the blades.

CAUTION

Worn windshield wiper blades can dam- age the windshield and impair driver vision.

WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES

Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-13

REPLACING Replace the wiper blades if they are worn.

Pulling up the wiper arm The wiper arm should be in the up position when replacing the wiper.

Pull up the wiper arm manually or using the wiper rise-up function.

Wiper rise-up function:

To pull up the wiper arm, pull the lever 1 within 1 minute after the power switch is turned off. The wiper operation stops in mid-operation and wiper arm can be pulled up.

To lower the wiper arm, place the wiper arm in the down position and then push the lever 2 up once after the power switch is turned on.

CAUTION

Do not operate the windshield wiper while arm is pulled up. The wiper arm or hood may be damaged.

8-14 Maintenance and do-it yourself

Replacing

1. Push the release tab A , and move the wiper blade down the wiper arm B while pushing the release tab to remove.

2. Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm until a click sounds.

3. Rotate the wiper blade so that the dimple is in the groove.

CAUTION

After wiper blade replacement, return the wiper arm to its origi- nal position; otherwise it may be damaged when the hood is opened.

Make sure the wiper blades con- tact the glass; otherwise the arm may be damaged from wind pressure.

Be careful not to clog the washer nozzle A . This may cause improper windshield washer opera- tion. If the nozzle is clogged, remove any objects with a needle or small pin B . Be careful not to damage the nozzle.

Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-15

REAR WINDOW WIPER BLADE It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certi- fied LEAF dealer if checking or replacement is required.

If the brakes do not operate properly, have the brakes checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

WARNING

Do not adjust the height of the brake pedal. Doing so could alter the effective- ness of the brakes, which could result in a serious accident and personal injury. If adjustment is required, it is recom- mended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

BRAKE PAD WEAR WARNING The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings. When a brake pad requires replacement, it will make a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion. This scraping sound will first occur only when the brake pedal is depressed. After more wear of the brake pad, the sound will always be heard even if the brake pedal is not depressed. Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear warning sound is heard.

Under some driving or climate conditions, occa- sional brake squeak, squeal or other noise may be heard. Occasional brake noise during light to moderate stops is normal and does not affect the function or performance of the brake system.

Proper brake inspection intervals should be followed. For additional information, refer to the maintenance log section of your NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide.

BRAKES

8-16 Maintenance and do-it yourself

MOTOR COMPARTMENT

WARNING

Never touch, disassemble, remove or replace the high-voltage parts and cables, as well as their connectors. High-voltage cables are colored or- ange. Touching, disassembling, re- moving or replacing those parts and cables can cause severe burns or elec- tric shock that may result in serious injury or death.

Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover. This could damage the electrical system or electronic con- trol units or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does not operate, check for an open fuse.

1. Confirm that the power switch and the head- light switch are turned off.

2. Open the hood.

3. Remove the fuse/fusible link holder cover by pushing the tab and lifting the cover from the right side, and then the left side.

4. Locate the fuse that needs to be replaced.

5. Remove the fuse using the fuse puller located in the passenger compartment fuse box.

FUSES

Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-17

6. If the fuse is open A , replace it with a new fuse B .

7. If a new fuse also opens, have the electrical system checked, and if necessary, repaired. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN cer- tified LEAF dealer for this service.

Fusible links

If any electrical equipment does not operate and the fuses are in good condition, check the fusible links in the holders 1 , 2 and 3 . If any of these fusible links are melted, replace only with Genu- ine NISSAN parts.

For checking and replacing the fusible links in the holders 1 , 2 and 3 , it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

8-18 Maintenance and do-it yourself

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

WARNING

Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover. This could damage the electrical system or electronic control units or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does not operate, check for an open fuse.

1. Make sure that the power switch and the headlight switch are turned off.

2. Insert a screwdriver wrapped with the cloth C into the slit 1 .

Use a cloth C to protect the fuse box cover.

3. Then pull to remove the fuse box cover 2 .

4. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller 3 .

5. If the fuse is open A , replace it with a new fuse B .

6. If a new fuse also opens, have the electrical system checked, and if necessary repaired. It is recommended that you visit a by a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-19

CAUTION

Be careful not to allow children to swallow the battery and removed parts.

An improperly disposed battery can harm the environment. Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal.

When changing batteries, do not let dust or oil get on the components.

There is danger of explosion if the lithium battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or equiva- lent type.

Replace the battery in the Intelligent Key as follows:

1. Remove the mechanical key from the Intelli- gent Key.

2. Insert a small screwdriver into the slit of the corner and twist it to separate the upper part from the lower part. Use a cloth to protect the casing.

3. Replace the battery with a new one.

Recommended battery:

CR2025 or equivalent

Do not touch the internal circuit and electric terminals as doing so could cause a malfunction.

Hold the battery by the edges. Holding the battery across the contact points will seri- ously deplete the storage capacity.

Make sure that the side faces the bottom of the case.

NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY REPLACEMENT

8-20 Maintenance and do-it yourself

4. Align the tips of the upper and lower parts 1 , and then push them together 2 until it is securely closed.

5. Operate the buttons to check that it is func- tioning properly.

It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certi- fied LEAF dealer for this service.

FCC Notice:

For USA:

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol- lowing two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference re- ceived, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

NOTE: Changes or modifications not expressly ap- proved by the party responsible for compli- ance could void the users authority to op- erate the equipment.

For Canada:

This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Opera- tion is subject to the following two condi- tions: (1) this device may not cause inter- ference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-21

1. Headlight assembly 2. Map light 3. Room light 4. High-mounted stop light 5. Rear combination light 6. Cargo light 7. License plate light 8. Side marker light 9. Fog light (if so equipped)

Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of the exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash. A temperature difference between the inside and the outside of the lens causes the fog. This is not a malfunction. If large drops of water collect inside the lens, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

HEADLIGHTS For additional information on headlight bulb re- placement refer to the instructions outlined in this section.

Replacing Halogen headlight (high-beam):

The headlight high-beam is a semi-sealed beam type that uses a replaceable headlight (halogen) bulb.

LIGHTS

8-22 Maintenance and do-it yourself

CAUTION

Do not leave the bulb out of the head- light reflector for a long period of time. Dust, moisture, smoke, etc. entering the headlight body may affect bulb performance.

High-pressure halogen gas is sealed inside the halogen bulb. The bulb may break if the glass envelope is scratched or the bulb is dropped.

Only touch the base when handling the bulb. Never touch the glass envelope. Touching the glass envelope could sig- nificantly affect bulb life and/or head- light performance.

Aiming is not necessary after replacing the bulb. When aiming adjustment is necessary, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of the exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash. A temperature differ- ence between the inside and the out- side of the lens causes the fog. This is not a malfunction. If large drops of water collect inside the lens, it is rec- ommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

Use the same number and wattage as originally installed as shown in the chart.

Disconnect the battery negative cable before replacing bulbs.

1. Remove the connector 1 .

2. Turn the headlight bulb, and then remove the bulb 2 .

Disconnect the battery negative cable before replacing bulbs.

1. Remove the connector 1 .

2. Turn the headlight bulb, and then remove the bulb 2 .

Type A (if so equipped) Type B (if so equipped)

Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-23

EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS

Item Wattage (W) Bulb No. Headlight assembly (Type A) (if so equipped)

High/Daytime running (Canada only) 65 H9

Low*

Park/Turn signal 27/7 3457NAK

Clearance 5 W5W

Side marker* 5 W5W

Headlight assembly (Type B) (if so equipped)

High/Low/Daytime running (Canada only) 60/55 H13

Park/Turn signal 27/7 3457NAK

Side marker* 5 W5W

Front fog light (if so equipped)* 55 H11

Charge port lid light*

Rear combination light

Turn signal 21 WY21W

Stop/Tail*

Back-up 16 W16W

Side marker*

License plate light* 5 W5W

Map light*

High-mounted stop light*

Room light

Cargo light 5

*It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for replacement.

NOTE: Always check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for the lat- est information about parts.

Replacement procedures All other lights are either type A, B, C, D or E. When replacing a bulb, first remove the lens and/or cover.

8-24 Maintenance and do-it yourself

: REMOVE

: INSTALL

Front turn signal light

Clearance light (if so equipped)

License plate light

Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-25

1. Remove the rear combination attachment bolt 1 .

2. Pull the rear combination assembly evenly toward rear of the vehicle 2 .

3. Turn the bulb socket and then remove the bulb 3 .

If you have a flat tire, refer to Flat tire in the In case of emergency section.

TIRE PRESSURE

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). It monitors tire pressure of all tires. When the low tire pressure warning light is lit, and the CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warn- ing appears on the vehicle information

Rear combination light

Cargo light

WHEELS AND TIRES

8-26 Maintenance and do-it yourself

display, one or more of your tires is signifi- cantly under-inflated.

The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 mph (25 km/h). Also, this system may not de- tect a sudden drop in tire pressure (for example a flat tire while driving).

For additional information, refer to Low tire pressure warning light in the Instru- ments and controls section, Tire Pres- sure Monitoring System (TPMS) in the Starting and driving section and Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) in the In case of emergency section of this manual.

Tire inflation pressure Check the pressure of the tires often and always prior to long distance trips. The recommended tire pressure specifica- tions are shown on the F.M.V.S.S/ C.M.V.S.S certification label or Tire and Loading Information label under the Cold Tire Pressure heading. The Tire and

Loading Information label is affixed to the driver side center pillar. Tire pressures should be checked regularly because: Most tires naturally lose air over time. Tires can lose air suddenly when driven

over potholes or other objects or if the vehicle strikes a curb while parking.

The tire pressures should be checked when the tires are cold. The tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km) at moderate speeds.

The TPMS with Easy-Fill Tire Alert also provides visual and audible signals out- side the vehicle for inflating the tires to the recommended COLD tire pressure. For additional information, refer to TPMS with Easy-Fill Tire Alert in the Starting and driving section of this manual.

Incorrect tire pressure, including un- der inflation, may adversely affect tire life and vehicle handling.

WARNING

Improperly inflated tires can fail suddenly and cause an accident.

The Gross Vehicle Weight rating (GVWR) is located on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S certifica- tion label. The vehicle weight ca- pacity is indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label. Do not load your vehicle beyond this capacity. Overloading your vehicle may result in reduced tire life, unsafe operating conditions due to premature tire failure, or unfavorable handling character- istics and could also lead to a serious accident. Loading be- yond the specified capacity may also result in failure of other ve- hicle components.

Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-27

Before taking a long trip, or whenever you heavily load your vehicle, use a tire pressure gauge to ensure that the tire pressures are at the specified level.

For additional information re- garding tires, refer to Important Tire Safety Information (US) or Tire Safety Information (Canada) in the Warranty Infor- mation Booklet. Tire and Loading Information Label

1 Seating capacity: The maximum number of occupants that can be seated in the vehicle.

2 Original size: The size of the tires originally installed on the vehicle at the factory.

3 Cold tire pressure: Inflate the tires to this pressure when the tires are cold. Tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km) at moderate speeds.

The recommended cold tire inflation is set by the manufacturer to provide the best balance of tire wear, vehicle handling, driveability, tire noise, etc., up to the vehicles GVWR.

4 Tire size refer to Tire labeling in this section.

5 Spare tire size or compact spare tire size (if so equipped)

6 Vehicle load limit: For additional in- formation, refer to Vehicle loading information in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual.

8-28 Maintenance and do-it yourself

Checking tire pressure 1. Remove the valve stem cap from the

tire. 2. Press the pressure gauge securely

onto the valve stem. Do not press too hard or force the valve stem sideways, otherwise air will escape. If the hissing sound of air escaping from the tire is heard while checking the pressure, re- position the gauge to eliminate this leakage.

3. Remove the gauge. 4. Read the tire pressure on the gauge

stem and compare it to the specifica- tion shown on the Tire and Loading Information label.

5. Add air to the tire as necessary. If too much air is added, press the core of the valve stem briefly with the tip of the gauge stem to release pressure. Re- check the pressure and add or release air as necessary.

6. Install the valve stem cap.

7. Check the pressure of all of the tires.

SIZE COLD TIRE INFLATION PRESSURE

FRONT ORIGI- NAL TIRE

P205/55R16 89H

250 kPa, 36 PSI

FRONT ORIGI- NAL TIRE

P215/50R17 90V

250 kPa, 36 PSI

REAR ORIGI- NAL TIRE

P205/55R16 89H

250 kPa, 36 PSI

REAR ORIGI- NAL TIRE

P215/50R17 90V

250 kPa, 36 PSI

Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-29

TIRE LABELING Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires. This information iden- tifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also pro- vides the tire identification number (TIN) for safety standard certification. The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall.

1 Tire size (example: P215/ 60R16 94H)

1. P: The P indicates the tire is de- signed for passenger vehicles. (Not all tires have this information.)

2. Three-digit number (215): This num- ber gives the width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge.

3. Two-digit number (60): This number, known as the aspect ratio, gives the tires ratio of height to width.

4. R: The R stands for radial. 5. Two-digit number (16): This number is

the wheel or rim diameter in inches. 6. Two- or three-digit number (94): This

number is the tires load index. It is a measurement of how much weight each tire can support. You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by law.

7. H: Tire speed rating. You should not drive the vehicle faster than the tire speed rating.

Example Example

8-30 Maintenance and do-it yourself

2 TIN (Tire Identification Number) for a new tire (example: DOT XX XX XXX XXXX)

1. DOT: Abbreviation for the Depart- ment of Transportation. The symbol can be placed above, below or to the left or right of the Tire Identification Number.

2. Two-digit code: Manufacturers identi- fication mark

3. Two-digit code: Tire size

4. Three-digit code: Tire type code (Optional)

5. Four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built. For example, the numbers 3103 means the 31st week of 2003. If these numbers are missing, then look on the other sidewall of the tire.

3 Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rubber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire manufacturers also must indicate

the materials in the tire, which include steel, nylon, polyester, and others.

4 Maximum permissible inflation pres- sure

This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire. Do not exceed the maximum per- missible inflation pressure.

5 Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire. When replacing the tires on the vehicle, always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire.

6 Term of tubeless or tube type Indicates whether the tire requires an inner tube (tube type) or not (tube- less).

7 The word radial The word radial is shown, if the tire has radial structure.

8 Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or brand name is shown.

Example

Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-31

Other tire-related terminology:

In addition to the many terms that are defined throughout this section, Intended Outboard Sidewall is (1) the sidewall that contains a whitewall, bears white lettering or bears manufacturer, brand and/or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire, or (2) the out- ward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle.

TYPES OF TIRES

WARNING

When changing or replacing tires, be sure all four tires are of the same type (Example: Summer, All Season or Snow) and construction. A NISSAN certified LEAF dealer may be able to help you with information about tire type, size, speed rating and availabil- ity.

Replacement tires may have a lower speed rating than the factory equipped tires, and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed. Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire.

Replacing tires with those not origi- nally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS.

For additional information regarding tires, refer to Important Tire Safety Information (US) or Tire Safety Infor- mation (Canada) in the Warranty In- formation Booklet.

All season tires NISSAN specifies all season tires on some mod- els to provide good performance all year, includ- ing snowy and icy road conditions. All Season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and/or M&S (Mud and Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snow tires have better snow traction than All Season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas.

Summer tires NISSAN specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads. Summer tire performance is substantially re- duced in snow and ice. Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M&S on the tire sidewall.

If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions, NISSAN recommends the use of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels.

Snow tires If snow tires are needed, it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and load rating to the original equipment tires. If you do not, it can adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle.

Generally, snow tires will have lower speed rat- ings than factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed. Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire.

If you install snow tires, they must be the same size, brand, construction and tread pattern on all four wheels.

For additional traction on icy roads, studded tires may be used. However, some U.S. states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use. Check local, state and provincial laws before installing studded tires. Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires, on wet or dry surfaces, may be poorer than that of non-studded snow tires.

8-32 Maintenance and do-it yourself

TIRE CHAINS Use of tire chains may be prohibited according to location. Check the local laws before installing tire chains. When installing tire chains, make sure they are the proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturers suggestions.

Use only SAE Class S chains. Class S chains are used on vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance. Vehicles that can use Class S chains are designed to meet the SAE stan- dard minimum clearances between the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or body compo- nent required to accommodate the use of a win- ter traction device (tire chains or cables). The minimum clearances are determined using the factory equipped tire size. Other types may dam- age your vehicle.

Use chain tensioners when recommended by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit. Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the possibility of whipping action damage to the fenders or underbody. If possible, avoid fully loading your vehicle when using tire chains. In addition, drive at a reduced speed. Otherwise, your vehicle may be damaged and/or vehicle handling and performance may be adversely affected.

Tire chains must be installed only on the front wheels and not on the rear wheels.

Do not use tire chains on dry roads. Driving with tire chains in such conditions can cause damage to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress.

CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES

Tire rotation NISSAN recommends rotating the tires every 5,000 miles (8,000 km).

As soon as possible, tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque using a torque wrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque: 83 ft-lb (112 Nm)

Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-33

The wheel nuts must be kept tight- ened to the specification at all times. It is recommended that wheel nuts be tightened to the specification at each tire rotation interval.

WARNING

After rotating the tires, check and adjust the tire pressure.

Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles (1,000 km) (also in cases of a flat tire, etc.).

For additional information re- garding tires, refer to Important Tire Safety Information (US) or Tire Safety Information (Canada) in the Warranty Infor- mation Booklet.

Tire wear and damage

1. Wear indicator 2. Wear indicator location mark

WARNING

Tires should be periodically in- spected for wear, cracking, bulg- ing or objects caught in the tread. If excessive wear, cracks, bulging or deep cuts are found, the tire(s) should be replaced.

The original tires have built-in tread wear indicators. When wear indicators are visible, the tire(s) should be replaced.

Tires degrade with age and use. Have tires, over 6 years old checked by a qualified techni- cian, because some tire damage may not be obvious. Replace the tires as necessary to prevent tire failure and possible personal in- jury.

For additional information re- garding tires, refer to Important Tire Safety Information (US) or Tire Safety Information (Canada) in the Warranty Infor- mation Booklet.

Replacing wheels and tires When replacing a tire, use the same size, tread design, speed rating and load carrying capacity as originally equipped. For additional information, refer to Specifications in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual for recommended types and sizes of tires and wheels.

8-34 Maintenance and do-it yourself

WARNING

The use of tires other than those rec- ommended or the mixed use of tires of different brands, construction (bias, bias-belted or radial), or tread patterns can adversely affect the ride, braking, handling, Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system, ground clearance, body- to-tire clearance, tire chain clearance, speedometer calibration, headlight aim and bumper height. Some of these effects may lead to accidents and could result in serious personal injury.

If your vehicle was originally equipped with four tires that were the same size and you are only replacing two of the four tires, install the new tires on the rear axle. Placing new tires on the front axle may cause loss of vehicle control in some driving conditions and cause an accident and personal injury.

If the wheels are changed for any rea- son, always replace with wheels which have the same off-set dimension. Wheels of a different off-set could cause premature tire wear, degrade vehicle handling characteristics, affect the VDC system and/or interference with the brake discs. Such interference can lead to decreased braking effi- ciency and/or early brake pad/shoe wear. For additional information on wheel-off set dimensions, refer to Wheels and tires in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual.

When replacing a wheel without the TPMS such as the spare tire, TPMS will not function when a wheel is replaced, the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute. The light will remain on after 1 minute. It is rec- ommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

Replacing tires with those not origi- nally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS.

The TPMS sensor may be damaged if it is not handled correctly. Be careful when handling the TPMS sensor.

When replacing the TPMS sensor, the ID registration may be required. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for ID registra- tion.

Do not use a valve stem cap that is not specified by NISSAN. The valve stem cap may become stuck.

Be sure that the valve stem caps are correctly fitted. Otherwise the valve may be clogged up with dirt and cause a malfunction or loss of pressure.

Do not install a damaged or deformed wheel or tire even if it has been re- paired. Such wheels or tires could have structural damage and could fail with- out warning.

The use of retread tire is not recom- mended.

For additional information regarding tires, refer to Important Tire Safety Information (US) or Tire Safety Infor- mation (Canada) in the Warranty In- formation Booklet.

Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-35

Wheel balance Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling and tire life. Even with regular use, wheels can get out of balance. Therefore, they should be bal- anced as required.

Wheel balance service should be per- formed with the wheels off the vehicle. Spin balancing the wheels on the vehicle could lead to mechanical damage.

For additional information regarding tires, refer to Important Tire Safety Information (US) or Tire Safety Information (Canada) in the Warranty In- formation Booklet.

Care of wheels For additional information on care of wheels, refer to Cleaning exterior in the Appearance and care section of this manual.

EMERGENCY TIRE PUNCTURE REPAIR KIT The emergency tire puncture repair kit (Emer- gency Tire Sealant) is supplied with the vehicle instead of a spare tire. It can be used to tempo- rarily repair minor tire punctures.

If possible, have the vehicle towed to a facility that can repair or replace the flat tire. Using the emer- gency tire puncture repair kit may cause a mal- function of the tire pressure sensor and cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate.

For additional information, refer to Flat tire in the In case of emergency section of this manual.

8-36 Maintenance and do-it yourself

9 Technical and consumer information

Recommended fluids/lubricants and capacities . . . . .9-2 Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-3

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-4 Charging system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-4 Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-5 Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-5 Dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-5

When traveling or registering in another country . . . . .9-6 Vehicle identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-6

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) plate . . . . . . .9-6 Vehicle identification number (chassis number). . . .9-6 Traction motor serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-7 F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S certification label . . . . . . . .9-7 Emission control information label . . . . . . . . . . .9-7 Tire and Loading Information label . . . . . . . . . . .9-8 Air conditioner specification label. . . . . . . . . . . .9-8

Installing front license plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-8

Vehicle loading information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-9 Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-9 Vehicle load capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-10 Loading tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-12 Measurement of weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-12

Towing a trailer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-13 Flat towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-13 Uniform tire quality grading. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-13

Treadwear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-13 Traction AA, A, B and C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-13 Temperature A, B and C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-14

Reporting safety defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-14 Telematics overview (models with navigation system) . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-15 Event Data Recorders (EDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-17 Owners Manual/Service Manual order information. . .9-18 Charging information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-19 Cold tire pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-21

The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be slightly different. When refilling, follow the procedure that is described in the Maintenance and do-it-yourself section to determine the proper refill capacity.

Fluid type Capacity (approximate)

Recommended Fluid/LubricantsMetric Measure

US Measure

Imperial Measure

Coolant With reservoir 5.3 L 5-5/8 qt 4-5/8 qt Pre-diluted Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or

equivalentReservoir 0.5 L 1/2 qt 1/2 qt

Reduction gear fluid 1.4 L 1-1/2 qt 1-1/4 qt

Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF Using reduction gear fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF

will cause deterioration in driveability and reduction gear durability, and may damage the reduction gear, which is not covered by the NISSAN New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Brake fluid Refill to the proper level according to the instruc- tions in the Maintenance and do-it-yourself sec-

tion.

Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid (Available in mainland US through a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer) or equivalent DOT 3

Multi-purpose grease NLGI No. 2 (Lithium soap base)

Air conditioning system refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) For additional information, refer to Air conditioner specification label

in this section.

Air conditioning system lubricants

With heater pump use NISSAN A/C System Oil ND-OIL11 or equivalent.

Without heater pump use NISSAN A/C System Oil AE10 or equivalent.

Windshield washer fluid (US) 2.5 L 5/8 gal 1/2 gal Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Antifreeze fluid or equivalent

Windshield washer fluid (Canada) 4.5 L 11/4 gal 1 gal Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Antifreeze fluid or equivalent

RECOMMENDED FLUIDS/ LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES

9-2 Technical and consumer information

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM REFRIGERANT AND LUBRICANT RECOMMENDATIONS The air conditioning system in your NISSAN vehicle must be charged with the refriger- ant, HFC-134a (R-134a), and the compres- sor oil, ND-OIL11 (with heater pump), AE10 (without heater pump) or the equivalent.

CAUTION

The use of any other refrigerant or oil will cause severe damage to the air condi- tioning system and will require the re- placement of all air conditioner system components.

The refrigerant, HFC-134a (R-134a), in your NISSAN vehicle will not harm the earths ozone layer. Although this refrigerant does not affect the earths atmosphere, certain governmental regu- lations require the recovery and recycling of any refrigerant during automotive air conditioning system service. A NISSAN certified LEAF dealer has the trained technicians and equipment needed to recover and recycle your air condition- ing system refrigerant.

It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certi- fied LEAF dealer when servicing your air condi- tioning system.

Technical and consumer information 9-3

CHARGING SYSTEM

Rated input voltage AC120V (single phase), AC240V (single phase)

Rated input frequency 60Hz

Maximum rated current 12A AC120V, 18A (AC240V), 32A (AC220V; if so equipped)

Charging modes/Types of connection AC Level 2 (Normal charge with home installation type EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment)) DC Charging (Quick charge)

Required installation (over current protection) The methods of protection against over current and over voltage shall be in accordance with national codes. Suitable over current protection devices for the wiring of houses or buildings shall be installed.

IP Degree IP55: EV (Electric Vehicle) charging port in road position

Operating temperature Same as vehicle operating temperature

Storage temperature Same as vehicle storage temperature

Rated input voltage Rate input frequency

AC220V (single phase), AC240V (single phase) 60Hz

Applicable standards

SAE J1772: 2010 EN61851-1: 2011 EN61851-21: 2002 IEC61851-1: 2010 IEC61851-21: 2001

EN61000-6-1: 2007 EN61000-6-3: 2007

Adapters Do not use an extension cable or electrical adaptor.

SPECIFICATIONS

9-4 Technical and consumer information

MOTOR

Model EM57

WHEELS AND TIRES

Road wheel

Type Size Offset in (mm)

Steel 16 6 1/2JJ 1.57 (40) Aluminum 16 6 1/2J 1.57 (40) Aluminum 17 6 1/2J 1.77 (45)

Tire

Tire Size

All season P205/55R16 89H All season P215/50R17 90V

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS

Overall length With front license plate bracket in (mm) 175.0 (4,445)

Without front license plate bracket

in (mm) 174.8 (4,440)

Overall width in (mm) 69.7 (1,770) Overall height in (mm) 61.0 (1,550) Front tread

16 inch wheels in (mm) 60.6 (1,540) 17 inch wheels in (mm) 60.2 (1,530)

Rear tread 16 inch wheels in (mm) 60.4 (1,535) 17 inch wheels in (mm) 60.0 (1,525)

Wheelbase in (mm) 106.3 (2,700) Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) lb (kg)

Refer to the F.M.V.S.S. or C.M.V.S.S. certifi- cation label on the drivers side center pillar.

Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) Front lb (kg) Rear lb (kg)

Technical and consumer information 9-5

When planning to travel in another country, you should first find out if the charging equipment is compatible with that countrys electrical sys- tem.

When transferring the registration of your vehicle to another country, state, province or district, it may be necessary to modify the vehicle to meet local laws and regulations.

The laws and regulations for motor vehicle safety standards vary according to the country, state, province or district; therefore, vehicle specifica- tions may differ.

When any vehicle is to be taken into an- other country, state, province or district and registered, its modifications, transporta- tion, and registration are the responsibility of the user. NISSAN is not responsible for any inconvenience that may result.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN) PLATE The vehicle identification number plate is at- tached as shown. This number is the identifica- tion for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle registration.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (CHASSIS NUMBER) The vehicle identification number is located as shown.

Remove the cover to access the number.

WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING IN ANOTHER COUNTRY VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION

9-6 Technical and consumer information

TRACTION MOTOR SERIAL NUMBER The serial number of the traction motor is stamped on the traction motor as shown.

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S CERTIFICATION LABEL The Federal/Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.) certification label is affixed as shown. This label contains valuable vehicle information, such as: Gross Ve- hicle Weight Ratings (GVWR), Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR), month and year of manufacture, Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), etc. Review it carefully.

EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION LABEL The emission control information label is at- tached to the underside of the hood as shown in the illustration.

Technical and consumer information 9-7

TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION LABEL The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire and Loading Information label affixed to the drivers side center pillar as shown.

AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION LABEL The air conditioner specification label is attached to the underside of the hood as shown in the illustration.

Perform the following procedure to mount the license plate.

Before mounting the license plate, confirm that the following parts are enclosed in the plastic bag.

License plate bracket 1 Screw 2

1. Adjust the license plate bracket 1 at the location (small dimples).

2. Mark along both sides of the mounting holes and license plate screw holes using a felt-tip pen.

INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE

9-8 Technical and consumer information

3. Remove the license plate bracket 1 and connect the arcs from the ovals. Mark the point in the center of each oval. These are the screw installation locations.

4. Install the license plate with two 0.23 in (6 mm) screws.

WARNING

It is extremely dangerous to ride in the cargo area inside the ve- hicle. In a collision, people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed.

Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts.

Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly.

TERMS It is important to familiarize yourself with the following terms before loading your vehicle: Curb Weight (actual weight of your ve-

hicle) - vehicle weight including: stan- dard and optional equipment, fluids and emergency tools. This weight does not include passengers and cargo.

GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) - curb weight plus the combined weight of pas- sengers and cargo.

GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) - maximum total combined weight of the unloaded vehicle, passengers, luggage, hitch, trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment. This information is located on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. label.

GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) - maximum weight (load) limit specified for the front or rear axle.

This information is located on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. label.

GCWR (Gross Combined Weight Rat- ing) - The maximum total weight rating of the vehicle, passengers, cargo, and trailer.

Vehicle Capacity Weight, Load limit, To- tal load capacity - maximum total weight limit specified of the load (passengers and cargo) for the vehicle. This is the

VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION

Technical and consumer information 9-9

maximum combined weight of occu- pants and cargo that can be loaded into the vehicle. If the vehicle is used to tow a trailer, the trailer tongue weight must be included as part of the cargo load. This information is located on the Tire and Loading Information label.

Cargo capacity - permissible weight of cargo, the subtracted weight of occu- pants from the load limit.

VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY Do not exceed the load limit of your ve- hicle shown as The combined weight of occupants and cargo on the Tire and Loading Information label. Do not exceed the number of occupants shown as Seating Capacity on the Tire and Load- ing Information label.

To get the combined weight of occu- pants and cargo, add the weight of all occupants, then add the total luggage weight. Examples are shown in the follow- ing illustration.

9-10 Technical and consumer information

Steps for determining correct load limit

1. Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs on your vehicles Tire and Loading Infor- mation label.

2. Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be rid- ing in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equals the avail- able amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the XXX amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb. passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs) or (640 340 (5 x 70) = 300 kg.)

5. Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and lug- gage load capacity calculated in Step 4.

Before driving a loaded vehicle, confirm that you do not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle

Technical and consumer information 9-11

Weight Rating (GAWR) for your vehicle. For additional information, refer to Mea- surement of weights in this section.

Also check tires for proper inflation pres- sures. For additional information, refer to the Tire and Loading Information label in this section.

LOADING TIPS The GVW must not exceed the GVWR

or GAWR as specified on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label.

Do not load the front and rear axle to the GAWR. Doing so will exceed the GVWR.

WARNING

Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting. Do not place cargo higher than the seat- backs. In a sudden stop or colli- sion, unsecured cargo could cause personal injury.

Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs. If you do, parts of your vehicle can break, tire damage could oc- cur, or it can change the way your vehicle handles. This could result in loss of control and cause per- sonal injury.

Overloading not only can shorten the life of your vehicle and the tire, but can cause un- safe vehicle handling and longer braking distances. This may cause a premature tire failure, which could result in a serious accident and personal injury. Failures caused by overloading are not covered by the vehicles warranty.

MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts that could affect the balance of your vehicle. When the vehicle is loaded, drive to a scale and weigh the front and the rear wheels separately to determine axle loads. Individual axle loads should not ex- ceed either of the Gross Axle Weight Ratings (GAWR). The total of the axle loads should not exceed the Gross Ve- hicle Weight Rating (GVWR). These rat- ings are given on the vehicle certification label. If weight ratings are exceeded, move or remove items to bring all weights below the ratings.

9-12 Technical and consumer information

Do not tow a trailer with your vehicle. Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is sometimes called flat towing. This method is typically used when towing a vehicle behind a recreational vehicle, such as a motor home.

CAUTION

Failure to follow these guidelines can result in severe reduction gear dam- age.

DO NOT tow this vehicle with all four wheels on the ground (flat towing).

For emergency towing procedures re- fer to Towing your vehicle in the In case of emergency section of this manual.

DOT (Department Of Transportation) Quality Grades: All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades.

Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width. For example:

Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A

TREADWEAR The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified gov- ernment test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends upon actual conditions of their use however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.

TRACTION AA, A, B AND C The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those grades represent the tires ability to stop on wet pavement as measured

TOWING A TRAILER FLAT TOWING UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING

Technical and consumer information 9-13

under controlled conditions on specified govern- ment test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.

WARNING

The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests, and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics.

TEMPERATURE A, B AND C The temperature grades A (the highest), B, and C, representing the tires resistance to the gen- eration of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and exces- sive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of perfor- mance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law.

WARNING

The temperature grade for this tire is es- tablished for a tire that is properly in- flated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, under-inflation, or excessive load- ing, either separately or in combination, can cause heat build-up and possible tire failure.

For USA

If you believe that your vehicle has a de- fect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immedi- ately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addi- tion to notifying NISSAN.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot be- come involved in individual problems be- tween you, your dealer, or NISSAN.

To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 400 Seventh Street, SW., Washington, D.C. 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http:// www.safercar.gov.

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS

9-14 Technical and consumer information

You may notify NISSAN by contacting our Consumer Affairs Department, toll-free, at 1-800-NISSAN-1.

For Canada

If you believe that your vehicle has a de- fect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immedi- ately inform Transport Canada in addition to notifying NISSAN.

If Transport Canada receives complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may request that NISSAN con- duct a recall campaign. However, Trans- port Canada cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or NISSAN.

You may contact Transport Canadas De- fect Investigations and Recalls Division toll free at 1-800-333-0510. You may also report safety defects online at: https://wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-Sec-Sur/ 7/PCDB-BDPP/fc-cp.aspx?lang=eng (English speakers) or https://wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-Sec-Sur/ 7/PCDB-BDPP/fc-cp.aspx?lang=fra (French speakers)

Additional information concerning motor vehicle safety may be obtained from Transport Canadas Road Safety Informa- tion Centre at 1-800-333-0371 or online at www.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety (English speakers) or www.tc.gc.ca/securiteroutiere (French speakers).

To notify NISSAN of any safety concerns please contact our Consumer Information Centre toll free at 1-800-387-0122.

In addition to Event Data Recorders (EDRs) men- tioned in this Owners Manual, this vehicle is equipped with electronic modules that monitor, control and record data concerning various ve- hicle systems, including the motor, batteries, braking and electrical systems. Other electronic modules record information concerning driving conditions, including idling, braking, accelera- tion, trip and other related data, information about your use of the car and its features such as air conditioner or headlight usage, diagnostic trouble codes, vehicle charging, vehicle speed, direction and/or location.

Some of this data is stored by the vehicle for use during vehicle servicing. Other data concerning your vehicles operation and performance is wire- lessly transmitted by cellular connection through the vehicle onboard telematics system upon ve- hicle start-up or at other intervals to NISSAN. This data may be used by NISSAN for various purposes, including: to provide you with Nissan- ConnectSM EV Services (For additional informa- tion, refer to LEAF Navigation System Owners Manual.); troubleshooting; evaluation of your ve- hicles quality, functionality and performance; analysis and research by NISSAN designed to, among other things, optimize performance of fu- ture electric vehicles including improvements in

TELEMATICS OVERVIEW (MODELS WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM)

Technical and consumer information 9-15

future battery life; to offer you new or additional products or services; and as otherwise may be required by law. Such data may be shared with NISSANs parents, subsidiaries, affiliates, suc- cessors or assignees; authorized NISSAN certi- fied LEAF dealers; NISSANs marketing partners; your fleet company, if your vehicle is a fleet ve- hicle; your rental company, if your vehicle is a rental vehicle; and third party service providers such as cellular, information systems and data management providers.

State and provincial laws allow access and use of data recorded by vehicle devices with the con- sent of the vehicle owner or pursuant to subscrip- tion agreement. While you are not required to allow such access and use, if you do not so agree NISSAN may be unable under applicable law to activate the vehicle telematics system in your vehicle, and certain features of your vehicle which are dependent on vehicle telematics will not op- erate as intended or designed. These may in- clude features such as automatic charging sta- tion map updates, remote battery state of charge check, charging complete notice, remote plug in reminder, remote charging on, remote climate control on, drive route planning, driving tips to improve range, driving history, billing simulation, ECO ranking, ECO forest, maintenance remind-

ers, etc. Other features that may be developed and offered by NISSAN in the future may also not function without telematics data transmission.

NissanConnectSM EV Services telematics ser- vices are provided by NISSAN pursuant to a subscription services agreement covering your vehicle. This agreement is necessary for all own- ers. This agreement, and an explanation of its terms and conditions, can be found at the NISSAN Owners Portal webpage. Further, the operator of the vehicle must also touch [OK] on the Navi screen to indicate assent each time he or she starts the car. If you decide at any time that you do not want your vehicle to transmit data to NISSAN, you can deactivate the telematics ac- count associated with this vehicle by canceling the subscription services agreement by visiting the NISSAN Owners Portal Webpage or calling NISSAN at 1-877-NOGASEV (1-877-664-2738). The service can be reacti- vated later upon request if you choose. Simply visit the same website or call the number above. Alternatively, you can turn off the transmission of certain categories of data through the use of settings found in the Navigation system under Menu, NissanConnectSM EV Services, Vehicle Information Sharing with NISSAN. Note, turning off Vehicle Information Sharing with NISSAN

will only disable the automatic sharing of informa- tion at vehicle start-up. Certain categories of data may still be transmitted if vehicle telematics fea- tures are accessed either in the vehicle or re- motely.

Your agreement to the transmission and use of data by NISSAN can be provided in various ways. The vehicle is equipped with a pop up screen on the vehicle navigation system that will ask for your consent to this data transfer. A version of the following message will appear: Pursuant to sub- scription agreement, your vehicle wirelessly transmits recorded vehicle data to NISSAN for various purposes, including NissanConnectSM

EV Services, product evaluation, research and development. By touching OK, you consent to the transmission and use of your vehicle data. See Owners Manual or NISSAN Owners portal webpage for terms and details. If you touch [OK], your vehicle will transmit data as designed in connection with the vehicle telematics system. If you touch [Decline] your vehicle will not trans- mit data. However, the telematics features refer- enced above, and perhaps others, will not be available to you. The vehicles static navigation system will remain operational, and you will be able to access your radio and climate controls.

9-16 Technical and consumer information

Telematics features are dependent on cellular data transmission. Some areas may have limited or no cellular connectivity, resulting in a loss or interruption of data transmission and, as a result, certain features may be temporarily unavailable. Even if areas with good signal reception, cellular connectivity can be adversely affected by things such as tall buildings, apartments, tunnels, un- derground parking, mountainous areas, etc. Even if the signal strength bar of the in-vehicle data communication module indicates good recep- tion, connectivity may be disrupted. This does not indicate a malfunction. Operate the system again after a few minutes to restore connectivity. Nis- sanConnectSM EV Services telematics features are offered as a convenience to the vehicle owner. NISSAN is not responsible for, and owner assumes all risk of, interruptions in service or errors based on incomplete or inaccurate data. NissanConnectSM EV Services communications may be received at a verified e-mail address or by SMS/text messaging-enabled mobile phone. Standard text rates and/or data usage may apply depending on your carrier.

If your vehicles telematics account is active, and you are not the original owner, please contact NISSAN at the website or phone number above as soon as possible to update the telematics enrollment information. Upon sale of the vehicle, please contact NISSAN at the website or phone number above so that NISSANs records may be updated. NissanConnectSM EV Services sub- scription services will automatically terminate at the end of the initial free term if you do not wish to renew your subscription agreement at the prices then in effect.

This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data Re- corder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situa- tions, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in understand- ing how a vehicles systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as:

How various systems in your vehicle were operating;

Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/fastened;

How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,

How fast the vehicle was traveling.

Sounds are not recorded.

These data can help provide a better understand- ing of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur.

EVENT DATA RECORDERS (EDR)

Technical and consumer information 9-17

NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a nontrivial crash situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data (for example, name, gender, age and crash location) are recorded. However, other par- ties, such as law enforcement, could com- bine the EDR data with the type of person- ally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation. To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer and NISSAN certified LEAF dealer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR. EDR data will only be accessed with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee or as otherwise required or permitted by law.

Genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for this model year and prior can be purchased. A Genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the best source of service and repair information for your vehicle. This manual is the same one used by the factory trained technicians working at a NISSAN certi- fied LEAF dealer. Genuine NISSAN Owners Manuals can also be purchased.

For USA:

For current pricing and availability of Genuine NISSAN Service Manuals, contact:

www.nissan-techinfo.com

For current pricing and availability of Genuine NISSAN Owners Manuals, contact:

1-800-247-5321

For Canada:

To purchase a copy of a Genuine NISSAN Ser- vice Manual or Owners Manual for this model year and prior, please contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. For the phone number and location of a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer in your area, call the NISSAN Information Center at 1-800-387-0122 and a bilingual NISSAN repre- sentative will assist you.

OWNERS MANUAL/SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION

9-18 Technical and consumer information

CHARGING INFORMATION

Technical and consumer information 9-19

9-20 Technical and consumer information

The label is typically located on the driver side center pillar or on the drivers door. For additional information, refer to Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do-it-yourself section of this manual.

COLD TIRE PRESSURES

Technical and consumer information 9-21

NOTES

9-22 Technical and consumer information

10 Index A

ABS (Anti-lock Braking System). . . . . . . .5-22 Advanced air bag system . . . . . . . . . . .1-44 Air bag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-44

Advanced air bag system . . . . . . . . . .1-44 Front passenger air bag and status light. .1-46 Front-seat mounted side-impact supplemental air bag system . . . . . . . .1-52 Roof-mounted curtain side-impact supplemental air bag system . . . . . . . .1-52

Air bag warning labels . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-55 Air bag warning light. . . . . . . . . . .1-55, 2-19 Air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-8

Air conditioner specification label . . . . . .9-8 Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations . . . . . . . . .9-3

Alarm, How to stop alarm (refer to, vehicle security system). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-38 Alcohol, drugs and driving . . . . . . . . . . . .5-6 Anti-lock Braking System (ABS). . . . . . . .5-22 Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14 Appearance care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-2

Exterior appearance care . . . . . . . . . . .7-2 Interior appearance care . . . . . . . . . . .7-4

Around View Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-11 Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-22

Audio System (models without Navigation System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-42 Autolight system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-43 Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6

Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6 Automatic climate control (models with Navigation System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-33 Automatic climate control (models without Navigation System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-26 Avoiding collision and rollover . . . . . . . . . .5-5

B

Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-12 12-volt battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-12 Battery saver system . . . . . . . . . . . .2-45 Intelligent Key battery . . . . . . . . . . . .8-20 Li-ion battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-2 Li-ion battery temperature gauge . . . . . .2-7

Before starting system . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-11 Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone System with Navigation System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-76 Bluetooth hands-free phone system without navigation system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-62 Bluetooth streaming audio (models without Navigation System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-59 Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-35

Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15 Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) . . . . . .5-22 Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-16 Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21 BRAKE system warning light (yellow) . . .2-15 BRAKE warning light (red) . . . . . . . . .2-15

BRAKE system warning light (yellow) . . . . .2-15 BRAKE warning light (red) . . . . . . . . . . .2-15 Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-22

C

Car phone or CB radio . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-62 Ceiling light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-59 Charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-51

Charge timer OFF switch . . . . . . . . . .2-51 Charge connector lock switch . . . . . . . . .2-50 Charge port lid switch . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-50 Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19

Charge port lid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19 Charging related indicator light . . . . .CH-27 Charging timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-21 Normal charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-9 Precautions on charging . . . . . . . . . .CH-2 Quick charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-15 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-4 Trickle charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-11

Charging methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-21 Charging related indicator light. . . . . . . .CH-27 Charging related remote function . . . . . .CH-26 Charging status indicator light . . . . . . . .CH-27 Charging timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-21 Charging troubleshooting guide . . . . . . .CH-32 Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13

Checking bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13 Checking coolant level. . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9

Child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-18 Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-35 Precautions on child restraints . . . . . . .1-19 Top tether strap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-23

Child safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-16 Child safety rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6 Circuit breaker, Fusible link . . . . . . . . . . .8-18 Cleaning exterior and interior . . . . . . . .7-2, 7-4 Climate control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-41

Climate control service. . . . . . . . . . . .4-41 Climate control system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations . . . . . . . . .4-41

Climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-22 Climate control operation . . . . . . . . . .4-22

Climate Ctrl. Timer . . . . . . . . . . . .4-29, 4-36 Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-11 Clock setting (models without Navigation System). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-51 Cold weather driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26 Console box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-55

Coolant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9 Changing coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9 Checking coolant level. . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9 Recommended fluids/lubricants and capacities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2

Cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-8 Corrosion protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-7 Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16 Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-52

D

Defroster switch, Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-42 Dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-5 Display, vehicle information . . . . . . . . . . .2-23 Doors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4 Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26

Cold weather driving . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26 Driving vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-11 Precautions when starting and driving . . . .5-2

Driving range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-8 Driving vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-11

E

ECO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-48 ECO switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-48

ECO indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10 Efficient use of your vehicle . . . . . . . . . .EV-23

Emergency charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-11 Emergency EV (Electric Vehicle) shut off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10, 6-3 Emergency shutoff system . . . . . . . . . . .EV-9 Emission control information label . . . . . . . .9-7 EV Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-9 Event Data Recorder (EDR). . . . . . . . . . .9-17 EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-11 EV system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-2 EV unique information . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-25

F

Flashers (Refer to hazard warning flasher switch) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-2 Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3 Flat towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-13 Floor mat cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-5 Fluid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10

Brake fluid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10 coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-8 Recommended fluids/lubricants and capacities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2 Reduction gear fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10 Windshield-washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . .8-11

FM/AM/SAT Radio with Compact Disc (CD) Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-50 F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . . .9-7 Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-46

10-2 Index

Front manual seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . .1-3 Front passenger air bag and status light . . . .1-46 Front seat, Front seat adjustment . . . . . . . .1-3 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-17 Fusible links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-18

G

Garage door open, HomeLink Universal . . .2-60 Transceiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-60

Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-8 Driving range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-8 ECO indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10 Li-ion battery available charge gauge. . . . .2-9 Li-ion battery capacity level gauge . . . . .2-10 Li-ion battery temperature gauge . . . . . . .2-7 Odometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6 Power meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6

General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-2 Glove box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-54

H

Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . . . .6-2 Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-22

Bulb replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-22 Headlight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-43

Heated seat switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-48 Heated steering wheel switch . . . . . . . . .2-46

High voltage precautions . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-7 Hill Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25 Hill Start Assist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25 HomeLink universal transceiver. . . . . . . .2-60 Hood release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-17 Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-47 How to normal charge . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-9 How to quick charge . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-15 How to trickle charge (if so equipped) . . . .CH-11

I

If the Li-ion battery becomes completely discharged . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-12 Immediate charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-25 Immobilizer system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-38 Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-20 Indicators for operation . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-24 Inside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-23 Instrument brightness control . . . . . . . . . .2-42 Intelligent Key system . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-13

Remote keyless operation . . . . . . . . . .3-13 Interior light replacement . . . . . . . . . . . .8-24 Interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-59 iPod player operation (models without Navigation System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-57 ISOFIX child restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-21

J

Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-10

K

Keyless entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-13 With Intelligent Key system (Refer to Intelligent Key system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-13

Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2 For Intelligent Key system . . . . . . . . . . .3-6

L

Labels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-55 Air bag warning labels . . . . . . . . . . . .1-55 Air conditioner specification label. . . . . . .9-8 Emission control information label . . . . . .9-7 F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label . . .9-7 Motor serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-7 Tire and Loading Information Label . . . . .8-28 Tire and Loading information label . . . . . .9-8 Vehicle identification number (VIN) . . . . . .9-6

LATCH system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-21 License plate, Installing front license plate . . .9-8 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-55

Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-55 Bulb replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-22 Ceiling light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-59 Fog light switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-46

Index 10-3

Headlights bulb replacement . . . . . . . .8-22 Headlight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-43 Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-20 Interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-59 Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-59 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-22 Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13

Light reminder warning . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-25 Lights, Exterior and interior light replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-24 Li-ion battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-2 Li-ion battery available charge gauge . . . . . .2-9 Li-ion battery capacity level gauge . . . . . . .2-10 Li-ion battery status check . . . . . . . . . .CH-26 Li-ion battery temperature gauge. . . . . . . . .2-7 Li-ion battery warmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-5 Limited power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-34 Loading information (Refer to vehicle loading information) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-9 Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6

Automatic door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6 Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4 Power door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4 Rear hatch lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-18

Low tire pressure warning light . . . . . . . . .2-17 Low tire pressure warning system (Refer to Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)) . . .5-2

M

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-12 12-volt battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-12 General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-2 Indicators for maintenance. . . . . . . . . .2-35 Inside vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-3 Maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . .8-5 Maintenance requirements . . . . . . . . . .8-2 Outside vehicle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-2 Seat belt maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . .1-15

Manual front seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . .1-3 Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-59 Mechanical key (Intelligent Key system) . . . . .3-3 Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-23

Inside rearview mirror. . . . . . . . . . . . .3-23 Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-25 Vanity mirror. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-22

Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-11, 9-5 Before starting system . . . . . . . . . . . .5-11

Motor compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-7

N

NISSAN Intelligent Key system . . . . . .3-6, 5-7 Key operating range of the door lock/unlock function . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-8 Key operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-9

NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System . . . . . .2-38 Nissan Voice Recognition System . . . . . . .4-76

Normal charge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-9 Home charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-9 Occasional charge . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-9 Public charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-9

O

Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6 Off-road recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-5 Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2

Recommended fluids/lubricants and capacities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2

Opening rear hatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-11 Outside air temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10 Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-25 Owners Manual/Service Manual order information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-18

P

Panic alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-15 Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15

Parking on hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19 Parking brake break-in. . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4

Power door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4 Power steering system . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20 Power windows. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-56

Power economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18 Power meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7

10-4 Index

Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-51 Power steering system . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20 Power switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-7, 5-8 Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21

Brake precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21 Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-2 Child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-19 Cruise control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16 High voltage precautions . . . . . . . . . .EV-7 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-5 Road accident precautions . . . . . . . . .EV-8 Seat belt usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-8 Supplemental restraint system. . . . . . . .1-39 When starting and driving . . . . . . . . . . .5-2

Push starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-13

Q

Quick charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-15

R

Rapid air pressure loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-6 Rear center seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-14 Rear door lock, Child safety rear door lock . . .3-6 Rear hatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-18 Rear seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-4 RearView Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3 Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-42

Rear window wiper and washer switch . . . .2-41 Recommended fluids/lubricants and capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2 Reduction gear fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10 Remote charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-26 Remote climate control . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-39 Remote keyless entry function, For Intelligent Key system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-13 Repairing flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-4 Repairing tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-6 Reporting safety defects . . . . . . . . . . . .9-14 Road accident precautions . . . . . . . . . . .EV-8 Roadside assistance program . . . . . . . . . .6-2 Rollover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-5

S

Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-16 Child seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-16 Reporting safety defects . . . . . . . . . . .9-14

Scene guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-22 At home after driving . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-22 Before driving your vehicle (models with navigation system) . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-13 Charging the Li-ion battery. . . . . . . . .EV-10 Driving the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-18 Parking the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-21 Starting your vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-17

Seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3 Front manual seat adjustment . . . . . . . . .1-3

Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3 Seat belt(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-16

Child safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-16 Infants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-17 Injured persons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-11 Larger children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-17 Precautions on seat belt usage . . . . . . . .1-8 Pregnant women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-11 Rear center seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-14 Seat belt cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-6 Seat belt extenders. . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-15 Seat belt hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-15 Seat belt maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . .1-15 Seat belts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-8 Seat belts with pretensioners . . . . . . . .1-54 Seat belt warning light . . . . . . . . . . . .2-19 Shoulder belt height adjustment. . . . . . .1-14 Small children. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-17 Three-point type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-11

Seat(s), Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2 Heated seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-48

Security system (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System), EV system start . . . . . . . . . . . .2-38 Servicing climate control . . . . . . . . . . . .4-41 Shifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-11

Electric shift control system . . . . . . . . .5-11 Shoulder belt height adjustment, For front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-14 Solar cell module (if so equipped) . . . . . . . .7-3 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6

Index 10-5

Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-11 Before starting system . . . . . . . . . . . .5-11 Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-10 Precautions when starting and driving . . . .5-2 Push starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-13

Status light, Front passenger air bag . . . . . .1-46 Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-46

Heated steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . .2-46 Power steering system . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20 Tilting steering column . . . . . . . . . . . .3-21

Steering wheel switch for audio control . . . .4-60 Stopping the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-5 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-52 Stowing golf bags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-56 Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-22 Supplemental air bag warning labels . . . . . .1-55 Supplemental air bag warning light . . .1-55, 2-19 Supplemental restraint system . . . . . . . . .1-39

Precautions on supplemental restraint system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-39

Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-43 Autolight switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-43 Charge timer OFF switch . . . . . . . . . .2-51 ECO switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-48 Fog light switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-46 Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . .6-2 Headlight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-43 Power door lock switch . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5 Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-42 Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-45

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-49

T

Telematics overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-15 Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7

Li-ion battery temperature gauge . . . . . . .2-7 Theft (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System), traction motor start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-38 Tilt steering column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-21 Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17

Low tire pressure warning light . . . . . . .2-17 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3

Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3 Low tire pressure warning system . . . . . .5-2 Tire and Loading Information Label . . . . .8-28 Tire and Loading information label . . . . . .9-8 Tire chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-33 Tire dressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-4 Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-29 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) . .5-2 Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS). . .6-3 Tire rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-33 Types of tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-32 Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . . .9-13 Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-26 Wheel/tire size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-5

Tonneau cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-55

Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-23 Tether strap child restraints . . . . . . . . .1-23

Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-13 Flat towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-13 Towing a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-13 Tow truck towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-13

TPMS, Tire Pressure Monitoring System . . . .5-2 TPMS, Tire pressure warning system . . . . . .6-3 Traction motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-7

Traction motor serial number . . . . . . . . .9-7 Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-13 Transceiver, HomeLink Universal . . . . . . .2-60

Transceiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-60 Transmitter, With Intelligent Key system (Refer to Intelligent Key system) . . . . . . . .3-13 Trickle charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-11 Trip computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-28 Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-45 Type of charge and how to charge the Li-ion battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-5

U

Underbody cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3 Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . . . . .9-13 Unplugged status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-26 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connection port (models without Navigation System) . . . . . .4-55

10-6 Index

V

Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-22 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-5

Dimensions and weights. . . . . . . . . . . .9-5 Identification number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . .9-6 Loading information . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-9 Security system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-37 Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-49 Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) system . . .5-24

Vehicle information display . . . . . . . . . . .2-23 Vehicle security system . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-37 Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-21

W

Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-2 Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . .6-2 Indicators for operation . . . . . . . . . . .2-24 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) . .5-2 Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS). . .6-3 Warning/indicator lights and audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12 Warning information displays . . . . . . . .2-33 Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13 Warning lights, indicator lights and audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12

Warning and indicator lights . . . . . . . . . .0-11 Warning information displays . . . . . . . . . .2-33 Warning labels, Air bag warning labels. . . . .1-55 Warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-55

Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . .1-55, 2-19 Anti-lock braking system (ABS) warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14 BRAKE system warning light (yellow) . . . .2-15 BRAKE warning light (red) . . . . . . . . . .2-15 Low tire pressure warning light . . . . . . .2-17 Seat belt warning light . . . . . . . . . . . .2-19

Washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-41 Rear window wiper and washer switch . . .2-41 Windshield wiper and washer switch . . . .2-39

Washing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-2 Waxing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-2 Weights (Refer to Dimensions and weights) . .9-5 Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-26

Care of wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3 Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels . . . . . . .7-3

Wheel/tire size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-5 When traveling or registering your vehicle in another country . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-6 Window(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3

Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3 Power windows. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-56

Windshield-washer fluid. . . . . . . . . . . . .8-11

Windshield wiper and washer switch . . . . .2-39 Wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-14

Pulling up the wiper arm . . . . . . . . . . .8-14 Rear window wiper and washer switch . .2-41 Rear window wiper blade . . . . . . . . . .8-16 Windshield wiper and washer switch . . . .2-39 Wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-13, 8-15

Index 10-7

Manualsnet FAQs

If you want to find out how the Leaf Nissan works, you can view and download the Nissan Leaf v10 Owner's Manual on the Manualsnet website.

Yes, we have the Owner's Manual for Nissan Leaf as well as other Nissan manuals. All you need to do is to use our search bar and find the user manual that you are looking for.

The Owner's Manual should include all the details that are needed to use a Nissan Leaf. Full manuals and user guide PDFs can be downloaded from Manualsnet.com.

The best way to navigate the Nissan Leaf v10 Owner's Manual is by checking the Table of Contents at the top of the page where available. This allows you to navigate a manual by jumping to the section you are looking for.

This Nissan Leaf v10 Owner's Manual consists of sections like Table of Contents, to name a few. For easier navigation, use the Table of Contents in the upper left corner.

You can download Nissan Leaf v10 Owner's Manual free of charge simply by clicking the “download” button in the upper right corner of any manuals page. This feature allows you to download any manual in a couple of seconds and is generally in PDF format. You can also save a manual for later by adding it to your saved documents in the user profile.

To be able to print Nissan Leaf v10 Owner's Manual, simply download the document to your computer. Once downloaded, open the PDF file and print the Nissan Leaf v10 Owner's Manual as you would any other document. This can usually be achieved by clicking on “File” and then “Print” from the menu bar.